%& latex
\documentstyle [twocolumn]{article}
\def\undertext#1{$\underline{\smash{\hbox{#1}}}$}
\def\mainheading#1{\undertext{\bf{#1}}}
\def\abbr{{\em abbr.\ }}
\def\see {{\em See\/}\ }
\font\bigtenbf=cmr10 scaled\magstep2
\hoffset = -1cm	
\voffset = -4cm				% use +1cm for the vax	
\vsize = 26cm
\pagegoal = 25cm
\parindent = 0mm				% disable paragraph indenting
\parskip = 3pt plus2pt minus.5pt		% paragraph break
\def\abbr{{\em abbr.}\ }
\def\see {{\em See\/}\ }
\def\mod{{\thinspace\rm mod\thinspace}}

\title{Dictionary of the Amiga}
\author{Sean A. Irvine}
\date{14 August 1993}
\textwidth 160mm
\textheight 260mm

\begin{document}
\maketitle
\def\aB{Amiga BASIC }
\def\acf{ANSI C function }
\def\scf{SAS C function }
\def\ANSIcs{ANSI control sequence}
\def\Appendix#1#2{\centerline{\undertext{\sl Appendix {#1} -- {#2}}}}
\tolerance=10000
\hbadness=4000


This dictionary is \copyright 1993 by the Sirvex Foundation. You are permitted to make a single hardcopy copy of this document for your own use. You may not modify the document. Printed and bound copies of this dictionary are available from the author at the address given below for \$25 (US) or \$40 (NZ).

The main dictionary contains about 80 pages and the appendices contain about 50 pages.

\section {Introduction}

This is a dictionary of terms, functions, acronyms, and abbreviations which are relevant to the Amiga. This dictionary is not a dictionary of computer science or computers in general. Nor is it a replacement for the ROM Kernel Reference Manuals or any other Amiga documentation.

The aim of the dictionary is to collect together various things which would normally have a user running to a variety of other sources.

Currently the dictionary is reasonably complete up to Workbench 1.3. Entries for Workbench 2.0 onwards are scarce at the moment. Currently included are entries for Amiga DOS commands, Amiga BASIC functions, C functions, Amiga library functions, Amiga device functions, printer codes, constants, and may other things. The C entries are biased towards SAS~C. If someone gives me permission and documentation I will add entries for other versions of C. Also, there is no mention of AMOS, C++, Pascal, and other languages at the moment since I don't have any of these, or documentation for them.

I am considering making entries for third party libraries in a manner similar to those of the native Amiga libraries. If anyone has written a library they wish to have mentioned in the dictionary please let me know.

As in any work of this size there are sure to be many errors. If you find an error please do not flame me. I can only work on this dictionary in my spare time, and I am definitely not an expert in all areas. I would, however, appreciate mail detailing the exact nature of any errors you find and I will endeavour to correct the error for future editions.

Any person who sends more than fifty definitions not currently in the dictionary will have their name included in an acknowledgements section if desired.

I can be contacted as

\centerline {sirvine@waikato.ac.nz}

or as

{\obeylines
Sean A. Irvine
F10 / 5 Tralee Place
Hamilton
New Zealand}

\section {Acknowledgements}

Appendix 15 was written by Dave Boultan and Ralph Johnston.

\section {Symbols}

\ (blank) general whitespace marker in all languages, general separating item for commands and text. {\tt "} {\tt "} = 0x20.

${\bf !}$ {\sl1\/} {\em symb.} (\aB) indicates a single-precision number, {\em e.g.} $22.5!$. {\sl2\/} factorial operator, $n! = n(n-1)!$, $0!=1$, so for example, $4! = 4\times3\times2\times1 = 24$. {\sl3\/} \aB  format specfier (USING) indicating that only the first character in a string is to be printed. {\sl 4\/} C logical negation operator.

${\bf !=}$ C inequality test for any type.

${\bf<}$ \aB  and C less than operator.

${\bf <<}$ C shift left operator.

${\bf <<=}$ C shift left assignment operator. $a<<=b$ will shift $a$ left by $b$ bits.

${\bf<>}$ \aB  inequality operator.

${\bf<=}$ \aB and C less than or equal to operator.

${\bf>}$ \aB and C greater than operator.

${\bf >>}$ {\sl\/} C shift right operator. {\sl 2\/} \see ${\bf\gg}$.

${\bf\gg}$ {\sl1\/} {\em symb.} used to indicate the presence of subitems for a menu item. {\sl2\/} {\em maths.} a symbol for much greater than, also written as $>>$.

${\bf >>=}$ C shift right assignment operator. $a>>=b$ will shift $a$ right by $b$ bits.

${\bf>=}$ \aB and C greater than or equal to operator.

${\bf ()}$ {\sl 1\/} parentheses. {\sl2\/} $(type)$ Used to convert between types in C. {\sl3\/} $(arguments)$ Used to specify the arguments to a function call.

${\bf []}$ brackets used in C for specifying array subscripts.

{\bf .} {\sl1\/} used to mark the end of a sentence in phonetics causing a final fall in pitch. {\sl2\/} used as a decimal point in virtually every language. {\sl3\/} \aB  format specifier (USING) indicating a decimal point. {\sl4\/} C infix operator to get a member of a structure or union.

${\bf\ldots}$ {\sl1\/} ellipsis. {\sl2\/} {\em maths.} used to indicate that a sequence or series continues, {\em e.g.} $1,2,3,4, \ldots$. {\sl3\/} used in language to indicate the omission of text. {\sl4\/} used to indicate that a menu item will bring up a requester.

{\bf ,} {\sl1\/} used as a clause separator in phonetics causing a pause with a slightly raising pitch indicating that more follows. {\sl2\/} \aB  format specifier (USING) to print commas where required to the left of a decimal point. {\sl3\/} Used in C to force evaluation of multiple expressions. The value of the expression is the last expression in the list.

{\bf :} {\sl1\/} colon. {\sl2\/} Used in C to separate conditional clauses in a ? conditional. {\sl3\/} C bit field specifier in structure declarations.

{\bf :-)} standard smiley, used to indicate satire of humour, very common on news networks.

{\bf \%} {\sl1\/} {\em symb.} percent. {\sl2\/} (\aB) indicates a short integer ($-32768$ to $32767$), {\em e.g.} $2048\%$. {\sl3\/} \aB  overflow indicator, printed when something cannot fit into the specified format string. {\sl4\/} ANSI C format introducer. cf. printf, scanf. {\sl5\/} C operation to get the remainder of integer division; that is, modulo.

${\bf \%=}$ C modulo assign operator. Given $v \%= e$, $v$ is modulated by the value of $e$.

{\bf \#} {\sl1\/} {\em symb.} number. {\sl2\/} (\aB) indicates a double-precision number, {\em e.g.} 3489.0\#. {\sl3\/} \hbox{(\aB)} optionally used to refer to a data stream during file I/O, {\em e.g.} INPUT \#1, A\$. {\sl4\/} \aB  format specifier (USING) indicating a digit position. {\sl5\/} ANSI C format flag used to indicate special formatting. {\sl6\/} When occurring as the first character on a line in C source indicates a preprocessor command line.

{\bf \#define} C preprocessor command to define macros and constants. \#define $<string>$ $<replacement>$. During preprocessing all occurrences of $string$ will be replaced by $replacement.$ cf \#undef

{\bf \#else} C preprocessor command optionally used in conjunction with \#if, \#ifdef and \#ifndef

{\bf \#endif} C preprocessor command to terminate a conditionally compiled section. cf. \#if, \#ifdef, \#ifndef

{\bf \#if} C preprocessor command to force conditional compilation on some condition. \#if $<condition>$ $<section_1>$ [\#else $<section_2>$] \#endif. Each preprocessor command must occur at the start of a line. If the condition is true $<section_1>$ is compiled otherwise if $<section_2>$ is specified then it is compiled. cf. \#ifdef, \#ifndef

{\bf \#ifdef} C preprocessor command to force compilation if some identifier is defined by \#define. cf. \#define, \#if, \#ifndef [if defined]

{\bf \#ifndef} C preprocessor command to force compilation if some identifier is not defined by \#define. cf. \#define, \#ifdef, \#if [if not defined]

{\bf \#include} C preprocessor command to include a file during compilation. \#include $filename$. If the filename is enclosed in angle brackets ($<, >$) it is assumed to be a standard include file---and the source directory is not searched. If the filename is enclosed in double quotes ({\tt "}) it is assumed to be somewhere in the include path---used for user defined include files.

{\bf \#line} C preprocessor command to change the logical line number in a file and optionally change the filename. \#line $<line>$ [{\tt "}$filename${\tt "}]

{\bf \#undef} C preprocessor command to cancel a previous \#define. [undefine]

${\bf+}$ {\sl1\/} addition operator in \aB. {\sl2\/} \aB  format specifier (USING) indicating a plus or minus sign as applicable. {\sl3\/} ANSI C flag to cause a plus or minus sign to be placed before a numeric result. {\sl4\/} used in postfix form, as $c+$ to match one or more occurrences of character $c$, used by stcmp and stcpma. {\sl 5\/} C operation for addition of integers, floating-point numbers, and characters. Also used for extended addressing with pointers; that is $p+i$ where $p$ is a pointer and $i$ is an integer.

${\bf ++}$ C operation to increment a value; either as $++v$ for pre-increment or $v++$ for post-increment.

${\bf +=}$ C increment assign operator. Given $v += e$, $v$ is incremented by the value of $e$.

${\bf-}$ {\sl1\/} hyphen. {\sl2\/} subtraction operator in \aB. {\sl3\/} (phonetics) causes a wait without any increase in pitch, used for phrase separation. {\sl4\/} unary minus operator in \aB. {\sl5\/} \aB  format specifier (USING) indicating a trailing minus sign for negative numbers. {\sl6\/} ANSI C flag to cause left adjustment within the specified field. {\sl 7\/} C operation for subtraction of integers, floating-point numbers, and characters. Also used for extended negative addressing with pointers; that is $p-i$ where $p$ is a pointer and $i$ is an integer.

${\bf ->}$ C infix operator to get a member of a structure or union from a pointer to that structure or union.

${\bf --}$ C operation to decrement a value; either as $--v$ for pre-decrement or $v--$ for post-decrement.

${\bf -=}$ C decrement assign operator. Given $v -= e$, $v$ is decremented by the value of $e$.

${\bf*}$ {\sl1\/} multiplication operator in \aB. {\sl2\/} asterisk. {\sl3\/} used in postfix form, as $c*$ to match zero or more occurrences of character $c$, used by stcmp and stcmpa. {\sl4\/} C operation for multiplication of integers, floating-point numbers and characters. {\sl5\/} C prefix operator to get the value addressed by a variable.

${\bf**}$ \aB  format specifier (USING) indicating that leading spaces are to be filled with asterisks.

${\bf *=}$ C multiply assign operator. Given $v *= e$, $v$ is multiplied by the value of $e$.

${\bf/}$ {\sl 1\/} division operator in \aB. {\sl2\/} C operation for division of floating-point numbers. {\sl3\/} C operations for getting the quotient of integer or character division.

${\bf /=}$ C divide assign operator. Given $v /= e$, $v$ is divided by the value of $e$.

${\bf\backslash}$ {\sl 1\/} \aB  integer division operator. {\sl 2\/} C escape character. {\sl 3\/} in C used to continue a preprocessor line onto the next line.

${\bf\backslash\backslash}$ C escape sequence to get the $\backslash$ character.

${\bf\backslash+}$ stcmp and stcpma match for a plus ($+$).

${\bf\backslash*}$ stcmp and stcpma match for a asterisk ($*$).

${\bf\backslash}${\bf ?} stcmp and stcmpa match for a question mark (?).

${\bf\backslash}${\bf '} single quote character in C.

${\bf\backslash}${\tt "} double quote character in C.

${\bf\backslash}${\bf 0} NUL character in C.

${\bf\backslash}${\bf b} backspace character in C.

${\bf\backslash}${\bf f} form feed character in C.

${\bf\backslash}${\bf n} newline character in C.

${\bf\backslash}${\bf ooo} octal specified character in C.

${\bf\backslash}${\bf r} carriage return character in C.

${\bf\backslash}${\bf t} horizontal tab character in C.

${\bf\backslash}${\bf v} vertical tab character in C.

${\bf=}$ {\sl 1\/} equality test and assignment operator in \aB. {\sl2\/} C assignment operation. The value on the left is assigned the result of the expression on the right.

${\bf ==}$ C equality test for any type.

${\bf\sim}$ C bitwise negation operator (ones complement).

{\bf \^{ }} {\sl1\/} \aB  exponentiation operator. {\sl2\/} C bitwise exclusive-or operator.

{\bf \^{ }$=$} C bitwise exclusive-or assignment operator. $a$\^{ }$=b$ does the bitwise operation $a = a$\^{ }$b.$

{\bf \^{ }\^{ }\^{ }\^{ }} \aB  format specify (USING) to specify exponential format.

{\bf ()} {\sl1\/} used to group portions of an expression which are to be evaluated at higher than usual precedence. {\sl2\/} used in phonetics as noun-phrase delimiters. {\sl3\/} used to delimit parameter lists, variable lists and other programming constructs.

{\bf \&} {\sl1\/} {\em symb.} \aB  prefix for octal numbers, can be written as \&O. {\sl2\/} (\aB) indicator of a long integer ($-2147483648$ to $2147483647$), {\em e.g.} 1111111111\&. {\sl3\/} \aB  format specifier (USING) indicating that a variable length string field is to be printed. {\sl 4\/} C bitwise conjunction operator. {\sl5\/} C prefix operator to get the address of a value.

${\bf \&=}$ C bitwise conjunction assignment operation. $a\&=b$ will do the bitwise operation $a=a\&b.$

{\bf \&\&} C logical conjunction operator.

${\bf |}$ C bitwise disjunction operator.

${\bf |=}$ C bitwise disjunction assignment operation. $a|=b$ will do the bitwise operation $a=a|b.$

${\bf ||}$ C logical disjunction operator.

{\bf \$} \aB  indicator used to designate a string variable, {\em e.g.} hello\$.

{\bf \$\$} \aB  format specifier (USING) indicating a \$ sign to the immediate left of a number.

{\bf ?} {\sl1\/} used to mark the end of a binary question in phonetics causing a final rise in pitch. {\sl2\/} pattern match for any single character; used by stcpm and stcpma. {\sl3\/} Simple C conditional statement: {\em condition} ? {\em true\_clause} : {\em false\_clause.} If the {\em condition\/} is true then the {\em true\_clause\/} is processed, otherwise the {\em false\_clause\/} is processed.

{\bf \_} \aB  format specifier (USING) to specify that a literal character follows.

{\bf '} \abbr (\aB) REM.

{\bf 0} prefix for octal numbers in C.

{\bf 0x} prefix for hexadecimal numbers in C. For example 0x10, 0xA, 0xFFFF.

{\bf 0X} alternative prefix for hexadecimal numbers in C. cf. 0x

{\bf 4703} An Amiga custor chip, {\em see} Paula.

{\bf 8361} chip number for A1000 NTSC Angus.

{\bf 8367} chip number for A1000 PAL Angus.

{\bf 8370} chip number for A500/A2000 512K NTSC Angus.

{\bf 8370} chip number for A500/A2000 512K PAL Angus.

{\bf 8372A} chip number for A500/A2000 1M NTSC/PAL Angus.

{\bf 8372B} chip number for A3000 2M Angus.

{\bf 8375} chip number for A500+ 2M Angus.

{\bf 68881} Motorola mathematics coprocessor which enables faster arithmetic to be performed.

\section A

{\bf A} \aB  file option to specify sequential append mode.

{\bf a} ANSI C file mode for append mode. [append]

{\bf A600} Amiga based on the 68000 ($7.14$MHz).   1 meg chip ram, no harddrive (there is a model with a harddrive). ECS graphics chips but no flickerfixer like the A3000. AmigaDOS 2.0

{\bf A1200} Amiga based on the 680EC20.   2 meg chip ram, no harddrive (there is a model with a harddrive). AGA graphics chips (like the A4000). AmigaDOS 3.0

{\bf A3000} Amiga based on the 68030 (25MHz).There are several models with minimum 2 meg ram and minimum 52 meg harddrive. ECS graphics chips (no AGA) with built-in flickerfixer. SCSI harddisk controller. AmigaDOS $2.0$ or $2.1$

{\bf A3000T/40} Amiga based on the 68040 (25MHz).   Tower model. 6 meg ram (I think), 200 meg harddrive (I think). ECS graphics chips (like A3000). SCSI harddrive controller

{\bf A4000} Amiga based on the 68040 (25MHz). 6 meg ram (2 meg chip and 4 meg fast), 105 meg harddrive. AGA graphics chips (256 out 16Mil colors but the same resolutions as ECS). IDE harddrive controller. High densitiy diskdrive ($1.76$ meg). AmigaDOS 3.0

{\bf AA} phonetic code for the vowel sound in b{\bf o}ttle and {\bf o}n.

{\bf AbleICR} disk.resource command to enable/disable ICR interrupts. [able interrupt control register]

{\bf aBMS} \abbr Amiga bottom margin set, printer device command function. $<$aBMS$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$\#$> <$2$>$.

{\bf abort} {\em ()} \acf  to abort the current process. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. exit, \_exit

{\bf AbortIO} {\em (\&IORequest):BYTE} Exec function to abort a previously started asynchronous I/O request. cf. WaitIO, DoIO, SendIO, CheckIO

{\bf abs} ANSI C macro function to get the absolute value of various numeric types. \#define abs$(x) ((x)<0?-(x):(x))$. Used as $type$ abs $(type)$. cf. fabs, iabs, labs [absolute]

{\bf ABS} \aB  function to return the absolute value of an expression. $variable = {\rm ABS\thinspace}(expression)$. [absolute]

{\bf aCAM} \abbr Amiga clear all margins, printer device command function. $<$aCAM$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$\#$> <3>$.

{\bf access} {\em (\&char, int):int }UNIX C function to check file accessibility. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. chmod, errno, \_OSERR, Appendix 9.

{\bf acos} {\em (double):double} \acf  to calculate the arccosine of a number. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. atan, asin, cos [arccosine]

{\bf ACTIVATE} constant that indicates that a window is to become active as soon as it is opened. ACTIVATE = 0x1000.

{\bf ActivateCxObj} {\em (\&CxObj, LONG)} Commodities library function to activate a commodity.

{\bf ActivateGadget} {\em (\&Gadget, \&Window, \&Requester):BOOL }Intuition function to activate a string gadget.

{\bf ActivateWindow} {\em (\&Window)} an asynchronous Intuition function to make a window the active window. cf. OpenWindow, ACTIVATE

{\bf activating} the action of starting something, often implying activation via an icon.

{\bf active screen} the screen containing the active window.

{\bf active window} the window that is currently receiving user input through the keyboard or mouse ports. The title bars of all other window will be ghosted.

{\bf ACTIVEWINDOW} IDCMP constant for window activation. ACTIVEWINDOW = 0x00040000. cf. INACTIVEWINDOW

{\bf ADCMD\_ALLOCATE} audio device command to allocate a set of audio channels. cf. ADCMD\_FREE [audio device command allocate]

{\bf ADCMD\_FINISH} audio device command to abort writes in progress to audio channels. [audio device command finish]

{\bf ADCMD\_FREE} audio device command to free audio channels for future allocation by another task or the same task. cf. ADCMD\_ALLOCATE [audio device command free]

{\bf ADCMD\_LOCK} audio device command to prevent audio channels from being stolen. [audio device command lock]

{\bf ADCMD\_PERVOL} audio device command to change the period and volume for writes in progress to audio channels. [audio device command period volume]

{\bf ADCMD\_SETPREC} audio device command to set the precedence for audio channels. [audio device command set precedence]

{\bf ADCMD\_WAITCYCLE} audio device command to wait for an audio channel to complete the current cycle of a write. [audio device command wait cycle]

{\bf AddAnimOb} {\em (\&AnimOb, \&\&AnimOb, \&RastPort)} graphics procedure to add an animation object to the linked list of animation objects.

{\bf AddBob} {\em (\&Bob, \&RastPort)} graphics procedure to add a Bob to the current GEL list. cf. AddVSprite

{\bf ADDBUFFERS} $<drive> : <nn>$ Amiga DOS command to add $<nn>$ buffers to the list of sector caches for $<drive>$. When using the old file system, additional buffers can make disk access significantly faster. Each additional buffer requires approximately ${1\over2}$K. As a general rule, only add 25 to 30 buffers. Disk access time rarely improves by adding more than 30 buffers. With the fast file system, adding additional buffers always speeds up disk access. ADDBUFFERS will normally be used in the startup sequence. Example: ADDBUFFERS df0: 25 (adds 25 buffers for disk drive df0:).

{\bf AddConfigDev} {\em (\&ConfigDev)} Expansion procedure to add a new ConfigDev structure to the system. cf. RemConfigDev [add configured device]

{\bf AddDevice} {\em (\&Device)} Exec procedure to add a new device to the system device list. cf. RemDevice, OpenDevice, CloseDevice

{\bf AddDListItems} {\em (\&DList, long)} ASL library function to add or remove items to a display list. [add display list items]

{\bf AddDosNode} {\em (BYTE, ULONG, \&DeviceNode)} Expansion procedure to mount a disk drive. cf. MakeDosNode

{\bf added} special task state for a task that has just been added to Exec.

{\bf AddFont} {\em (\&TextFont)} graphics procedure to add a font to the system font list. cf. SetFont, RemFont

{\bf AddFreeList} {\em (\&FreeList, APTR, LONG):LONG} Icon library function to add memory to the free list. cf. FreeFreeList

{\bf AddGadget} {\em (\&Window, \&Gadget, USHORT):USHORT} Intuition function to add the specified gadget to the given window. cf. AddGList, RemoveGadget

{\bf AddGList} {\em (\&Window, \&Gadget, USHORT, USHORT, \&Requester):USHORT} Intuition function to add a list of gadgets to the gadget list of the given window. cf. AddGadget, RemoveGList [add gadget list]

{\bf AddHead} {\em (\&List, \&Node)} Exec procedure to add a node to the head of a doubly-linked list. cf. AddTail, RemHead

{\bf AddICRVector} disk.resource command to attach an interrupt handler to a CIA bit. cf. RemICRVector.

{\bf AddIEvents} {\em (\&InputEvent)} Commodities library function to a null-terminated linked list to the input stream of commodities.

{\bf AddIntServer} {\em (ULONG, \&Interrupt)} Exec procedure to add a new interrupt server to a given server chain. cf. RemIntServer [add interrupt server]

{\bf AddLibrary} {\em (\&Library)} Exec procedure to add a new library to the system. cf. RemLibrary, OpenLibrary, CloseLibrary

{\bf AddMemList} {\em (ULONG, ULONG, LONG, APTR, \&char)} Exec procedure to add a region of memory to the system free memory [add memory list]

{\bf AddPort} {\em (\&MsgPort)} Exec procedure to add a message port to the system public port list. cf. RemPort

{\bf AddResource} {\em (APTR)} Exec procedure to add a new resource to the system. cf. RemResource

{\bf address error} 68000 exception vector 3 for a long or word access of an odd numbered address.

{\bf AddSemaphore} {\em (\&SignalSemaphore)} Exec procedure to add a semaphore to the system. cf. RemSemaphore

{\bf AddTail} {\em (\&List, \&Node)} Exec procedure to add a node to the tail of a doubly-linked list. cf. AddHead, RemTail

{\bf AddTask} {\em (\&Task, APTR, APTR)} Exec procedure to add a task to the system. cf. RemTask, CreateTask

{\bf AddTime} timer device command to add one time request to another.

{\bf AddTOF} exec\_support function to add a task to the vertical-blanking interval interupt server chain. cf. RemTOF [add top of form]

{\bf AddVSprite} {\em (\&VSprite, \&RastPort)} graphics procedure to add a VSprite to the current GEL list. cf. InitGels, AddBob

{\bf aDEN1} \abbr Amiga density 1, printer device command function to turn NLQ off (DEC). $<$aDEN1$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$1$> <${\tt "}$> <$z$>$.

{\bf aDEN2} \abbr Amiga density 2, printer device command function to turn NLQ on (DEC). $<$aDEN2$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$2$> <${\tt "}$> <$z$>$.

{\bf aDEN3} \abbr Amiga density 3, printer device command function to turn doublestrike off (DEC). $<$aDEN3$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$3$> <${\tt "}$> <$z$>$.

{\bf aDEN4} \abbr Amiga density 4, printer device command function to turn doublestrike on (DEC). $<$aDEN4$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$4$> <${\tt "}$> <$z$>$.

{\bf aDEN5} \abbr Amiga density 5, printer device command function to turn shadow print off (DEC). $<$aDEN5$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$5$> <${\tt "}$> <$z$>$.

{\bf aDEN6} \abbr Amiga density 6, printer device command function to turn shadow print on (DEC - almost). $<$aDEN6$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$6$> <${\tt "}$> <$z$>$.

{\bf ADIOERR\_ALLOCFAILED} error code returned by the audio device when requested audio channels are not available. ADIOERR\_ALLOCFAILED = $-11$. [audio I/O error allocation failed]

{\bf ADIOERR\_NOALLOCATION} error code returned by the audio device when a channel has been stolen from you by a higher precedence sound. ADIOERR\_NOALLOCATION = $-10$. [audio I/O error no allocation]

{\bf ADIOF\_NOWAIT} flag used to specify whether or not a sound is to be played immediately. ADIOF\_NO-WAIT~$= 64$. [audio I/O flag no wait]

{\bf ADIOF\_PERVOL} flag used to specify that the period and volume of a sound is to be set at the start of the sound. ADIOF\_PERVOL = 16. [audio I/O flag period volume]

{\bf ADIOF\_WRITEMESSAG}E flag used to specify that the ioa\_WriteMsg field of the IOAudio structure is to be used. ADIOF\_WRITEMESSAGE = 127. [audio I/O flag write message]

{\bf AE} phonetic code for the vowel sound in b{\bf a}t and {\bf a}d.

{\bf aEXTEND} {\em abbr}. Amiga extended, printer device command function. $<$aEXTEND$>$ = $<$ESC$> <[> N <${\tt "}$> <$x$>$.

{\bf aFNT0} \abbr Amiga font 0, printer device command function to select a US character set (DEC). $<$aFNT0$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$($> <$B$>$.

{\bf aFNT1} \abbr Amiga font 1, printer device command function to select a French character set (DEC). $<$aFNT1$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$($> <$R$>$.

{\bf aFNT2} \abbr Amiga font 2, printer device command function to select a German character set (DEC). $<$aFNT2$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$($> <$K$>$.

{\bf aFNT3} \abbr Amiga font 3, printer device command function to select a UK character set (DEC). $<$aFNT3$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$($> <$A$>$.

{\bf aFNT4} \abbr Amiga font 4, printer device command function to select a Danish I character set (DEC). $<$aFNT4$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$($> <$E$>$.

{\bf aFNT5} \abbr Amiga font 5, printer device command function to select a Swedish character set (DEC). $<$aFNT5$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$($> <$H$>$.

{\bf aFNT6} \abbr Amiga font 6, printer device command function to select a Italian character set (DEC). $<$aFNT6$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$($> <$Y$>$.

{\bf aFNT7} \abbr Amiga font 7, printer device command function to select a Spanish character set (DEC). $<$aFNT7$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$($> <$Z$>$.

{\bf aFNT8} \abbr Amiga font 8, printer device command function to select a Japanese character set. $<$aFNT8$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$($> <$J$>$.

{\bf aFNT9} \abbr Amiga font 9, printer device command function to select a Norwegian character set (DEC). $<$aFNT9$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$($> <$6$>$.

{\bf aFNT10} \abbr Amiga font 10, printer device command function to select a Danish II character set.

$<$aFNT10$>$ = $<$ESC$> <(> <$C$>$.

{\bf afp} other ({\em amiga.lib}) function to convert an ASCII string into a fast floating-point number. [ASCII (to) floating-point]

{\bf After} field of the Bob structure used to change Bob priorities. cf. Before

{\bf Agnus} one of the Amiga custom chips. Contains the blitter, copper, controls RAM addressing, DMA and other timing. [address generator]

{\bf AH} phonetic code for the vowel sound in b{\bf u}t and {\bf u}p.

{\bf aHTS} \abbr Amiga horizontal tabulation set, printer device command function (ISO). $<$aHTS$>$ = $<$ESC$>$ $<$H$>$.

{\bf aIER} \abbr Amiga input event report control sequence (read stream only) $<$aIER$>$ = $<$CSI$> <class> <;> <subclass> <;> <keycode> <;> <qualifiers> <;> <x> <;> <y> <;> <seconds> <;> <microseconds> <|>$ where class is a raw input event type, subclass is usually zero, keycode is the raw key number, qualifier is a key qualifier. The other fields are dependent upon the event. See the appendices for more detail.

{\bf aIND} \abbr Amiga linefeed, printer device command function to cause a linefeed (ISO). $<$aIND$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$D$>$.

{\bf aJFY0} \abbr Amiga justify off, printer device command function (ISO). $<$aJFY0$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$0$>$ $<$F$>$.

{\bf aJFY1} \abbr Amiga justify (auto centre), printer device command function (ISO - special). $<$aJFY1$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <1>$ $<$F$>$.

{\bf aJFY3} \abbr Amiga justify, printer device command function (ISO - special). $<$aJFY3$> = <$ESC$> <[> <3> <$F$>$.

{\bf aJFY5} \abbr Amiga justify (left), printer device command function (ISO). $<$aJFY5$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$5$>$ $<$F$>$.

{\bf aJFY6} \abbr Amiga justify, printer device command function (ISO). $<$aJFY6$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$6$> <$F$>$.

{\bf aJFY7} \abbr Amiga justify (right), printer device command function (ISO). $<$aJFY7$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$7$>$ $<$F$>$.

{\bf alert }a requester like object reserved for emergency situations; such as low memory, and fatal errors.

{\bf Alert} {\em (ULONG, APTR):\&APTR} Exec function to cause an alert.

{\bf AllocAbs} {\em (ULONG, APTR):\&APTR} Exec function to allocate memory at a given absolute address. cf. AllocMem [allocate absolute]

{\bf Allocate} {\em (\&MemHeader, ULONG):\&APTR} Exec function to allocate memory from a private memory pool. cf. Deallocate

{\bf AllocBoardMem} {\em (LONG):APTR} Expansion function to allocate standard device expansion memory. cf. FreeBoardMem, AllocExpansionMem [allocate board memory]

{\bf AllocConfigDev} {\em ():\&ConfigDev} Expansion function to get the address of a ConfigDev structure. cf. FreeConfigDev [allocate configured device]

{\bf AllocEntry} {\em (\&MemList):\&APTR} Exec function to allocate several areas of memory. [allocate entry]

{\bf AllocExpansionMem} {\em (LONG, LONG):APTR} Expansion function to allocate expansion memory. cf. FreeExpansionMem, AllocBoardMem [allocate expansion memory]

{\bf AllocFileRequest} {\em ():\&FileRequester} ASL library function to allocate a FileRequester data structure. The data structure is also initialized. [allocate file requester]

{\bf AllocFontRequest} {\em ():\&FontRequester} ASL library function to allocate a FontRequester data structure.

{\bf AllocIFF} {\em ():\&IFFHandle\/} IFF Parse library function to create a new IFFHandle structure. cf. FreeIFF [allocate intechange file format]

{\bf AllocLocalItem} {\em (LONG, LONG, LONG, LONG); \&LocalContextItem} IFF Parse library function to create a local context item structure. cf. FreeLocalItem, LocalItemData, StoreLocalItem, StoreItemInContext, SetLocalItemPurge [allocate local item]

{\bf AllocMem} {\em (ULONG, ULONG):\&APTR} Exec function that is the system general purpose memory allocater. cf. FreeMem, MEMF\_CHIP, MEMF\_FAST, MEMF\_PUBLIC, MEMF\_CLEAR [allocate memory]

{\bf AllocPotBits} potgo.resource command to allocate bits in the potgo registers. cf. FreePotBits [allocate potgo bits]

{\bf AllocRaster} {\em (USHORT, USHORT):PLANEPTR} graphics function to allocate memory for a bitplane. cf. FreeRaster

{\bf AllocRemember} {\em (\&\&Remember, ULONG, ULONG):CPTR} Intuition function to perform a multiple allocation and remember it. cf. FreeRemember, AllocMem [allocate remember]

{\bf AllocSignal} {\em (LONG):BYTE} Exec function to attempt to allocate a signal bit [allocate signal]

{\bf AllocTrap} {\em (LONG):LONG} Exec function to allocate a processor trap vector [allocate trap]

{\bf AllocUnit} disk.resource command to allocate exclusive access to a disk. cf. FreeUnit [allocate unit]

{\bf aLMS} \abbr Amiga left margin set, printer device command function. $<$aLMS$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$\#$> <$9$>$.

{\bf AlohaWorkbench} {\em (\&MsgPort)} private Intuition procedure, used by the Workbench program to inform Intuition that it has become active or that it is shutting down.

{\bf ALT} {\em abbr}. alternate (in particular {\em alternate key}).

{\bf alternate} an image or border used in gadget highlighting. When a gadget is selected, the alternate is substituted for the original.

{\bf alternate key} either of the two keys marked {\em ALT}, which are typically used to select special characters, such as accented letters, and mathematical symbols.

{\bf ALTKEYMAP} constant used to specify that a string or integer gadget has an alternate keymap associated with it. ALTKEYMAP = 0x1000. [alternate keymap]

{\bf AMIGA} {\em abbr}. Used for either the left Amiga (LAMIGA) or right Amiga (RAMIGA) keys, when it does not matter which is pressed.

{\bf Amiga BASIC} The Amiga version of the BASIC programming language. Trademark of Microsoft Corporation.

{\bf Amiga DOS} the Amiga Disk Operating System, responsible for file and CLI operations. Trademark of Commodore-Amiga, Inc. [Amiga disk operating system]

{\bf Amiga key} either of the keys labelled with a fancy {\em A}; used for initiating command-sequences. Normally these sequences correspond to menu operations (RAMIGA key) or Intuition functions (LAMIGA key).

{\bf amiga.lib} main library scanned during linking; most programs require to be linked with this file. The file contains stubs and offsets for ROM routines as well as some additional support functions. cf. stubs, offsets, exec\_support, clib, other [amiga library]

{\bf amplitude} the height of a waveform, which corresponds to the amount of some physical quantity in the input; such as voltage, current, sound pressure or energy.

{\bf amplitude modulation} a means of producing audio effects by using one channel to alter the amplitude of another. cf. frequency modulation

{\bf AND} \aB  logical conjunction operator.

{\bf AndRectRegion} {\em (\&Region, \&Rectangle)} graphics procedure to do a two-dimensional AND operation of the rectangle with the region the result being returned in region. cf. OrRectRegion, XorRectRegion, AndRegionRegion

{\bf AndRegionRegion} {\em (\&Region, \&Region):BOOL} graphics function to do a two-dimensional AND operation of one region with a second region leaving the result in the second region. cd. AndRectRegion, OrRegionRegion, XorRegionRegion

{\bf aNEL} \abbr Amiga next line, printer device command function to cause a return then a linefeed (ISO). $<$aNEL$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$E$>$.

{\bf ANFRACSIZE} system constant used to shift integer velocities to the GEL fixed-point format {\tt vvvvvvvvvv.ffffff}. ANFRACSIZE = 6 [animation fraction size]

{\bf Animate} {\em (\&\&AnimOb, \&RastPort)} graphics procedure to update the position of every AnimOb in the current animation list.

{\bf animation} the effect generated by moving constituent parts of or entire objects.

{\bf AnimComp }a graphic structure that is an extension of the Bob structure that allows for simple sequencing of images. cf. AnimOb, Bob [animation component]

{\bf AnimCRoutine} field of the AnimComp structure used to hold the address of urser routines that are called immediately after a AnimComp's location and velocity have been updated.

{\bf ANIMHALF} system constant used to specify a velocity of once every other call to Animate. ANIMHALF = 0x0020. [animation half]

{\bf AnimOb} a graphic structure that is an extension of the AnimComp structure that allows a registration point to be described for a set of AnimComps. cf. AnimComp [animation object]

{\bf AnimORoutine} field of the AnimOb structure used to hold the address of user routines that are called immediately after a AnimOb's location and velocity have been updated.

{\bf AnX} field of the AnimOb structure used to specify the $x$ coordinate of the registration point [animation $x$]

{\bf AnY} field of the AnimOb structure used to specify the $y$ coordinate of the registration point [animation $y$]

{\bf AO} phonetic code for the vowel sound in b{\bf a}ll and {\bf a}wl.

{\bf AOlPen} field of the RastPort structure. Also known as the OPen. [area outline pen]

{\bf A-Pen} {\em see} FgPen.

{\bf aPERF} \abbr Amiga perforation skip, printer device command function. $<$aPERF$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$>N<$q$>$ where $N$ is the number to skip.

{\bf aPERF0} \abbr Amiga perforation skip off, printer device command function. $<$aPERF0$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$0$> <$q$>$.

{\bf aPLD} \abbr Amiga partial line down, printer device command function (ISO). $<$aPLD$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$L$>$.

{\bf aPLU} \abbr Amiga partial line up, printer device command function (ISO). $<$aPLU$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$K$>$.

{\bf apostrophe} \see single quote.

{\bf APPEND} \aB  file option to specify sequential append mode.

{\bf application alert} any alert which is not a system alert.

{\bf application gadget} a custom gadget generated by a programmer.

{\bf application requester} a requester which is not invoked by the operating system (not a system requester).

{\bf aPROP0} \abbr Amiga proportional printing clear, printer device command function.

$<$aPROP0$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$0$> <$p$>$.

{\bf aPROP1} \abbr Amiga proportional printing off, printer device command function. $<$aPROP1$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$1$> <$p$>$.

{\bf aPROP2} \abbr Amiga proportional printing on, printer device command function. $<$aPROP2$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$2$> <$p$>$.

{\bf aRAW} \abbr Amiga raw, printer device command function indicating the next $N$ characters are raw. $<$aRAW$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$>N<${\tt "}$> <$r$>$.

{\bf .arc} rare filename extension indicating an archive created with the UNIX ``arc'' program.

{\bf AREA} \aB  procedure to define a point on a polygon. AREA [STEP] $(x,y)$. cf. AREAFILL

{\bf area buffer} a memory area which must start on a word boundary and is used by certain filling and drawing commands. cf. AreaInfo, TmpRas

{\bf AreaCircle} {\em (\&RastPort,SHORT,SHORT,SHORT):LONG} graphics macro that is really AreaEllipse. Defined in {\em graphics/gfxmacros.h}.

{\bf AreaDraw} {\em (\&RastPort,SHORT,SHORT):LONG} graphics function to add a point to the list of points defining a shape for area-fill. cf. AreaMove, AreaEnd

{\bf AreaEllipse} {\em (\&RastPort,SHORT,SHORT,SHORT,SHORT):LONG} graphics function to add an ellipse to the AreaInfo list for area-fill.

{\bf AreaEnd} {\em (\&RastPort):LONG }graphics function to mark the end of an area-fill definition that causes the area-fill to occur.

{\bf AREAFILL} \aB  procedure to alter the interior of a defined polygon. AREAFILL [0 $|$ 1]. cf. AREA, PATTERN, COLOR.

{\bf AreaInfo} graphics substructure of the RastPort structure used in area filling operations. This structure {\sl must} be word aligned.

{\bf AreaMove} {\em (\&RastPort,SHORT,SHORT):LONG} graphics function to define a new starting point in the area-fill list. The old list is closed off. cf. AreaDraw

{\bf area pattern} A 16-bit wide bit-pattern with a height which is some power of two used to specify a pattern to be used during filling. cf. AreaPtrn, AreaPtSz.

{\bf AreaPtrn} field of the RastPort structure that is a pointer to an area pattern, used in an area fill.

{\bf AreaPtSz} field of the RastPort structure that specifies ($2^{AreaPtSz}$) the height of the area fill pattern. [area pattern size]

{\bf argopt} {\em (int, \&\&char, \&char, \&int, \&char):\&char} \scf  to get options from an argument list. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. main [argument options]

{\bf aRI} \abbr Amiga reverse linefeed, printer device command function. $<$aRI$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$M$>$.

{\bf aRIN} \abbr Amiga initialise, printer device command function to initialise the printer. $<$aRIN$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$\#$> <$1$>$.

{\bf aRIS} \abbr Amiga reset, printer device command function to reset the printer (ISO). $<$aRIS$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$c$>$.

{\bf .arj} filename extension for a file created with ``.arj.''

{\bf aRMS} \abbr Amiga right margin set, printer device command function. $<$aRMS$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$\#$> <$0$>$.

{\bf arnd} other ({\em amiga.lib}) function to do a ASCII round on a floating-point string. [ASCII round]

{\bf ARPA} {\em abbr}. Advanced Research Projects Agency.

{\bf arpabet} phonetic alphabet developed by ARPA for use with computers. The phonetics can be represented with the normal alphabet. The phonetic system used by the narrator device is based upon this phonetic system. cf. narrator device, IPA

{\bf aRRE} \abbr Amiga reset raw events control sequence. $<$aRRE$>$ = $<$CSI$> <\}>$ = 0x9B 0x7D = 0x1B 0x5B 0x7D.

{\bf aSBC} \abbr Amiga set background colour, printer device command function. $<$aSBC$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$4$>N<$m$>$ where $N$ is an ASCII number representing an ISO colour.

{\bf ASC} \aB  function to get the ASCII code of a character. {\em int} = ASC ({\em char}). cf. CHR\$

{\bf ASCII} {\em abbr}. American Standard Code for Information Interchange.

{\bf aSCR} \abbr Amiga set cursor rendition control sequence. $<$aSCR$> = <$CSI$> [N] <$p$>$. For an invisible cursor use 0x9B 0x30 0x20 0x70, for a visible cursor use 0x9B 0x20 0x70.

{\bf asctime} {\em (\&tm):\&char} \acf  to generate an ASCII time string. Defined in {\em time.h}. cf. gmtime, localtime [ASCII time]

{\bf aSFC} \abbr Amiga set foreground colour, printer device command function (ISO). $<$aSFC$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$3$>N<$m$>$ where $N$ is an ASCII digit representing an ISO colour.

{\bf aSGR0} \abbr Amiga set graphics rendition to normal, printer device command function (ISO). $<$aSGR0$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$0$> <$m$>$.

{\bf aSGR1} \abbr Amiga set graphics rendition to boldface on, printer device command function (ISO). $<$aSGR1$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$1$> <$m$>$.

{\bf aSGR22} \abbr Amiga set graphics rendition to boldface off, printer device command function (ISO). $<$aSGR22$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$2$> <$2$> <$m$>$.

{\bf aSGR23} \abbr Amiga set graphics rendition to italics off, printer device command function (ISO). $<$aSGR23$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$2$> <$3$> <$m$>$. cf. aSGR3

{\bf aSGR24} \abbr Amiga set graphics rendition to underline off, printer device command function (ISO). $<$aSGR24$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$2$> <$4$> <$m$>$.

{\bf aSGR3} \abbr Amiga set graphics rendition to italics on, printer device command function (ISO). $<$aSGR3$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$3$> <$m$>$.

{\bf aSGR4} {\em abbr}. Amiga set graphics rendition to underline on, printer device command function (ISO). $<$aSGR4$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$4$> <$m$>$.

{\bf aSHORP0} \abbr Amiga set horizontal pitch to normal, printer device command function (DEC). $<$aSHORP0$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$0$> <$w$>$.

{\bf aSHORP1} \abbr Amiga set horizontal pitch to elite off, printer device command function (DEC). $<$aSHORP1$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$1$> <$w$>$.

{\bf aSHORP2} \abbr Amiga set horizontal pitch to elite on, printer device command function (DEC). $<$aSHORP2$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$2$> <$w$>$.

{\bf aSHORP3} \abbr Amiga set horizontal pitch to condensed off, printer device command function (DEC). $<$aSHORP3$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$3$> <$w$>$.

{\bf aSHORP4} \abbr Amiga set horizontal pitch to condensed on, printer device command function (DEC). $<$aSHORP4$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$4$> <$w$>$.

{\bf aSHORP5} \abbr Amiga set horizontal pitch to enlarged off, printer device command function (DEC). $<$aSHORP5$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$5$> <$w$>$.

{\bf aSHORP6} \abbr Amiga set horizontal pitch to enlarged on, printer device command function (DEC). $<$aSHORP6$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$6$> <$w$>$.

{\bf asin} {\em (double):double} \acf  to calculate the arcsine of a number. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. acos, atan [arcsine]

{\bf ASK} $<prompt>$ Amiga DOS command used to get user input when executing a script. The prompt is written to the current output stream, and then waits for the user's keyboard input. Valid responses are ``Y'' for yess, ``N'' for no, and ``$<$CR$>$'' for no. Ask then sets the condition flag to 5 (=WARN) if a yes resposnse was typed, and 0 if a no response was typed. This command is only useful in script files.

{\bf AskFont} {\em (\&RastPort, \&TextAttr)} graphics procedure used to get the attributes of the current font. cf. SetFont

{\bf AskKeyMap} {\em (\&IOStdReq, \&KeyMap):BOOL} console device function to copy the console key map into memory allocated by the user. cf. SetKeyMap

{\bf aSKR} \abbr Amiga special key report control sequence (read stream only) $<$aSKR$>$ = $<$CSI$>[N]<$~$>$ = 0x9B $[N]$ 0x7E = 0x1B 0x5B $[N]$ 0x7E.

{\bf AskSoftStyle} {\em (\&RastPort):ULONG} graphics function to get the style information for the current font.

{\bf aSLL} \abbr Amiga set line length, control sequence. $<$aSLL$>$ = $<$CSI$>[N]<$u$>$ = 0x9B $[N]$ 0x75 = 0x1B 0x5B $[N]$ 0x75.

{\bf aSLO} \abbr Amiga set line offset control sequence. $<$aSLO$>$ = $<$CSI$>[N]<$x$>$ = 0x9B $[N]$ 0x78 = 0x1B 0x5B $[N]$ 0x78.

{\bf aSLPP} \abbr Amiga set length pages, control sequence. $<$aSLPP$>$ = $<$CSI$>$[N]$<$t$>$ = 0x9B $[N]$ 0x74 = 0x1B 0x5B $[N]$ 0x74.

{\bf aSLRM} \abbr Amiga set left and right margins, printer device command function (DEC). $<$aSLRM$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$>N<$;$>N<$s$>$.

{\bf ASM} {\em abbr}. automatic scroll mode. $<$ASM$>$ = $<>> <$1$>$ = 0x3E 0x31.

{\bf aSRE} {\em abbr}. Amiga set raw events control sequence. $<$aSRE$>$ = $<$CSI$>$ $<\{>$ = 0x9B 0x7B = 0x1B 0x5B 0x7B.

{\bf assembly language} a mnemonic code with a 1:1 correspondence with the instructions of the processor, in the Amiga case one of the Motorola 680x0 family.

{\bf assert} {\em (\&char)} ANSI C macro function to test the validity of an expression. Defined in {\em assert.h}. cf. \_assert

{\bf \_assert} {\em (\&char, \&char, \&char)} \acf  which is the failure exit for assert. Defined in {\em assert.h}. cf. assert

{\bf ASSIGN} $[[<name>:] <dir>] [{\rm LIST}] [{\rm EXISTS}] [{\rm REMOVE}]$ Amiga DOS command to assign a logical device name to a file system directory. If the LIST keyword is given along with a logical device name, ASSIGN will search the assignment list for that name. EXISTS will cause the string assigned to the logical name to be displayed. If the logical name is not found then the condition flag is set to WARN. The REMOVE option disconnects a volume or device from the list of mounted devices. It does not free up resources. Thie REMOVE option should only be used during software development. Gurus may result from wanton use of the REMOVE option.

{\bf aSTBM} \abbr Amiga set top and bottom margins, printer device control function. $<$aSTBM$>$ = $<$ESC$>$ $<[> N <$;$>N<$r$>$.

{\bf astcsma} {\em (\&char, \&char):int} SAS AmigaDOS C function to do rudimentary string pattern matching using AmigaDOS templates. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. stcsma [Amiga string character string match]

{\bf aSTO} \abbr Amiga set top offset control sequence. $<$aSTO$>$ = $<$CSI$>[N]<$y$>$ = 0x9B $[N]$ 0x79 = 0x1B 0x5B $[N]$ 0x79.

{\bf aSUS0} \abbr Amiga (super-)subscript normal, printer device command function. $<$aSUS0$> = <$ESC$> <[> <0> <$v$>$.

{\bf aSUS1} \abbr Amiga superscript off, printer device command function. $<$aSUS1$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$>$ $<$1$>$ $<$v$>$.

{\bf aSUS2} \abbr Amiga superscript on, printer device command function. $<$aSUS2$>$ = $<$SEC$> <$[$>$ $<$2$>$ $<$v$>$.

{\bf aSUS3} \abbr Amiga subscript off, printer device command function. $<$aSUS3$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$>$ $<$3$>$ $<$v$>$.

{\bf aSUS4} \abbr Amiga subscript on, printer device command function. $<$aSUS4$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$>$ $<$4$>$ $<$v$>$.

{\bf asynchronous I/O request} an I/O request using SendIO, WaitIO, CheckIO, and AbortIO, that returns control as soon as the request is dispatched. cf. synchronous I/O request

{\bf atan} {\em (double):double} \acf  to calculate the arctangent of a number. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. atan2, acos, asin, tan [arctangent]

{\bf atan2} {\em (double, double):double} \acf  to calculate the arctangent of a ratio. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. atan [arctangent]

{\bf aTBC0} {\em abbr}. Amiga tabulation clear, printer device command function to clear horizontal tab (ISO). $<$aTBC0$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$0$> <$g$>$.

{\bf aTBC1} \abbr Amiga tabulation clear, printer device command function to clear vertical tab (ISO). $<$aTBC1$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$1$> <$g$>$.

{\bf aTBC3} \abbr Amiga tabulation clear, printer device command function to clear all horizontal tabs (ISO). $<$aTBC3$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$3$> <$g$>$.

{\bf aTBC4} \abbr Amiga tabulation clear, printer device command function to clear all vertical tabs (ISO). $<$aTBC4$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$4$> <$g$>$.

{\bf aTBCALL} \abbr Amiga tabulation clear, printer device command function to call all horizontal and vertical tabs. $<$aTBCALL$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$\#$> <$4$>$.

{\bf aTBSALL} \abbr Amiga tabulation set, printer device command function to set default tabs. $<$aTBSALL$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$\#$> <$5$>$.

{\bf atexit} {\em (\&int()):int} SAS AmigaDOS C function to set an exit trap. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. onexit [Amiga trap exit]

{\bf aTMS} \abbr Amiga top margin set, printer device command function. $<$aTMS$>$ = $<$ESC$>$ $<$\#$>$ $<$8$>$.

{\bf ATN} \aB  function to get the arctangent of a number. {\em float} = ATN ({\em expression}). cf. TAN [arctangent]

{\bf atof} {\em (\&char):double} \acf  to convert an ASCII string into a double. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. atoi, atol [ASCII to float]

{\bf atoi} {\em (\&char):int} \acf  to convert an ASCII string into an integer. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. atof, atol, stcd\_i [ASCII to integer]

{\bf atol} {\em (\&char):long} \acf  to convert an ASCII string into a long integer. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. atof, atoi, stcd\_l [ASCII to long]

{\bf aTSS} \abbr Amiga set space, printer device command function to set the proportional offset (ISO). $<$aTSS$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$>N<$E$>$.

{\bf AttachCxObj} {\em (\&CxObj, \&CxObj)} Commodities library function to add a commodity to a list of commodities.

{\bf AttemptLockLayerRom} {\em (\&Layer):BOOL} graphics function to attempt to lock the Layer structure. cf. UnlockLayerRom, LockLayer

{\bf AttemptSemaphore} {\em (\&SignalSemaphore):LONG} Exec function that attempts to obtain a sema\-ph\-ore without blocking. cf. ObtainSemaphore, ReleaseSemaphore

{\bf AUD0} \abbr audio channel 0 interrupt; software priority 9 and hardware priority 4.

{\bf AUD1} \abbr audio channel 1 interrupt; software priority 11 and hardware priority 4.

{\bf AUD2} \abbr audio channel 2 interrupt; software priority 8 and hardware priority 4.

{\bf AUD3} \abbr audio channel 3 interrupt; software priority 10 and hardware priority 4.

{\bf audio device} a device responsible for the production of sound and arbitration of the 4-channel stereo sound system present in Amiga hardware.

{\bf autoboot} the actions performed by the computer including AUTOCONFIG, self-diagnosis and the reading of the boot blocks on a bootable disk.

{\bf autoboot driver} a driver for an expansion board stored in a ROM (or EPROM etc.) on the board. The driver will be called before DOS is initialised allowing the installation of different disk operating systems.

{\bf AUTOCONFIG} an Amiga protocol to allow for dynamic assignment of the address space in an automated manner, so that hand user configuration is not needed. Trademark of Commodore Electronics Limited. [automatically configure]

{\bf Autodocs} documents automatically extracted from source code, used in the RKMs to document all Amiga library and device routines. [automatic documentation]

{\bf auto-knob} Intuition's default knob.

{\bf AUTOKNOB} constant used to specify that a proportional gadget is to take the Intuition default knob. AUTOKNOB = 0x0001.

{\bf automatic requester} a requester created with the Intuition AutoRequest routine.

{\bf automatic variable} type of temporary variable in C declared simply by defining a type of the variable in a block. cf. register variable, static variable.

{\bf AutoRequest} {\em (\&Window, \&IntuiText, \&IntuiText, \&IntuiText, ULONG, SHORT, SHORT):\&Window }Intuition function to automatically build a requester, and then wait for the user's response or until the system is satisfied. cf. BuildSysRequest [automatic requester]

{\bf autovectors} the underlying vectors used by the interrupt system which should not be modified by the user.

{\bf .auu} filename extension for a uuencoded .arc file.

{\bf AVAIL} [CHIP $|$ FAST $|$ TOTAL] Amiga DOS command to report on the amount of memory available. The command gives a summary of the system RAM memory, both CHIP and FAST. For each memory type, AVAIL reports the total amount, how much is available, how much is currently in use, and the largest contiguous memory block not yet allocated. By using the CHIP, FAST, or TOTAL options, AVAIL will display only the requested types of memory. This value can then be used for comparisons in scripts.

{\bf AvailFonts} {\em (APTR, LONG, LONG):LONG} Diskfont library function to build an array of all fonts available to the system. [available fonts]

{\bf AvailMem} {\em (ULONG):ULONG} Exec function to return the amount of available memory. [available memory]

{\bf aVERP0} \abbr Amiga vertical pitch 1/8{\tt "} line spacing, printer device command function. $<$aVERP0$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$0$> <$z$>$.

{\bf aVERP1} \abbr Amiga vertical pitch 1/6{\tt "} line spacing, printer device command function. $<$aVERP1$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$[$> <$1$> <$z$>$.

{\bf aVTS} \abbr Amiga vertical tabulation set, printer device command function (ISO). $<$aVTS$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$J$>$.

{\bf AW} phonetic code for the dipthong sound in b{\bf ou}nd and {\bf ow}l.

{\bf aWBR} \abbr Amiga window bounds report control sequence (read stream only) $<$aWBR$>$ = $<$CSI$> <1> <;> <1> <;>[N]<;>[M]<$r$>$ where $N$ is the bottom margin and $M$ is the right margin.

{\bf awk} Language. [Aho Weinberger \& Kernighan]

{\bf AWM} \abbr automatic wrap mode. $<$AWM$>$ = $<$?$> <$7$>$ = 0x3F 0x37.

{\bf aWSR} \abbr Amiga status window request control sequence. $<$aWSR$>$ = $<$CSI$> <$q$>$ = 0x9B 0x71 = 0x1B 0x5B 0x71.

{\bf AX} phonetic code for the vowel sound in {\bf a}bout and cal{\bf i}rate. Should not be used in stressed syllables.

{\bf AY} phonetic code for the dipthong sound in b{\bf i}de and {\bf I}.

\section B


{\bf B} phonetic code for the consonant sound in {\bf b}ut.

{\bf BACKDROP} constant used to specify a backdrop window. BACKDROP = 0x0100.

{\bf backdrop window} a window which is always at the back of any other kind of window. These window always open behind all other windows, and can only have the close gadget.

{\bf background pen} the colour used for rendering the background of objects.

{\bf BackPen} the colour, when used, for rendering the background of characters. cf. FrontPen

{\bf BadBlockBlock} a type of block used to define a type of data stored on a hard or floppy disk.

{\bf base address} (of a library) a pointer to the beginning of a library node structure.

{\bf BASIC} \abbr Beginners All-purpose Symbolic Instruction Code.

{\bf BAUD\_110} constant used to get a baud rate of 110. BAUD\_110 = 0x00.

{\bf BAUD\_300} constant used to get a baud rate of 300. BAUD\_300 = 0x01.

{\bf BAUD\_1200} constant used to get a baud rate of 1200. BAUD\_1200 = 0x02.

{\bf BAUD\_2400} constant used to get a baud rate of 2400. BAUD\_2400 = 0x03.

{\bf BAUD\_4800} constant used to get a baud rate of 4800. BAUD\_4800 = 0x04.

{\bf BAUD\_9600} constant used to get a baud rate of 9600. BAUD\_9600 = 0x05.

{\bf BAUD\_19200} constant used to get a baud rate of 19200. BAUD\_19200 = 0x06.

{\bf BAUD\_MIDI} constant used to get a baud rate for MIDI. BAUD\_MIDI = 0x07.

{\bf BCD} \abbr Binary Coded Decimal.

{\bf BDRAWN} a Bob flag reserved for system use. BDRAWN = 0x0200. [Bob drawn]

{\bf beam synchronization} the action of coordinating some activity with the action of the video beam. cf. WaitTOF

{\bf BEEP} \aB  procedure to sound the speaker and flash the screen.

{\bf Before} field of the Bob structure ised in controlling object priorities. cf. After

{\bf BeginIO} exec\_support procedure that is similar to SenIO, but does not vlear the io\_Flags field first and does not wait for the I/O to complete. cf. SendIO, DoIO [begin I/O]

{\bf BeginRefresh} {\em (\&Window)} an Intuition procedure that sets the given window to the refresh state. This means that only portions of the window that need to be redrawn get redrawn. cf EndRefresh.

{\bf BeginUpdate} {\em (\&Layer):BOOL} Layers function to cause preparation to repair a damaged layer. cf. EndUpdate

{\bf BehindLayer} {\em (LONG, \&Layer):BOOL} Layers function to put the given layer behind all other non-backdrop layers.

{\bf BEL} \abbr bell (actually a DisplayBeep), \ANSIcs to signal a warning. $<$BEL$>$ = 0x7

{\bf BgPen} field of the RastPort structure. Also known as the B-Pen [background pen]

{\bf biff} UNIX command to turn on asynchronous mail notification. [named after Heidi Stettner's dog which used to bark at the mailperson at Evans Hall, Berkely]

{\bf BINDDRIVERS} Amiga DOS command to bind device drivers to various piece of hardware. The command is normally executed as part of the startup sequence. It is used to bind device drivers found in the {\sl SYS:Expansion\/} directory to add-on hardware that has been automatically configured by the Expansion library. This allows the hardware to be configured automatically when the system is booted.

{\bf bit field} a structure member defined as a number of bits, usually less than the number of bits in an integer. This enables saving of storage space and matching of externally imposed storage layouts.

{\bf bitmap} complete definition of a display, consisting of bit-planes and organization information.

{\bf BitMap} graphics structure that tells the system where to find, and how display memory is organized. Defined in {\em graphics/gfx.h}.

{\bf bit-plane} a sequential set of memory words, organized into a rectangular area, that defines an image.

{\bf blank pointer} a pointer which is logically the same as any other pointer but does not have any imagery associated with it.

{\bf bldmem} {\em (int)} old \scf  to build a memory pool of specified size. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. sbrk [build memory]

{\bf BLIT} \abbr Blitter finished interrupt, has software priority 7 and hardware priority 3.

{\bf blitter} special Amiga hardware used to move data quickly and efficiently with the capability of doing logical operations. Used during animation and decoding data read from disks.

{\bf BlockPen} the colour used for block fills, such as the title bar area.

{\bf BlocksPerTrack} mountlist keyword to specify the number of blocks per track. cf. mountlist

{\bf BltBitMap} {\em (\&BitMap, SHORT, SHORT, \&BitMap, SHORT, SHORT, SHORT, SHORT, UBYTE, UBYTE, [CPTR]): ULONG} graphics blitter function to move a rectangular region of bits in a BitMap. cf. ClipBlit [blit bit map]

{\bf BltBitMapRastPort} {\em (\&BitMap, SHORT, SHORT, \&RastPort,  SHORT, SHORT, SHORT, SHORT, UBYTE)} graphics blitter procedure to blit from a bitmap to a rastport. cf. BltMaskBitMapRastPort [blit bitmap rastport]

{\bf BltClear} {\em (APTR, ULONG, ULONG)} graphics blitter procedure to clear a block of memory to zero. [blit clear]

{\bf BltMaskBitMapRastPort} {\em (\&BitMap, SHORT, SHORT, \&RastPort, SHORT, SHORT, SHORT, SHORT, UBYTE, APTR)} graphics blitter procedure to blit from a bitmap to a rastport with masking of the source image. cf. BltBitMapRastPort [blit bitmap rastport]

{\bf bltnode} hardware structure used with the blitter. Defined in {\em hardware/blit.h} [blitter node]

{\bf BltPattern} {\em (\&RastPort, APTR,SHORT,SHORT,SHORT,SHORT,SHORT)} graphics blitter procedure that uses standard drawing rules to blit through a mask. [blit pattern]

{\bf BltTemplate} {\em (CPTR, SHORT, SHORT, \&Rastport, SHORT, SHORT, SHORT, SHORT)} graphics blitter procedure that draws an image in a template into a rastport. [blit template]

{\bf BMHD} Required IFF ILBM chunk to hold a bitmap header. It is used to describe the dimensions of the image, the encoding used, and other data necessary to understand the BODY chunk. The chunk hold $w$ and $h$ the width and height of the raster in pixels; $x$ and $y$ the pixel position for the image; $nPlanes$ the number of bitplanes in the image; masking information; compression type information; a colour number to be used for transparent; $xAspect$ and $yAspect$ ratios; and page size information. [bitmap header]

{\bf BNDRYOFF} {\em (\&RastPort)} graphics macro function to turn off the outline function. Defined in {\em graphics/gfxmacros.h}. [boundary off]

{\bf Bob} graphic rendered by the blitter on a screen that can be any size and use as many colour as the screen they are rendered on. cf. sprite [blitter object block]

{\bf BobComp} field of the Bob structure which points to a Bob's AnimComp structure if one exists. [Bob component]

{\bf BOBISCOMP} a Bob flag which is set when a Bob is actually part of an AnimComp. BOBISCOMP = 0x0002. cf. AnimComp [Bob is component]

{\bf BOBNIX} Bob flag set by the system when a Bob has been removed from the GEL list. BOBNIX = 0x0800. [Bob not in element\

{\bf Bob priority} a measure of the ``depth'' of a Bob in the display. Bobs with higher priorities will be rendered in front of lower priority Bobs.

{\bf BOBSAWAY} flag used to specify the a Bob should be removed from the GEL list. BOBSAWAY = 0x0400.

{\bf BODY} IFF ILBM chunk which stores the bitplane data for an image. The data may or may not be compressed. The chunk also contains the optional mask data. Raster scan proceeds left-to-right (increasing $x$) across scan lines then top-to-bottom (increasing $y$) down columns of scan lines. The coordinate system is in units of pixels, where $(0,0)$ is the upper left corner. A BMHD (bitmap header) chunk must be also available for interpretation of the data in the BODY chunk.

{\bf body variables} proportional gadget variables which contain the increment by which the pot variables may change.

{\bf BOLD} constant, used to specify that a character is to be binary or-ed with a copy of itself, shifted right by the bold shift attribute of the font (usually 1). BOLD = 2.

{\bf Boolean gadget} a bistable gadget which is used to obtain one of two alternatives from the user.

{\bf BOOLEXTEND} constant associated with Boolean gadgets. BOOLEXTEND = 0x2000. [Boolean extend]

{\bf BoolInfo} additional Intuition structure used with Boolean gadgets. Defined in {\em intuition/intuition.h}. [Boolean information]

{\bf BOOLMASK} constant; required value for the Flags field of the BoolInfo structure. BOOLMASK = 0x0001. [Boolean mask]

{\bf boot} the startup procedure in general. cf. autoboot, coldboot, warmboot.

{\bf BootBlock} Structure defined in {\em devices/bootblock.h}.

{\bf boot disk} any disk which can be used as part of the boot process. The particular disk used to start the Amiga, for example a Kickstart or Workbench disk.

{\bf BootNode} an entry for a bootable device in a list constructed at boot time.

{\bf BootPri} mountlist keyword to specify a boot priority of a bootable and mountable device, such as the recoverable ramdrive.device. The value can range from $-129$ to $127$. By convention $-129$ indicates the device is not bootable and is not automatically mounted. cf. mountlist [boot priority]

{\bf border} an Intuition graphic method based on the Border structure, that is used for rendering straight lines.

{\bf Border} Intuition illustration data structure; this is a general purpose structure for drawing straight connected lines. Defined in {\em intuition/intuition.h}.

{\bf border area} the window perimeter, inside the border line.

{\bf BORDERHIT} flag used by the system to indicate that an object has moved beyond the outermost bounds of the clipping region or drawing area.

{\bf BORDERLESS} constant that indicates that a window is to have to border. BORDERLESS = 0x0800.

{\bf borderless window} a window without borders. A normal window has a thin border around its perimeter. Usually a borderless window will cover the entire display.

{\bf border line} the default double-line drawn around the perimeter of all windows except borderless windows.

{\bf BorderLine} field of the VSprite structure used in collision detection. cf. HitMask

{\bf BOTTOMBORDER} constant used to specify that a gadget is to be rendered in the bottom border of a window. BOTTOMBORDER = 0x0080. cf. LEFTBORDER, TOPBORDER, RIGHTBORDER

{\bf BOTTOMHIT} constant used to specify that a GEL has hit the bottom boundary. BOTTOMHIT = 2. cf. TOPHIT, LEFTHIT, RIGHTHIT, bottommost

{\bf bottommost} field of the GelsInfo structure that specifies the bottom boundary for sprites. cf. topmost, leftmost, rightmost

{\bf B-Pen} {\em See\/} BgPen

{\bf BREAK } {\sl 1\/} \aB  procedure to control $<$RAMIGA$>$ $<$.$>$ event trapping. BREAK ON  $|$  OFF  $|$  STOP. cf. ON BREAK. {\sl 2\/} $<process>$ [ALL $|$ C $|$ D $|$ E $|$ F] Amiga DOS command to set the attention flags in the specified process.

{\bf break} C statement to terminate the smallest enclosing {\em switch, while, do,} or {\em for\/} statement. Control is passed to the statement immediately subsequent to the terminated statement. cf continue

{\bf BS} {\em abbr}. backspace, ANSI control code for a backspace, $<$BS$>$=0x8.

{\bf bss} \abbr block started by symbol.

{\bf BufBuffer }a field of the Bob structure that points to an area the same size as the SaveBuffer, used to store the background on double-buffered displays. This buffer must be located in chip memory. [buffer buffer]

{\bf Buffers} mountlist keyword to specify the initial number of cache buffers. cf. mountlist

{\bf BufMemType} mountlist keyword to specify the type of memory for buffers. Zero and one for any, two and three for CHIP, and four and five for FAST. cf. mountlist [buffers memory type]

{\bf BufPath} Bob structure field maintained by the system for Bobs in double-buffered displays [buffer path]

{\bf \_bufsize} SAS C integer value for the level 2 I/O buffer size. cf. fopen, setbuf [buffer size]

{\bf BufX} Bob structure field maintained by the system for Bobs in double-buffered displays [buffer {\em x}]

{\bf BufY} Bob structure field maintained by the system for Bobs in double-buffered displays [buffer {\em y}]

{\bf BuildSysRequest} {\em (\&Window, \&IntuiText, \&IntuiText, \&IntuiText, ULONG, SHORT, SHORT):\&Window} Intuition function to build a requester based on the supplied information. cf. FreeSysRequest, Request, AutoRequest [build system requester]

{\bf BumpRevision} {\em (\&\&char, \&\&char):\&\&char} Icon library function to reformat a name for a second copy.

{\bf bus error} an error generated by an attempt to access nonexistent memory.

{\bf BUSWIDTH} constant used to specify whether an expansion ROM should be copied in a nibblewise or wordwise fashion. cf. DAC\_NIBBLEWIDE, DAC\_WORDWIDE

{\bf busy wait} another name for polling, which is generally very inefficient on a multitasking operating system.

{\bf BWAITING} a Bob flag reserved for system use. BWAITING = 0x0100. [Bob waiting]

\section C

{\bf c} ANSI c format specifier indicating a single character conversion. [character]

{\bf /C} phonetic code for the consonant sound in lo{\bf ch}.

{\bf CAD} \abbr Computer Aided Design.

{\bf CALL} {\sl1\/} \aB  procedure to call an \aB  subprogram. CALL {\em name}[{\em parameter list}]. {\sl2\/} \aB  procedure to call a machine code routine. CALL {\em address}. {\sl3\/} \aB  procedure to call a library routine. CALL {\em name} [{\em parameter list}].

{\bf calloc} {\em (unsigned, unsigned):\&char} \acf  to allocate an clear level 3 memory. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. free, malloc, realloc, AllocMem [clear allocate]

{\bf CAMG} IFF ILBM chunk specifically for the Commodore Amiga. The CAMG chunk consists of a single long word containing the viewport mode information. [Commodore Amiga]

{\bf capsable key} a key that will act as though the shift key is pressed when caps lock is on.

{\bf caps lock} the action of locking the alphabetic keys to produce upper-case letters only. Performed by using the caps lock key.

{\bf caps lock key} the key containing a LED which is used to toggle the caps lock.

{\bf case} C statement to specify a particular case in a switch statement.

{\bf CAT} IFF level type.

{\bf cat} UNIX function to concatenate several files together. cf. join [catenate]

{\bf CATS} \abbr Commodore Applications and Technical Support.

{\bf Cause} {\em (\&Interrupt)} Exec procedure to cause a software interrupt.

{\bf CBD\_CLIPREADID} clipboard device command to determine the current read identifier. [clipboard device clip read identifier]

{\bf CBD\_CLIPWRITEID} clipboard device command to determine the current write identifier. [clipboard device clip write identifier]

{\bf CBD\_POST} clipboard device command to post a clip to a clipboard. [clipboard device post]

{\bf CBT} \abbr cursor backward tabulation, \ANSIcs. $<$CBT$>$ = $<$CSI$>[N]<$Z$>$ = 0x9B $[N]$ 0x5A = 0x1B 0x5B $[N]$ 0x5A.

{\bf CBump} {\em (\&UCopList)} graphics procedure to increment the user copper list pointer to the next position. [copper bump]

{\bf CCRT} Non-standard IFF ILBM chunk superseeded by the CRNG chunk. Used by Commodores Graphicraft program. [colour cycling range and timing]

{\bf CD\_ASKDEFAULTKEYMAP} console device command to get the current default keymap. [console device ask default keymap]

{\bf CD\_ASKKEYMAP} console device command to get the current keymap structure for the calling console. [console device ask keymap]

{\bf CDBL} \aB  function to convert a number to double precision. {\em double} = CDBL ({\em float}). [convert double]

{\bf CDInputHandler} console device input event handler. Usually the input comes from the input device. [console device input handler]

{\bf CD\_SETDEFAULTKEYMAP} console device command to set the default keymap. [console device set default keymap]

{\bf CD\_SETKEYMAP} console device command to set the keymap structure for the calling console. [console device set keymap]

{\bf ceil} ({\em double):double} \acf  to get the ceiling function of a real number. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. floor [ceiling]

{\bf CEND} {\em (\&UCopList)} graphics macro to end use of a user copper list. Defined in {\em graphics/gfxmacros.h}. cf. CINIT [copper end]

{\bf CH} phonetic code for the consonant sound in {\bf ch}eck.

{\bf CHAIN} \aB  procedure to execute another program passing variable information if necessary. CHAIN [MERGE] {\em filespec} [,[{\em expression}][,[ALL][,DELETE {\em range}]]]. cf. COMMON, MERGE

{\bf ChangeSprite} {\em (\&ViewPort, \&SimpleSprite, APTR)} graphics procedure to change a sprites image pointer. cf. AddVSprite

{\bf CHANGETASKPRI} $<priority> [<process>]$ Amiga DOS command to change the priority of a process, if no process is specified then the current CLI process is assumed. The acceptable range for priority is $-128\le priority\le 127$. However values above $+5$ should be avoided. Process numbers can be determined using the STATUS command.

{\bf chanmask} field of the narrator\_rb structure used by the narrator device for audio channel allocation information. [channel mask]

{\bf channel} one ``unit'' of the audio device, there are four channels available.

{\bf char} a predefined data type in C used for representing seven bit characters, or very small integers. For eight bit characters used unsigned char. [character]

{\bf character constant} A character which is fixed at compile time and cannot be altered at run-time. In C such a character is specified by enclosing it in single quotes, for example {\tt '}a{\tt '}, {\tt '}A{\tt '}, {\tt '}0{\tt '}, {\tt '}$\backslash$n{\tt '}. The type of character constants in C is int.

{\bf CHDIR} \aB  command to change the current directory. CHDIR {\em string}. [change directory]

{\bf chdir} {\em (\&char):int} UNIX C function to change the current directory. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. mkdir, rmdir, getcd [change directory]

{\bf CHECKED} constant used to specify an attribute menu item is to be initially considered as selected; and is to be drawn with the checkmark. CHECKED = 0x0100.

{\bf CheckIO} {\em (\&IORequest):BOOL} Exec function to determine the state of an IORequest. cf. DoIO, SendIO, WaitIO, AbortIO

{\bf CHECKIT} constant used to specify a menu item is an attribute item. CHECKIT = 0x0001.

{\bf checkmark} a symbol used to indicate an attribute menu item is currently selected. The default Workbench symbol is the tick.

{\bf CHECKWIDTH} constant which is the number of pixels on a high-resolution screen required to render the default (tick) checkmark. CHECKWIDTH = 19. cf. LOWCHECKWIDTH. [checkmark width]

{\bf chgclk} {\em (\&unsigned char):int} SAS C AmigaDOS function to change the value of the system clock. Defined in {\em dos.h.} cf. getclk [change clock]

{\bf CHIP memory} memory accessible by the Amiga custom chips. cf. FAST memory.

{\bf CHK} 680x0 interrupt vector 6 for use with the CHK instruction. [check]

{\bf chkabort} {\em ()} SAS AmigaDOS C function to check for a break character. cf. signal, onbreak [check abort]

{\bf chkml} {\em ():long} \scf  to check for the largest memory block. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. [check memory largest]

{\bf chkufb} {\em (int):\&UFB} \scf  to check for a level 1 file handle. Defined in {\em ios1.h}. [check UFB]

{\bf chmod} {\em (\&char, int):int} UNIX C function to change the protection on a file. Requires {\em sdtio.h} and {\em fcntl.h}. cf. access, errno [change mode]

{\bf CHR\$} \aB  function to return the ASCII character for the given ASCII code. {\em char} = CHR\$ ({\em int}). cf. ASC [character string]

{\bf CHT} \abbr cursor horizontal tabulation, \ANSIcs. $<$CHT$>$ = $<$CSI$>[N]<$I$>$ = 0x9B $[N]$ 0x49 = 0x1B 0x5B $[N]$ 0x49.

{\bf CIA} {\sl 1\/} \abbr Complex Interface Adpator. {\sl 2\/} Structure for holding CIA information.

{\bf cia.resource} resource to gain access to the interrupts and timer lists of the 8520 CIA chips. [complex interface adaptor resource]

{\bf CINIT} {\em (\&UCopList,SHORT):\&UCopList} graphics macro to initialise a copper list buffer. Defined in {\em graphics/gfxmacros.h}. cf. CEND [copper initialise]

{\bf CINT} \aB  function to round a real number to the nearest integer. {\em int} = CINT ({\em float}). cf. CLNG, CDBL, CSNG, FIX, INT [covert integer]

{\bf CIRCLE} \aB  procedure to draw circles, ellipses and arcs. CIRCLE [STEP] ({\em x,y}),{\em radius} [,{\em colour} [,{\em start, end} [,{\em aspect}]]]

{\bf Cleanup} field of the bltnode structure used to hold the address of a function to clean-up when your blitter is finished.

{\bf CLEAR} \aB  command to rest all variables to 0 or the empty string as appropriate and to optionally set the bounds of various memory areas. CLEAR [,{\em size}][,{\em stack}]. cf. FRE

{\bf ClearCxObjError} {\em (\&CxObj)} Commodities library function to clear the accumulated error value of the specified commodity object.

{\bf ClearDMRequest} {\em (\&Window):BOOL} Intuition function which attempts to clear a double-click requester from the given window. cf. SetDMRequest [clear double-click menu requester]

{\bf ClearEOL} {\em (\&RastPort)} graphics procedure to clear from the current position to the end of the line. [clear (to) end of line]

{\bf clearerr} {\em (\&FILE)} ANSI C macro function to clear a level 2 I/O error flag. cf. clrerr [clear error]

{\bf ClearMenuStrip} {\em (\&Window)} Intuition procedure to remove the menu bar from the given window. cf. SetMenuStrip

{\bf ClearPointer} {\em (\&Window)} Intuition procedure to remove a custom pointer definition from a window. cf. SetPointer

{\bf ClearRectRegion} {\em (\&Region, \&Rectangle):BOOL} graphics function to preform a two-dimensional clear of a rectangle within a region, leaving the result in region. [clear rectangle region]

{\bf ClearRegion} {it (\&Region):BOOL\/} Layers library function to return a region to the state it was in when NewRegion() was used.

{\bf ClearScreen} {\em (\&RastPort)} graphics procedure to clear from the current position to the end of the RastPort.

{\bf CLI} \abbr Command Line Interface

{\bf clib} C language support functions including random number generation and file handling routines. Located in {\em amiga.lib}. [C library]

{\bf click} to quickly press and release a mouse button.

{\bf CLIP} IFF identifier for a clip.

{\bf ClipBlit} {\em (\&RastPort,SHORT,SHORT, \&RastPort,SHORT,SHORT,SHORT, UBYTE)} graphics procedure that calls BltBitMap after taking windows into account. cf. BltBitMap

{\bf clipboard} device for the facilitation of dynamic data exchange between applications.

{\bf clipping} the process of bounding graphical output to some specified region, {\em e.g.,} a window.

{\bf clipping rectangle} a rectangular region into which graphics routines draw, items falling outside the rectangle are clipped off by the system.

{\bf CLIPS:} system directory for storing clips, often assigned to RAM:.

{\bf CLNG} \aB  function to convert an expression into a long integer. {\em long} = CLNG ({\em expr}). [convert long]

{\bf CLOSE} {\sl1\/} the second entry point in a library, called when CloseLibrary is used. cf. OPEN, EXPUNGE {\sl2\/} \aB  command to conclude I/O to a file or device. CLOSE [[\#]{\em filenumber}]{,[\#]{\em filenumber}}. cf. OPEN

{\bf close} {\em (int):int} UNIX C function to close a level 1 file. Defined in {\em fcntl.h}. cf. open, fclose

{\bf CloseClipboard} {\em (\&ClipboardHandle)\/} IFF Parse library function to close and free an open ClipboardHandle. cf. OpenClipboard, InitIFFFasClip.

{\bf CloseDevice} {\em (\&IORequest)} Exec procedure to conclude use of a device. cf. OpenDevice

{\bf CloseFont} {\em (\&TextFont)} graphics procedure to release a pointer to a font. cf. OpenFont

{\bf close gadget} a gadget in the upper left of the window, used to close the window.

{\bf CloseIFF} {\em (\&IFFHandle)\/} IFF Parse library function to close an IFF context. cf. OpenIFFF, InitIFF [close interchange file format]

{\bf CloseLibrary} {\em (\&Library)} Exec procedure to conclude use of a library. cf. OpenLibrary

{\bf CloseScreen} {\em (\&Screen)} an Intuition procedure to close a custom screen. cf. OpenScreen

{\bf CloseWindow} {\em (\&Window}) Intuition procedure to close a window. cf. OpenWindow.

{\bf CLOSEWINDOW} constant used to specify that a window close event has occurred. CLOSEWINDOW = 0x00000200.

{\bf CloseWorkBench} {\em ():BOOL} an Intuition function to close the Workbench screen. cf. OpenWorkBench

{\bf clrerr} {\em (\&FILE)} \acf  to clear a level 2 I/O error flag. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. clearerr [clear error]

{\bf CLS} \aB  procedure to clear the current output window. [clear screen]

{\bf CMAP} Optional (but encouraged) IFF ILBM chunk to store colour map data in triples of red, green, and blue intensity values. The $n$ colour map entries (``colour registers'') are stored in the order 0 through $n-1$, totalling $3n$ bytes. Thus $n$ is the chunk size divided by three. Normally $n=2^{\#Planes}$. The colour components represent fractional intensity values in the range 0 through 255 in 256ths. White is $(255,255,255)$ and black is $(0,0,0)$. On a machine with less colour resolution the high order bits should be used.

{\bf CMD\_BREAK} send a break signal over the serial line. [command break]

{\bf CMD\_CLEAR} {\sl1\/} constant, used to specify the standard device clear command, which clears internal read buffers; but does not send them to the physical device. {\sl2\/} (audio) command to throw away the internal caches. {\sl3\/} (console) clear input buffer. {\sl4\/} (gameport) clear input buffer. {\sl5\/} (keyboard) clear the keyboard input buffer. {\sl6\/} (parallel) clear the parallel port buffer. {\sl7\/} (serial) clear the serial port buffers. [command clear]

{\bf CMD\_FLUSH} {\sl1\/} constant, used to specify the standard device flush command, which causes all queued read and write operations to return with error messages. {\sl2\/} (audio) command to cancel all pending audio I/O. {\sl3\/} (narrator) abort all speech queued and in progress. {\sl4\/} (parallel) clear queued I/O requests for the parallel port. {\sl5\/} (printer) immediately abort all I/O requests. {\sl6\/} (serial) clear all queued I/O for the serial port. [command flush]

{\bf CMD\_INVALID} constant, which is a non-command for a device, to which the device responds IOERR\_NOCMD. [command invalid]

{\bf CMD\_NONSTD} constant, used to specify a non-standard device command, designated CMD\_NONSTD $+ 0$, CMD\_NONSTD $+ 1$, {\em etc}. [command non-standard]

{\bf CMD\_READ} {\sl1\/} constant, used to specify the standard device read command, which should read the specified number of bytes into the data buffer. {\sl2\/} (audio) standard read command. {\sl3\/} (clipboard) read a clip from the clipboard. {\sl4\/} (console) get next input from the keyboard. {\sl5\/} (narrator) get mouthing information. {\sl6\/} (parallel) read from the parallel port. {\sl7\/} (serial) read from the serial port. [command read]

{\bf CMD\_RESET} {\sl1\/} constant, used to specify the standard device reset command, which should cause complete initialisation of the device. {\sl2\/} (audio) reset an audio channel. {\sl3\/} (clipboard) reset the clipboard. {\sl4\/} (input) reset the input device without destroying handles. {\sl5\/} (keyboard) reset the keyboard. {\sl6\/} (narrator) reset the narrator device to an initial state. {\sl7\/} (parallel) reinitialize the parallel port. {\sl8\/} (printer) reset the printer. {\sl9\/} (serial) return the serial port to its initial condition. [command reset]

{\bf CMD\_START} {\sl1\/} constant, used to specify the standard device start command, which enables a device to continue after a CMD\_STOP command. {\sl2\/} (audio) restart all previously stopped audio channels. {\sl3\/} (input) restart the input device. {\sl4\/} (narrator) restart speech (if any) after CMD\_STOP. {\sl5\/} (parallel) restart paused I/O over the parallel port. {\sl6\/} (printer) start printing again after a CMD\_STOP. {\sl7\/} (serial) restart paused I/O over the serial port. [command start]

{\bf CMD\_STOP} {\sl1\/} constant, used to specify the standard device stop command, which stops a device at the first opportunity. {\sl2\/} (audio) stop an audio channel immediately. {\sl3\/} (narrator) stop current speech (if any). {\sl4\/} (parallel) pause activity through the parallel port. {\sl5\/} (printer) cause an immediate pause in processing of queued print requests. {\sl6\/} (serial) pause all I/O over the serial port. [command stop]

{\bf CMD\_UPDATE} {\sl1\/} constant, used to specify the standard device update command, which forces an emptying of internal buffers to the physical device. {\sl2\/} (audio) empty audio buffers. {\sl3\/} (clipboard) terminate the current clip write. [command update]

{\bf CMD\_WRITE} {\sl1\/} constant, used to specify the standard device write command, which sends the specified number of bytes to the device. {\sl2\/} (audio) queue a sound request to the audio device. {\sl3\/} (clipboard) write a clip to the clipboard. {\sl4\/} (console) write text to the display. {\sl5\/} (narrator) send a request for speech to the narrator. {\sl6\/} (parallel) send data through the parallel port. {\sl7\/} (printer) send output to the printer. {\sl8\/} (serial) send output to the serial port. [command write]

{\bf CMOVE} {\em (\&UCopList, APTR,SHORT)} graphics macro to write to a system register. Defined in {\em graphics/gfxmacros.h} cf. CINIT, CWAIT [copper move]

{\bf CmpTime} timer device command to compare two timeval structures. [compare time]

{\bf CNL} \abbr cursor next line, \ANSIcs. Move the cursor to column one $N$ lines down. Default $N$=1. $<$CNL$>$ = $<$CSI$>[N]<$E$>$ = 0x9B $[N]$ 0x45 = 0x1B 0x5B $[N]$ 0x45.

{\bf CollectionChunk} {\em (\&IFFHandle, LONG, LONG): LONG\/} IFF Parse library function to declare a chunk type for collection.

{\bf CollectionChunks} {\em (\&IFFHandle, \&LONG, LONG): LONG\/} IFF Parse library function to declare many collection chunks at once. cf. CollectionChunk

{\bf CollHandler} field of the GelsInfo structure that holds the collision handler table. Defined in {\em graphics/gels.h}. [collision handler]

{\bf COLLISION} {\sl1\/} \aB  function to remove one item from the object collision queue. $int$ = COLLISION $(object)$. {\sl2\/} \aB  procedure to control collision event trapping. COLLISION ON  $|$  OFF  $|$  STOP

{\bf collision} when two GELs overlap then they are said to have collided, this is automatically detected by the system.

{\bf collision handler table} a user supplied table containing pointers to GEL collision handling routines.

{\bf CollMask} field of the VSprite structure which points to the collision mask for a sprite. The mask must be in chip memory. cf. ShadowMask [collision mask]

{\bf colon} The : character.

{\bf COLOR} \aB  procedure to set the colours to be used. COLOR [{\em fg\_colour}][,{\em bg\_colour}]. cf. PALETTE

{\bf ColorMap} structure for holding the definition for a set of colours.

{\bf colour palette} the set of colours available in a screen.

{\bf colour register} any one of the 32 hardware colour registers.

{\bf column} a set of pixels that form a vertical line on the display.

{\bf COM1:} \aB  I/O device indicating that data is to be sent/read over the serial port. [communications 1]

{\bf command-key sequence} an event generated when the user holds down either of the AMIGA keys and a normal alphanumeric key simultaneously. Command-key sequences using the right AMIGA key can be assigned to menu items.

{\bf COMMSEQ} constant used to specify that a menu item has an associated command-key sequence. COMMSEQ = 0x0004. [command-key sequence]

{\bf COMMWIDTH} constant which is the number of pixels on a high-resolution screen required to render a command-key sequence for a menu item. COMMWIDTH = 27. cf. LOWCOMMWIDTH. [command-key width]

{\bf COMMON} \aB  procedure to pass common variables to a chained program. COMMON {\em variable\_list}. cf. CHAIN

{\bf COMPLEMENT} constant used to specify that the background beneath text or line drawings is to be complemented. COMPLEMENT = 2.

{\bf compound statement} A statement composed of one or more statements. In C such a statement is enclosed between braces $\{\ \}$. In Pascal such a statement is enclosed between a BEGIN and END pair.

{\bf conditional compilation} Control lines in source code used to cause compilation only under certain conditions possibly vacuously or trivially satisfied.

{\bf ConfigBoard} {\em (APTR, \&ConfigDev):LONG} Expansion function to configure a board. [configure board]

{\bf ConfigChain} {\em (APTR):LONG} Expansion function to configure all the devices connected to the system. [configure chain]

{\bf ConfigDev} Expansion structure used for holding the description of successfully recognized boards. Defined in {\em libraries/configvars.h}. [configure device]

{\bf CONFIGME} flag cleared by a driver for each board it intends to drive. CONFIGME = 0x2. [configure me]

{\bf CONFIGTIME} constant used in the da\_Config field of the DiagArea structure used to determine if boot code should exist for a board. CONFIGTIME = 0x10. [configure time]

{\bf console device} a device that transforms the contents of the input stream to high-level representations, such as ASCII codes and ANSI escape sequences. The console device can also be used to give formatted text output.

{\bf CONT} \aB  command to continue program execution after a $<$RAMIGA$> <$.$>$ break or a STOP command. cf. STOP [continue]

{\bf container} the area in which a proportional gadget's knob is free to move.

{\bf continue} C statement to go to the top of the smallest enclosing {\em while, do,} or {\em for\/} statement, causing it to repeat execution. cf. break

{\bf CONTROL}  constant used in the Qualifier field of the input stream used to indicate that the control key has been pressed. CONTROL = 0x03.

{\bf control key} a key (labelled CTRL) used most commonly for sending control functions, such as user break, $<$CTRL$> <$C$>$.

{\bf controller} a hardware device, such as a mouse or a light pen used to produce some form of input, usually via the gameports.

{\bf control sequence introducer} sequence of codes used to escape to a special control sequence.

{\bf cookie cut} copy logic to put $A$ where $B$ is not and $B$ where $A$ is not. Hex code 0x60.

{\bf COPER} \abbr Graphics coprocessor interrupt, software priority 5, hardware priority 3.

{\bf Copper} a special-purpose coprocessor specific to the Amiga used for controlling the graphics system.

{\bf Copper list} a list of instructions for the Copper to handle the display.

{\bf CopyMem} {\em (APTR, APTR, ULONG)} Exec procedure for general purpose memory copying for non-overlapping regions. cf. CopyMemQuick [copy memory]

{\bf CopyMemQuick} {\em (\&ULONG, \&ULONG, ULONG)} Exec procedure to perform an optimized memory copy. cf. CopyMem [copy memory quick]

{\bf CopySBitMap} {\em (\&Layer)} graphics procedure to synchronize layer window with the contents of a super bitmap. cf. SyncSBitMap [copy super bit map]

{\bf cos} {\em (double):double} \acf  to calculate the cosine of a number. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. sin, tan, acos, cosh [cosine]

{\bf COS} \aB  function to return the cosine of an expression. {\em number} = COS ({\em expression}). cf. SIN, TAN [cosine]

{\bf cosh} {\em (double):double} \acf  to calculate the hyperbolic cosine of a number. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. sinh, tanh, cos [cosine hyperbolic]

{\bf cot} {\em (double):double} \acf  to calculate the cotangent of a number. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. tan [cotangent]

{\bf CPL} \abbr cursor preceding line, \ANSIcs. Move the cursor to column one $N$ lines up the screen. Default $N$=1. $<$CPL$>$ = $<$CSI$>[N]<$F$>$ = 0x9B $[N]$ 0x46 = 0x1B 0x5B $[N]$ 0x46.

{\bf CPR} \abbr character position report (read stream only). $<$CPR$>$ = $<$CSI$>$$[N]$[$<$;$>${\em M}]$<$R$>$= 0x9B $[N]$[0x3B {\em M}] 0x52 = 0x1B 0x5B $[N]$[0x3B {\em M}] 0x52.

{\bf CPU} \abbr central processing unit.

{\bf cp\_x} field of the RastPort structure that contains the current {\em x} position of the drawing pen. [current position x]

{\bf cp\_y} same as cp\_x but for {\em y}.

{\bf CR} \abbr carriage return, ANSI sequence for a carriage return, $<$CR$>$ = 0xD.

{\bf crash} seizure of the computer caused by faulty software often resulting in a guru or some abnormal effect or even total system lockup.

{\bf creat} {\em (\&char, int): int} UNIX C function to create a level 1 file. Equivalent to open(\&char, O\_WRONLY  $|$  O\_TRUNC  $|$  O\_CREAT, int). Defined in {\em fcntl.h}. cf. open, close, chgfa, chmod, errno [create]

{\bf CreateBehindLayer} {\em (\&Layer\_Info, \&BitMap, LONG, LONG, LONG, LONG, LONG, [\&BitMap]):\&Layer} Layers function to create a new layer behind all existing layers. cf. CreateBehindLayer, DeleteLayer

{\bf CreateCxObj} {\em (ULONG, LONG, LONG):\&CxObj} Commodities library function to create a commodity object of the specified type.

{\bf CreateDList} {\em (\&NewDList, \&Window, \&Requester):\&DList} ASL library function to create a display list for the given window or requester. [create display list]

{\bf CreateExtIO} exec\_support function to allocate memory for a new IORequest structure of a specified size. cf. DeleteExtIO [create extension I/O]

{\bf CreatePort} exec\_support function to allocate and initialise a new message port. cf. DeletePort

{\bf CreateTask} exec\_support function to create a task. cf. DeleteTask

{\bf CreateUpfrontLayer} {\em (\&Layer\_Info, \&BitMap, LONG, LONG, LONG, LONG, LONG, [\&BitMap]): \&Layer} Layers function to create a new layer in front of all existing layers. cf. CreateBehindLayer, DeleteLayer

{\bf critical section} a piece of code which must not be preempted and sometimes must not be interrupted. Typically the code must be surrounded by one of the following pairs of functions: (1) ObtainSemaphore--Release Semaphore, (2) Forbid--Permit, or (3) Disable--Enable.

{\bf CRNG} nonstandard IFF ILBM chunk used by Electronic Arts' {\em Deluxe Paint\/} to specify ``colour register range'' information. Used by {\em Deluxe Paint\/} to identify a range of colour registers for a ``shade region'' and colour cycling. Any CRNG chunk should appear before the corresponding BODY chunk.

{\bf CSI} \abbr control sequence introducer, either $<$ESC$> <$[$>$ = 0x1b 0x5B or 0x9B, used to introduce special sequences into the read or write streams of the console device.

{\bf CSNG} \aB  function to convert an expression to a single precision number. {\em float} = CSNG ({\em expression}). cf. CDBL, CINT [convert single]

{\bf CSRLIN} \aB  function to return the approximate line number in the current output window of the pen. cf. POS, LOCATE [cursor line]

{\bf CTC} \abbr cursor tabulation control, \ANSIcs. $<$CTC$>$ = $<$CSI$> <$W$>$ = 0x9B 0x57 = 0x1B 0x5B 0x57.

{\bf ctime} {\em (\&long):\&char} \acf  to convert a time value into a string. Defined in {\em time.h}. cf. asctime, gmtime, localtime, time [convert time]

{\bf CTRL} \abbr control (in particular the {\em control key}).

{\bf ctype.h} C header file for character type test and character translations.

{\bf CUB} \abbr cursor backward, \ANSIcs. Move the cursor backward $N$ character positions. Default $N$=1. $<$CUB$>$ = $<$CSI$>[N]<$D$>$ = 0x9B $[N]$ 0x44 = 0x1B 0x5B $[N]$ 0x44.

{\bf CUD} {\em abbr}. cursor down, \ANSIcs. Move the cursor down $N$ lines. Default $N$=1. $<$CUD$>$ = $<$CSI$>[N]<$B$>$ = 0x9B $[N]$ 0x42 = 0x1B 0x5B $[N]$ 0x42.

{\bf CUF} {\em abbr}. cursor forward, \ANSIcs. Move the cursor forward $N$ character positions. Default $N$=1. $<$CUF$>$ = $<$CSI$>[N]<$C$>$ = 0x9B $[N]$ 0x43 = 0x1B 0x5B $[N]$ 0x43.

{\bf CUP} \abbr cursor position, \ANSIcs. Move the cursor to the specified location ($N$,{\em M}). $<$CUP$>$ = $<$CSI$>$$[N]$[$<$;$>$ {\em M}]$<$H$>$ = 0x9B $[N]$ [0x3B {\em M}] 0x48 = 0x1B 0x5B $[N]$ [0x3B {\em M}] 0x48.

{\bf CURDOWN} {\em abbr}. cursor down (textual description of key).

{\bf CURLEFT} \abbr cursor left (textual description of key).

{\bf CurrentBinding} Expansion library structure used to hold binding information.

{\bf CurrentChunk} {\em (\&IFFHandle): \&ContextNode\/} IFF Parse library function to get the context node for the current chunk. cf. PushChunk, PopChunk, ParseIFF, ParentChunk

{\bf CurrentTime} {\em (\&ULONG, \&ULONG)} Intuition procedure to get the current time (not particularly accurate).

{\bf CURRIGHT} \abbr cursor right (textual description of key).

{\bf CURUP} \abbr cursor up (textual description of key).

{\bf CUSTOMBITMAP} constant used to indicate the presence of your own bitmap for a screen. CUSTOMBITMAP = 0x0040.

{\bf custom gadget} a gadget which is specific to a particular application having being designed by a developer. Any gadget which is not a system gadget is a custom gadget.

{\bf custom pointer} any pointer except the Workbench pointer.

{\bf custom screen} any screen which is not the Workbench screen.

{\bf CUSTOMSCREEN} constant used to indicate a custom screen type. All screens except the Workbench screen are this type. CUSTOMSCREEN = 0x000F.

{\bf CUU} \abbr cursor up, \ANSIcs. Move the cursor up $N$ lines. Default $N$=1. $<$CUU$>$ = $<$CSI$>[N]<$A$>$ = 0x9B $[N]$ 0x41 = 0x1B 0x5B $[N]$ 0x41.

{\bf CVD} \aB  function to convert an 8 byte string into a double precision floating-point number. {\em double} = CVD ({\em char8}). cf. CVI, CVS, CVL, MKD\$ [convert double]

{\bf CVI} \aB  function to convert a 2 byte string into a short integer. {\em int} = CVI ({\em char2}). cf. CVD, CVL, CVS, MKI\$, VAL [convert integer]

{\bf CVL} \aB  function to convert a 4 byte string into a long integer. {\em long} = CVL ({\em char4}). cf. CVD, CVI, CVS, MKL\$ [convert long]

{\bf CVS} \aB  function to convert a 4 byte string into a single precision floating-point number. {\em float} = CVS ({\em char4}). cf. CVD, CVI, CVL, MKS\$. [convert single]

{\bf CWAIT} {\em (\&UCopList,SHORT,SHORT)} graphics macro to wait for the video beam. Defined in {\em graphics/gfxmacros.h}. cf. CINIT [copper wait]

{\bf cycle} one repetition of a waveform.

{\bf CxBroker} {\em (\&NewBroker, \&LONG):\&CxObj} Commodities library function to create a broker from the specifications in the NewBroker structure.

{\bf CXFERR} {\em (int)} \scf  called when a low-level floating-point error is detected, may be redefined by the user. Defined in {\em math.h}. [cross floating-point error]

{\bf CxMsgData} {\em (\&CxMsg):\&char} Commodities library function to get the data associated with a commodities message.

{\bf CxMsgID} {\em (\&CxMsg):LONG} Commodities library function to get the value associated with a commodities message.

{\bf CxMsgType} {\em (\&CxMsg):ULONG} Commodities library function to get the type of a commodities message.

{\bf CxObjError} {\em (\&CxObj):LONG} Commodities library function to record a commodities error. The function returns the accumulated error.

{\bf CxObjType} {\em (\&CxObj):ULONG} Commodities library function to return the type of a commodities object. Ideally no use of this function should be needed.

\section D

{\bf D} {\sl1\/} phonetic code for the consonant sound in {\bf d}og. {\sl2\/} {\em symb.} (\aB) used to designate a double precision floating-point number, in the place of E, {\em e.g.} -1.09432D-06. cf. E [double]

{\bf d} ANSI C format specified indicating decimal integer convesion. [decimal]

{\bf DAC} \abbr digital to analog converter.

{\bf DAC\_NIBBLEWIDE} constant used to specify that an Expansion ROM should be copied nibble by nibble. DAC\_NIBBLEWIDE = 0x00. cf. DAC\_WORDWIDE [diagnostic area constant nibble wide]

{\bf DAC\_WORDWIDE} constant used to specify that an Expansion ROM should be copied word by word. DAC\_WORDWIDE = 0x80. cf. DAC\_NIBBLEWIDE [diagnostic area constant word wide]

{\bf DATA} \aB  declaration for non-executable data. DATA {\em constant\_list}. cf. READ, RESTORE

{\bf DATE\$} \aB  function to retrieve the current date in the form MM-DD-YYY, {\em date} = DATE\$. [date string]

{\bf datecmp} {\em (\&DateStamp, \&DateStamp):int} \scf  to compare two AmigaDOS dates. Defined in {\em dos.h}. [date compare]

{\bf daylight} UNIX C integer for a daylight savings flag. cf. localtime, tzset

{\bf dbf} other ({\em amiga.lib}) function to convert a dual-binary format floating-point number into a fast floating-point number. [dual binary floating-point]

{\bf DBuffer} field of the Bob structure used to hold double-buffering information. [double buffer]

{\bf DBufPacket} graphics structure for holding double-buffering information. [double buffering packet]

{\bf DCH} \abbr delete character, \ANSIcs. Delete the character the cursor is sitting on and to the right if $N$ is specified. $<$DCH$>$ = $<$CSI$>[N]<$P$>$ = 0x9B $[N]$ 0x50 = 0x1B 0x5B $[N]$ 0x50.

{\bf \_dclose} {\em (int):int} \scf  to close an AmigaDOS file. Defined in {\em dos.h}. cf. \_dcreat, \_dcreatx, \_dopen, \_dread, \_dwrite, \_dseek [DOS close]

{\bf \_dcreat} {\em (\&char, int):int} \scf  to create or truncate an AmigaDOS file. Defined in {\em dos.h}. cf. \_dcreatx, \_dopen, \_dclose, \_dread, \_dwrite, \_dseek [DOS create]

{\bf \_dcreatx} {\em (\&char, int):int} \scf  to create a new AmigaDOS file. Defined in {\em dos.h}. cf. \_dcreat, \_dopen, \_dclose, \_dread, \_dwrite, \_dseek [DOS create]

{\bf deadable key} a key which may have its action modified by prefixing with a dead-key.

{\bf DEADEND\_ALERT} an alert that always fails, and from which recovery is assumed impossible. DEADEND\_ALERT = 0x80000000.

{\bf dead-key} a key which can modify certain subsequent key presses, often used to perform accenting of alphabetic characters.

{\bf Deallocate} {\em (\&MemHeader, APTR, ULONG)} Exec procedure to deallocate a block of memory. cf. Allocate

{\bf Debug} {\em (0L)} Exec procedure to invoke the ROM-Wack debugger. cf. SetFunction

{\bf debugger} an application to aid in the process of eradicating bugs from software.

{\bf debugging} the action of removing bugs from software

{\bf debug.lib} a library that contains routines for communicating with a serial terminal connected to the Amiga, which is useful for debugging even at low-levels. [debug library]

{\bf DEC} \abbr Digital Equipment Corporation.

{\bf declaration} declarations are used to define variables, and to declare the types of variables and functions defines elsewhere. Declarations are also used to define new data types composed of existing types. A declaration is not a statement.

{\bf DECLARE FUNCTION} \aB  procedure to induce a search of all open libraries for a given function name. DECLARE FUNCTION {\em id}[({\em parameters})] LIBRAY. cf. LIBRARY, CALL

{\bf default} C statement to specify a default case in a {\tt switch} statement.

{\bf default colours} (for Workbench screen) the set of colours that are initially set during boot for the Workbench. Originally (for Workbench 1.3) these are a blue background, white and black for details, and orange for highlighting.

{\bf default tool mechanism} a method of starting a tool by activating a project that has a ``default tool'' specified. cf. tool, project

{\bf DEFDBL} \aB  procedure to designate a range of double-precision floating-point variables. DEFDBL {\em letter\_range}. cf. DEFINT, DEFLNG, DEFSNG, DEFSTR [define double]

{\bf DEF FN} \aB  procedure to define a user-written function. DEF FN{\em name}[({\em parameters})] = [{\em function\_definition}]. [define function]

{\bf DEFFREQ} constant, default sampling frequency for the narrator device. DEFFREQ = 22200. [default frequency]

{\bf define} \see \#define.

{\bf DEFINT} \aB  procedure to declare a range of integer variables. DEFINT {\em letter\_range}. cf. DEFDBL, DEFLNG, DEFSNG, DEFSTR [define integer]

{\bf DEFLNG} \aB  procedure to declare a range of long integer variables. DEFLNG {\em letter\_range}. cf. DEFDBL, DEFINT, DEFSNG, DEFSTR [define long]

{\bf DEFMODE} constant, default mode for the narrator device. DEFMODE = NATURALF0 =0. [default mode]

{\bf DEFPITCH} constant, default pitch for the narrator device. DEFPITCH = 110. [default pitch]

{\bf DEFRATE} constant, default speaking rate for the narrator device. DEFRATE = 150. [default rate]

{\bf DEFSEX} constant, default sex for the narrator device. DEFSEX = MALE = 0. [default sex]

{\bf DEFSNG} \aB  procedure to define a range of single-precision floating-point numbers. DEFSNG {\em letter\_range}. cf. DEFDBL, DEFINT, DEFLNG, DEFSTR [define single]

{\bf DEFSTR} \aB  procedure to define a range of string variables. DEFSTR {\em letter\_range}. cf. DEFDBL, DEFINT, DEFLNG, DEFSNG [define string]

{\bf DEFVOL} constant, default volume for speech. DEFVOL = 64 (maximum possible). [default volume]

{\bf DELETE} {\sl 1\/} \aB  procedure to delete program lines. DELETE [{\em line}][-{\em line}] {\sl 2\/} $<name>^*$ [ALL] [Q  $|$  QUIET] Amiga DOS command to erase files. Pattern matching may be used. Up to ten filenames can be supplied to the command. The ALL option is used when all the files in a specified directory are to be deleted and then the directory is to be deleted. The Q or QUIET option indicates that no output is to be displayed as result of the DELETE command.

{\bf DeleteCxObj} {\em (\&CxObj)} Commodities library function to delete a commodities object of any type.

{\bf DeleteCxObjAll} {\em (\&CxObj)} Commodities library function to recursively delete all commodity objects attached to and the commodity argument specified in the call.

{\bf DeleteExtIO} exec\_support function to deallocate memory for a IORequest structure of specified size. cf. CreateExtIO [delete extension I/O]

{\bf DeleteLayer} {\em (LONG, \&Layer):BOOL} Layers function to remove a layer from the system layer list.

{\bf DeletePort} exec\_support procedure to delete a port created by CreatePort. cf. CreatePort

{\bf DeleteTask} exec\_support procedure to delete a task created by CreateTask. cf. CreateTask

{\bf DELTAMOVE} constant used to specify than an application wants reports of mouse movements, but given relative to the last mouse position. DELTAMOVE = 0x00100000. cf. MOUSEMOVE

{\bf Denise} one of the Amiga custom chips. Contains the video output signals, mouse input, {\em etc.} [display enable]

{\bf Depth} field of the VSprite structure specifying the depth of the sprite image.

{\bf depth} {\sl1\/} refers to the number of bit planes in a screen, which determines the number of colours available. {\sl2\/} the position of a screen or window relative to other screens or windows in the display.

{\bf depth-arrangement gadgets} when present normally reside in the top right hand corner of a screen or window. These two gadgets are used to control the depth of the screen or window in the display.

{\bf DEST} Optional IFF ILBM chunk to specify how to scatter zero or more source bitplanes into a deeper destination image. Has the following structure:

{\tt typedef struct $\{$
\begin{tabular}{ll}
\ \ \ \ UBYTE depth;&/* number of bitplanes in the orginal source */\\
\ \ \ \ UBYTE pad1;&/* unused, for consistency put 0 here */\\
\ \ \ \ UWORD planePick;&/* how to scatter the bitplanes into destination */\\
\ \ \ \ UWORD planeOnOff;&/* default bitplane data for planePick */\\
\ \ \ \ UWORD planeMask;&/* selects which bitplanes to store into */
\end{tabular}
$\}$ DestMerge;}

{\bf DetailPen} the colour used for gadgets and title bar text.

{\bf device} an abstract which is the set of well-defined interactions with some physical entity.

{\bf Device} mountlist keyword to specify a device entry, e.g. Device~=~ramdrive.device. cf. mountlist

{\bf device unit} an instance of a device.

{\bf DEVS:} standard directory for devices, printer drivers and keyboard mappings.

{\bf DF0:} name for the internal $3{1/over 2}$'' floppy drive when it is operating as an AmigaDOS drive. [disk, floppy 0]

{\bf dfind} {\em (\&FILEINFO, \&char, int):int} \scf  to find the first directory entry. cf. dnext. Defined in {\em dos.h}. [DOS find]

{\bf DH} phonetic code for the consonant sound in {\bf th}en.

{\bf DHeight} field of the ViewPort structure that holds the height of the display. cf. DWidth [display height]

{\bf DiagArea} Expansion structure to hold a diagnostic area for an expansion board. [diagnostic area]

{\bf DIAGVALID} Expansion bit set when a valid DiagArea is detected on a board. [diagnostic valid]

{\bf digital to analog} the process of taking a digital value and converting it into an analog signal, such as is used in sound production from compact disks. Usually abbreviated to DAC which stands for digital to analog converter.

{\bf DIM} \aB  procedure to specify array bounds and cause appropriate storage allocation. DIM [SHARED] {\em variable\_list}. cf. SHARED, ERASE [dimension]

{\bf dipthong} a vowel whose sound changes during the utterance of the vowel.

{\bf Disable} {\em ()} Exec procedure to prevent interrupt handling and implies Forbid; state continues until Enable call. cf. Enable, Forbid

{\bf DISABLE} assembly language macro function to disable interrupts. It is recommended that Disable be used instead.

{\bf disabling} the same as forbidding, but also prevents interrupts from occurring. cf. forbidding

{\bf disk-based driver} a driver for an expansion board stored in the {\em SYS:Expansion} drawer. These are matched to boards by the AmigaDOS BindDrivers command during start-up.

{\bf disk font} a font that is loadable from disk; that can be executed.

{\bf DiskfontBase} library base pointer name for {\em diskfont.library}, used by high-level languages.

{\bf DiskFontHeader} font information structure for a disk font. Defined in {\em libraries/diskfont.h}.

{\bf DISKINSERTED} IDCMP constant set by Intuition whenever a disk is inserted in any drive. DISKINSERTED = 0x00008000. cf. DISKREMOVED

{\bf DiskObject} a Workbench structure that contains icon information. Defined in {\em workbench/workbench.h}.

{\bf DISKREMOVED} IDCMP constant set by Intuition whenever a disk is removed from any drive. DISKREMOVED = 0x00010000. cf. DISKINSERTED

{\bf disk.resource} resource to temporarily get exclusive access to the disk hardware.

{\bf DisownBlitter} {\em ()} graphics procedure to free the blitter for use by others.

{\bf DisplayAlert} {\em (ULONG, \&UBYTE,SHORT):BOOL} Intuition function to create and display an alert.

{\bf DisplayBeep} {\em (\&Screen)} Intuition procedure to flash the background of the specified screen. If screen is NULL then all screens are flashed.

{\bf display field} one complete scanning of the video beam from the top to the bottom of the video display screen.

{\bf display list} ASL library concept consisting of a set of functions to assist with display, event handling, and functional logic; used to manage a scrolling display list area. cf. CreateDList, FreeDList, DrawDList, RefreshDList, HandleDListEvent, EmptyDList, AddDListItems.

{\bf display memory} the RAM that contains the information for the display imagery, must reside in CHIP memory. cf. CHIP memory

{\bf display modes} a term which refers to screen resolution, sprite rendering modes, and playfield type.

{\bf DisposeCxMsg} {\em (\&CxMsg)} Commodities library function to eliminate the specified commodities message.

{\bf DisposeFontContents} {\em (\&FontContentsHeader)} Diskfont library function to deallocate the result of NewFontContents. cf. NewFontContents

{\bf DisposeLayerInfo} {\em (\&Layer\_Info) }Layers procedure to release the memory associated with a Layer\_Info structure.

{\bf DisposeRegion} {\em (\&Region)} graphics procedure to deallocate the space occupied by a region. cf. NewRegion

{\bf DivertCxMsg} {\em (\&CxMsg, \&CxObj, \&CxObj)} Commodities library function to send the commodity message down the list of specigied objects.

{\bf DL} {\em abbr}. delete line, \ANSIcs. Delete the line the cursor is on and move all lower lines up producing a blank line at the bottom of the screen. $<$DL$>$ = $<$CSI$> <$M$>$ = 0x9B 0x4D = 0x1B 0x5B 0x4D.

{\bf DList} {\em See\/} display list.

{\bf DMA} \abbr Direct Memory Access. Refers to access to memory without processor intervention. Typically used for large block reads and writes.

{\bf .dms} filename extension used by ``Diskmasher.''

{\bf dnext} {\em (\&FILEINFO):int} \scf  to find the next directory entry. Defined in {\em dos.h}. cf dfind [DOS next]

{\bf do} C iteration statement. Used to execute a statement until some condition is true. {\tt do} $<statement>$ {\tt while} $<expression>$. cf. while

{\bf .doc} common filename extension used by wordprocessor to store documents in some propriety format or possibly in IFF, also used to hold documentation for shareware and public domain programs.

{\bf DoCollision} {\em (\&RastPort)} graphics procedure to test every GEL in the GEL list for collisions. If a collision is detected the appropriate collision handler is called.

{\bf do\_CurrentX} field of the DiskObject structure used to hold the icons {\em x}-coordinate in its drawer. cf. NO\_ICON\_POSTION [DiskObject current X]

{\bf do\_CurrentY} like do\_CurrentX but for {\em y}. cf. do\_CurrentX [DiskObject current Y]

{\bf do\_DefaultTool} field of the DiskObject structure used to hold the program to activate for a project or disk icon. [DiskObject default tool]

{\bf do\_DrawerData} field of the DiskObject structure used to hold extra information for icons which are of the types WBDISK, WBDRAWER or WBGARBAGE. This includes a NewWindow structure. [DiskObject drawer data]

{\bf do\_Gadget} field of the DiskObject structure that contains the imagery for an icon. [DiskObject gadget]

{\bf DoIO} {\em (\&IORequest):BYTE} Exec function to request an I/O driver to perform a command. cf. SendIO, CheckIO, WaitIO, AbortIO

{\bf do\_Magic} field of the DiskObject structure that is the constant WB\_DISKMAGIC. [DiskObject magic]

{\bf DOMAIN} SAS C math error code for {\em except} to specify a domain error, mapped to EDOM. DOMAIN = 1. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. except, matherr

{\bf \_dopen} {\em (\&char, int):int} \scf  to open an AmigaDOS file. Defined in {\em dos.h}. cf. open, \_dcreat, \_dcreatx, \_dclose, \_dread, \_dwrite, \_dseek, errno [DOS open]

{\bf DOSBase} library base pointer name for {\em dos.library}, used by high-level languages.

{\bf DOS device node} node used to hold information about a particular device attached to the system, including DF0:, DF1:, DH0:, PRT:, etc.

{\bf do\_StackSize} field of the DiskObject structure used to specify the stack size needed for the associated tool. [DiskObject stack size]

{\bf DosType} mountlist keyowrd to indicate the type of file system. If the FastFileSystem is used, DosType should be set to 0x444F5301. Otherwise, the DosType should be 0x444F5300. It is possible that other values may be used in the future.

{\bf do\_ToolTypes} field of the DiskObject structure used for passing environment information. [DiskObject ToolType]

{\bf do\_ToolWindow} field of the DiskObject structure reserved for future use. [DiskObject tool window]

{\bf do\_Type} field of the DiskObject structure used to hold the type of an icon. cf. WBDISK, WBDEVICE, WBDRAWER, WBTOOL, WBPROJECT, WBGARBAGE, WBKICK [DiskObject type]

{\bf double} A predefined C type for representing floating-point numbers. The exact range of numbers and precision of numbers that can be represented is machine dependent. Most modern systems provide something which is compatible with the IEEE 741 floating-point standard. Double's normally have a greater range and precision than floats.

{\bf double-buffering} a process where two BitMaps are used, only one is active at any instant, drawing takes place in the inactive BitMap. Typically, double-buffering is used to produce smoother graphics as changes are made in the memory currently not being displayed.

{\bf double click} to quickly press and release a mouse button twice.

{\bf DoubleClick} {\em (LONG, LONG, LONG, LONG):BOOL} Intution function that compares a difference in time values with the preferences double-click timeout value.

{\bf double-dead key} a key which must be followed by another dead-key and then a deadable key. cf. dead-key

{\bf double-menu requester} a requester that is opened by double clicking the right mouse button.

{\bf double quote} The {\tt "} character.

{\bf do\_Version} field of the DiskObject structure provided for upward compatibility, should be set to WB\_DISKVERSION. [DiskObject version]

{\bf dpi} \abbr dots per inch, a measure of printing density.

{\bf dqsort} {\em (\&double, int)} UNIX C function to sort an array of doubles. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. qsort, fqsort [double quicksort]

{\bf drag-bar} a gadget used for dragging screens and windows, normally the gadget is rendered in the title bar of a screen or window.

{\bf drag gadget} - {\em See} drag-bar

{\bf dragging} the action of moving a screen, window or icon by selecting either the drag bar or the icon with the left mouse button, and then moving the pointer to a new location.

{\bf dragging gadget} - {\em See} drag-bar

{\bf drand48} {\em ():double} UNIX C function to generate a random double on real U[0,1) using a 48-bit LCG, with an internal seed. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. erand48, lrand48, mrand48, srand48, seed48, lcong48, rand [double random]

{\bf Draw} {\em (\&RastPort,SHORT,SHORT)} graphics procedure to draw a line from the current position to the given position making this position the new current position. cf. Move

{\bf DrawBorder} {\em (\&RastPort, \&Border,SHORT,SHORT)} Intuition procedure to draw a Border structure in the specified RastPort.

{\bf DrawCircle} graphics macro that is really DrawEllipse. Defined in {\em graphics/gfxmacros.h}.

{\bf DrawEllipse} {\em (\&RastPort,SHORT,SHORT,SHORT,SHORT)} graphics procedure to draw an ellipse with independent radii control.

{\bf drawer} a file system directory with an associated {\em .info} file. cf. directory

{\bf DrawerData} Workbench structure which specifies the size and position of a window to be displayed when a given drawer is opened.

{\bf DrawDList} {\em (\&DList)} ASL library function to refresh the fixed display imagery for a display list. [draw display list]

{\bf DrawGList} {\em (\&RastPort, \&ViewPort)} graphics procedure to process the GEL list, queueing VSprites and drawing Bobs. cf. SortGList [draw GEL list]

{\bf DrawImage} {\em (\&RastPort, \&Image,SHORT,SHORT)} Intuition procedure to render an Image in the specified RastPort.

{\bf DrawMode} field of the RastPort strucutre that holds the current drawing mode, which can be JAM1, JAM2, COMPLEMENT or INVERSVID.

{\bf \_dread} {\em (int, \&char, unsigned int):unsigned int} \scf  to read from an AmigaDOS file. Defined in {\em dos.h}. cf. \_dcreat, \_dcreatx, \_dclose, \_dopen, \_dwrite, \_dseek [DOS read]

{\bf DriveInit} Expansion library function to initialise a disk drive.

{\bf \_dseek} {\em (int, long, int):long} \scf  to position within an AmigaDOS file. Defined in {\em dos.h}. cf. \_creat, \_dcreatx, \_dclose, \_dopen, \_dread, \_dwrite [DOS seek]

{\bf DSKBLK} \abbr Disk block complete interrupt, has software priority 2 and hardware priority 1.

{\bf DSKSYNC} \abbr Disk synchronization; disk synchronization pattern found interrupt has software priority of 13 and hardware priority 5.

{\bf DSR} \abbr device status report, \ANSIcs. Causes the generation of a cursor position report in the input stream. $<$DSR$>$ = $<$CSI$> <$6$> <$n$>$ = 0x9B 0x36 0x6E = 0x1B 0x5B 0x36 0x6E.

{\bf DUALPF} constant used in converting a normal screen to a dual-playfield screen. DUALPF = 0x0400.

{\bf dual-playfield} a special display mode that consists of two independently controllable display memories that overlay one another. On the top display a colour 0 means transparent.

{\bf DWidth} field of the ViewPort structure that holds the width of the display. cf. DHeight [display width]

{\bf \_dwrite} {\em (int, \&char, unsigned int):unsigned int} \scf  to write to an AmigaDOS file. Defined in {\em dos.h}. cf. \_dcreat, \_creatx, \_dclose, \_dopen, \_dread, \_dseek [DOS write]

{\bf DX} phonetic code for a tongue flap as in pi{\bf t}y.

{\bf DxOffset} field of the ViewPort structure which holds the horizontal offset of the display. cf. DyOffset [display $x$-offset]

{\bf DyOffset} field of the ViewPort structure which holds the vertical offset of the display. cf. DxOffset [display $y$-offset]

\section {E}

{\bf E} {\sl1\/} {\em symb.} (\aB\ and C) used to designate the exponent part of a floating-point number as in 3.4E8 = 340 000 000. cf. D [exponent] {\sl2\/} ANSI C format specifier indicating a double floating-point conversion to the form [-]d.ddE[-]ddd. cf. e

{\bf e} ANSI C format specifier indicating a double floating-point conversion to the form [-]d.dde[-]ddd. cf. E

{\bf ecvt} {\em (double, int, \&int, \&int):\&char} UNIX C function to convert a floating-point number into a string. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. fcvt [f-1 convert]

{\bf ED} \abbr erase display, \ANSIcs. Erase from the current cursor position to the end of the display. $<$ED$>$ = $<$CSI$> <$J$>$ = 0x9B 0x4A = 0x1B 0x5B 0x4A.

{\bf edit menu} a common type of menu, containing common editing functions like undo, cut, copy, paste, and erase.

{\bf edit mode} (\aB) mode used when editing in the list window. cf. immediate mode, program execution mode

{\bf egrep} grep with fancier pattern matching. [extended grep]

{\bf EH} phonetic code for the vowel sound in b{\bf e}t and {\bf e}nd.

{\bf EHB} \abbr Extra-HalfBright

{\bf EL} \abbr erase line, \ANSIcs. Erase from the current cursor position to the end of the line $<$EL$>$ = $<$CSI$> <$K$>$ = 0x9B 0x4B = 0x1B 0x5B 0x4B.

{\bf ELSE} {\sl 1\/} (Amiga DOS) ELSE is used where an alternative is required in a script file. For additional information see IF and ENDIF. {\sl 2\/} Optional part of an /aB IF statement. cf. IF

{\bf else} {\sl1\/} optional part of the C {\tt if} conditional. cf. if {\sl2\/} \see \#else

{\bf emit} \scf  to in-line 680x0 instructions with generated code. Defined in {\em dos.h}. cf. getreg, putreg

{\bf EmptyDList} {\em (\&DList)} ASL library function to set a display list to have no items. [empty display list]

{\bf Enable} {\em ()} Exec procedure to enable interrupts after a Disable command. cf. Disable

{\bf ENABLE} assembly language macro function to enable interrupts. Recommended that Enable be used instead. cf. DISABLE

{\bf END} \aB  command to terminate program execution.

{\bf ENDCLI} Amiga DOS command to end either a CLI process or a Shell process.

{\bf ENDGADGET} constant used to specify that a requester gadget will cause the requester to be satisfied if selected. ENDGADGET = 0x0004.

{\bf endif} \see \#endif

{\bf end-of-clip} clipboard device equivalent of {\sl end-of-file}.

{\bf ENDSKIP} Amiga DOS command used to terminate a SKIP block in a script file. When an ENDSKIP is encountered during a SKIP, execution of the script files resumes at the line following ENDSKIP. The condition flag is set to WARN. cf. SKIP

{\bf Enqueue} {\em (\&List, \&Node)} Exec procedure to insert a node in a list. cf. AddHead, AddTail, Insert

{\bf EnqueueCxObj} {\em (\&CxObj, \&CxObj)} Commodities library function to put the specified commodity object into the list of objects.

{\bf EndRefresh} {\em (\&Window, BOOL)} an Intuition procedure which gets a window out of the refresh state. cf. BeginRefresh.

{\bf EndRequest} {\em (\&Requester, \&Window)} Intuition procedure to clean up after a requester is satisfied. cf. Request

{\bf END SUB} \aB  procedure to end the definition of a subprogram. cf. SUB, EXIT SUB [end subprogram]

{\bf EndUpdate} {\em (\&Layer, USHORT)} Layers procedure to remove the damage list and put the layer back into the normal state. cf. BeginUpdate

{\bf EntryHandler} {\em (\&IFFHandle, LONG, LONG, LONG, \&Hook): LONG\/} IFF Parse library function to add an entry handler to the IFFHandle context.

{\bf enum} C declaration for an enumeration, a type which has values limited to a specified set. [enumeration]

{\bf enumeration constant} A sequence of items defined sequentially at compile time which behave just like integer constants.

{\bf EOF} {\sl1\/} \abbr end-of-file, simulated in the CLI by $<$CTRL$> <\backslash>$. {\sl2\/} \aB  function to test for the end-of-file condition. {\em cond} = EOF ({\em filenumber}) [end-of-file]

{\bf EPROM} \abbr eraseable programmable read only memory.

{\bf EQUAL} status code returned by the blitter. EQUAL = 0. cf. NOTEQUAL

{\bf EQV} \aB  material equivalence operator. [equivalence]

{\bf ER} phonetic code for the vowel sound in b{\em ir}d and {\bf ea}rly.

{\bf erand48} {\em (short[3]):double} UNIX C function to generate a random double on real U[0,1) using a 48-bit LCG, with an external seed. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. drand48, nrand48, jrand48 [external random]

{\bf ERASE} \aB  procedure to eliminate an array from memory. ERASE {\em array\_name\_list}. cf. DIM

{\bf ERL} \aB  function to return the line number on which an error occurred. cf. ERROR, ERR [error line]

{\bf ERR} \aB  function to return the error number. cf. ERROR, ERL [error]

{\bf errno} {\em int} standard UNIX C variable used to hold an error number. Defined in {\em error.h}. cf. Appendix 10, sys\_nerr, sys\_errlist, perror

{\bf error} what happends when a program detects some anomalous situation and takes abortive or corrective action. An error is not the same thing as a crash. cf. crash

{\bf ERROR} \aB  procedure to force an error of a given type. ERROR {\em error\_number}. cf. ERR, ERL

{\bf ESC} \abbr escape (in particular the {\em escape key}). $<$ESC$>$ = 0x1B.

{\bf escape key} the key labelled {\em ESC}, used for intiating escape sequences.

{\bf escape sequence} a command-sequence starting with the escape character, used primarily for control functions.

{\bf ETD\_CLEAR} trackdisk device command to mark the track buffer as invalid. cf. ETD\_UPDATE, CMD\_CLEAR [extended trackdisk clear]

{\bf ETD\_FORMAT} tracdisk device command to initialize one or more tracks and sector labels. [extended trackdisk format]

{\bf ETD\_MOTOR} trackdisk device command to turn the motor on or off. [extended trackdisk motor]

{\bf ETD\_RAWREAD} trackdisk device command to read RAW sector data from a disk (unencoded MFM). [extendend trackdisk raw read]

{\bf ETD\_RAWWRITE} trackdisk decive command to write RAW sector data to a disk. [extended trackdisk raw write]

{\bf ETD\_READ} trackdisk device command to read one or more sectors and sector labels. [extended trackdisk read]

{\bf ETD\_SEEK} trackdisk device command to move the disk heads to a specific track. [extended trackdisk seek]

{\bf ETD\_WRITE} trackdisk device command to write one or more sectors and sector labels to a disk. [extended trackdisk write]

{\bf event} {\em See\/} signal.

{\bf except} {\em (int, \&char, double, double, double):double} \scf  which is an extension to matherr to simplify math error interfacing. Defined in {\em math.h.} cf. matherr, \_fperr

{\bf exception} special task state used for exception processing.

{\bf exclusion} the action of preventing some task or process from interring with some activity in another task or process.

{\bf Exec} A ROM resident library which is the core of the Amiga multitasking operating system.

{\bf exec\_support} C language functions to simplify the use of some Exec procedure such as task control. Located in {\em amiga.lib}.

{\bf exit} {\em (int)} \acf  to terminate execution, will also induce file closing and buffer writes as required. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf \_exit, xcexit, atexit, abort

{\bf \_exit} {\em (int)} \acf  for emergency exit, does not close level 2 files or empty buffers. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. exit

{\bf ExitHandler} {\em (\&IFFHandle, LONG, LONG, LONG, \&Hook): LONG\/} IFF Parse library function to add an exit handler to the IFFHandle context. cf. StoreLocalItem

{\bf EXIT SUB} \aB  procedure to route control out of a subprogram back to the caller. cf. SUB, END SUB [exit subprogram]

{\bf exp} {\em (double):double } \acf  to evaluate $e^x$. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. log, pow [exponential]

{\bf EXP} \aB  function to evaluate $e^x$. $num$ = EXP ($x$). cf. LOG [exponential]

{\bf ExpansionBase} library base pointer name for {\em expansion.library}, used by high-level langauges.

{\bf ExpansionRom} Expansion structure that contains board identification information read from a board at expansion time. Defined in {\em libraries/configregs.h}.

{\bf expression} One or more operands with zero or more operations. A terminated expression (in C or Pascal; an expression followed by a semicolon) is a statement.

{\bf EXPUNGE} the third entry point in a library, that prepares a library for removal from the system. cf. OPEN, CLOSE

{\bf extend select mechanism} a method of starting a tool with several projects as arguments. Currently performed by holding down a shift key while selecting icons.

{\bf EXTER} \abbr External interrupt; an interrupt with software priority of 14 and hardware priority of 6.

{\bf extern} C keyword to indicate some item is defined in another file. The item can be a variable or a function. [external]

{\bf extra-halfbright} this display mode provides an additional bitplane which when a bit is set in it cause the corresponding pixel to be displayed at half the normal brightness.

{\bf EXTRA\_HALFBRITE} constant used in selecting extra-halfbright mode. EXTRA\_HALFBRITE = 0x0080.

{\bf EY} phonetic code for the dipthong sound in b{\bf ay} and {\bf ai}d.

\section {F}

{\bf F} {\sl1\/} \abbr function (in particular of keys F1 through F10). {\sl2\/} phonetic code for the consonant sound in {\bf f}ed.

{\bf f} ANSI C format specifier indicating a double floating-point conversion to the form [-]dd.dd

{\bf fabs} {\em (double $|$ float):double $|$ float} \acf  to get the absolute value of a float or a double. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. abs, iabs, labs [floating absolute]

{\bf FAST memory} memory not accessible by the Amiga custom chips. cf. CHIP memory.

{\bf FastRand} clib function to generate a pseudo-random number. cf. RangeRand [fast random]

{\bf FattenLayerInfo} {\em (\&Layer\_Info)} Layers procedure to convert 1.0 Layer\_Info into 1.1$+$ Layer\_Info. This procedure is obsolete. cf. ThinLayerInfo

{\bf FAULT} $<error number>$ Amiga DOS command to print the Amiga DOS error message corresponding to the error number supplied. All other arguments are ignored.

{\bf fclose} {\sl1\/} clib function to close a file. {\sl2\/} {\em (\&FILE):int} \acf  to close a level 2 file. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. fcloseall, fopen [file close]

{\bf fcloseall} {\em ():int} \acf  to close all open level 2 files. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. fclose, fopen [file close all]

{\bf fcvt} {\em (double, int, \&int, \&int):\&char} UNIX C function to convert a floating-point number into a string. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. ecvt [floating-point convert]

{\bf fdopen} {\em (int, \&char):\&FILE} UNIX C function to attach a level 1 file to a level 2 file. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. fopen [file ? open]

{\bf feeder} any device or library that sends information to the input 

device including the gameport, keyboard, timer and trackdisk devices.

{\bf feof} {\em (\&FILE):int} ANSI C macro function to check the end-of-file condition for a level 2 file. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf ferror [file end-of-file]

{\bf ferror} {\em (\&FILE):int} \acf  to check a level 2 files error status. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. feof [file error]

{\bf FF} {\sl 1\/} \abbr form feed, ANSI code for a form feed, $<$FF$>$=0xC. {\sl 2\/} [-0] [-N] [$<font name>$] This command is used to speed up text of the Amiga. FF stands for Fast Fonts. To turn on the FastText routines, use the -0 option. To turn off the FastText routines use the -N option. FF can also be used to replace the default system font with a plain 8 by 8 pixel font.

{\bf fflush} {\em (\&FILE):int} ANSI C macro function to flush the output buffer of the specified level 2 file. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. flushall, fopen, fclose [file flush]

{\bf FFP} \abbr fast floating-point.

{\bf fgetc} {\sl1\/} clib function to get a character from a file. {\sl2\/} {\em (\&FILE):int} \acf  to get a character from a level 2 file. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. getc, getchar, fgetcgar, fopen, fgets, fputs [file get character]

{\bf fgetchar} {\em ():int} \acf  to get a character from {\em stdin}. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. fgetc, getc, getchar, fgets [file get character]

{\bf fgets} {\em (\&char, int, \&FILE):\&char} \acf  to read a string from a level 2 file. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. fopen, fgetc, getc, gets [file get string]

{\bf FgPen} field of the RastPort structure. Also known as the A-Pen. [foreground pen]

{\bf fgrep} grep like function to search for fixed strings only. [fixed grep]

{\bf FIELD} \aB  procedure to allocate space for variables in a random file buffer. FIELD [\#]{\em file\_number},{{\em fieldwidth} AS {\em string\_var}}. cf. GET, LSET, RSET, OPEN, PUT

{\bf FIFO} \abbr First-In First-Out, a way of describing a queue.

{\bf FILE} C data type defined in {\em stdio.h\/} used to hold file handles.

{\bf fileno} {\em (\&FILE):int} UNIX C function to get the file handle for a level 2 file. Defined in {\em stdio.h}.

{\bf FILENOTE} [FILE] $<filename>$ COMMENT $<comment>$ Amiga DOS command to add the given comment to the specified file. The comment is limited to 79 characters.

{\bf FILES} \aB  command to get a listing of all the files in a given directory. FILES [{\em string}]

{\bf FileSysEntry} structure use to hold information for a file system. [file system entry]

{\bf FileSysHeaderBlock} information used to specify alternative file handlers to be used by a hard disk partition. [file system header block]

{\bf FileSysResource} structure to hold a group of FileSysEntries. [file system resource]

{\bf FileSystem} mountlist keyword to specify a file system, e.g. FileSystem~=~L:FastFileSystem. cf. mountlist

{\bf FileSystem.resource} a resource for the specification of file systems.

{\bf fill} to put a colour or pattern within an arbitrary area.

{\bf FindCollection} {\em (\&IFFHandle, LONG, LONG): \&CollectionItem\/} IFF Parse library function to get a pointer to the current list of collection items. cf. CollectionChunk

{\bf FindConfigDev} {\em (\&ConfigDev, LONG, LONG):\&ConfigDev} Expansion function to find a matching ConfigDev entry. [find configured device]

{\bf FindLocalItem} {\em (\&IFFHandle, LONG, LONG, LONG): \&LocalContextItem\/} IFF Parse library function to return a local context from the context stack. cf. StoreLocalItem

{\bf FindName} {\em (\&List, \&char):\&Node} Exec function to attempt to find a node in a list with a given name.

{\bf findpath} {\em (\&char):BPTR} SAS C AmigaDOS function to locate a file in the currently defined path. Defined in {\em dos.h}. cf. getpath, Unlock

{\bf FindPort} {\em (\&char):\&MsgPort} Exec function to search for a given system port.

{\bf FindProp} {\em (\&IFFHandle, LONG, LONG): \&StoredProperty\/} IFF Parse library function to search for a stored property chunk. cf. PropChunk [find property]

{\bf FindPropContext} {\em (\&IFFHandle): \&ContextNode\/} IFF Parse library function to get the property context for the current state. cf. CurrentChunk, ParentChunk [find property context]

{\bf FindResident} {\em (\&char):\&Resident} Exec function to find a resident module by name.

{\bf FindSemaphore} {\em (\&char):\&SignalSemaphore} Exec function to find a semaphore by name.

{\bf FindTask} {\em (\&char):\&Task} Exec function to find a task by name.

{\bf FindToolType} {\em (\&\&char, \&ToolType):\&\&char} Icon library function to get the value of a ToolType variable. cf. MatchToolValue

{\bf first-in--first-out} a method of handling a data store in the form of a queue. Often simply called FIFO.

{\bf FIX} \aB  function to return the truncated integer part of a number. {\em fixednum} = FIX ({\em number}). cf. CINT, INT

{\bf flag} a mechanism for selecting an option or detecting a state.

{\bf Flags} {\sl 1\/} field of the Layer\_Info structure used to hold the type of a layer. {\sl 2\/} field of the RastPort structure used to hold whether or not outlining applies to the particular rastport. {\sl 3.\/} mountlist keyword to specify flags for OpenDevice. Usually zero. cf. mountlist

{\bf flicker} undesirable aberration of the display caused by an insufficient display refresh rate.

{\bf flicker-fixer} device which attempts to alleviate or eliminate the effects of flicker.

{\bf float} A predefined C type for representing floating-point numbers. The exact range of numbers and precision of numbers that can be represented is machine dependent. Most modern systems provide something which is compatible with the IEEE 741 floating-point standard.

{\bf floating-point constant} A floating-point number whose value is fixed at compile time and cannot be changed at run-time. In C all floating-point constants are double precision.

{\bf Flood} {\em (\&RastPort, ULONG,SHORT,SHORT):BOOL} graphics function to perform flood-fill. Flood requires a properly initialised TmpRas. cf. InitTmpRas

{\bf flood-fill} a technique for filling arbitrary shapes with a colour or pattern.

{\bf floor} {\em (double):double }\acf  to get the floor function of a real number. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. ceil

{\bf floppy disk} the generic name for magnetic storage media that contain a flexible mylar disk for storing information.

{\bf floppy drive} any drive for use with floppy disks.

{\bf flushall} {\em ():int} \acf  to flush all level 2 file output buffers and return the number of level 2 files that are open. defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. fflush, fopen, fclose

{\bf fmod} {\em (double, double):double} \acf  to compute the floating-point modulus of a number. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. modf, \% [floating-point modulo]

{\bf fmode} {\em (\&FILE, int)} \scf  to change the mode of a level 2 file. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. fopen, freopen, fdopen [file mode]

{\bf \_fmode} SAS C integer fl

ag for the default level 2 I/O mode. [file mode]

{\bf FOLLOWMOUSE} constant used to specify that mouse movement reports are required for a gadget after it has been selected. FOLLOWMOUSE = 0x0008

{\bf font} a set of characters that share the same design.

{\bf FontContents} font structure that contains information for a font. Defined in {\em libraries/diskfont.h}.

{\bf FontContentsHeader} a font structure that contains the description of a font family. Defined in {\em libraries/diskfont.h}.

{\bf font height} the pixel height of a font. All characters in the font will have this many pixels.

{\bf fonts:} a directory used to contain font definitions. The normal path searched when a font is called for.

{\bf font style} the type of font, e.g. normal, bold, underlined, italic,...

{\bf font width} the pixel width of a font. Proportional fonts may not use this.

{\bf fopen} {\em (\&char, \&char):\&FILE} \acf  to open a level 2 file. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. close, fdopen, fgetc, fgets, fputc, fputs, fread, freopen, fwrite, fprintf, fseek, fmode, Appendix 11

{\bf FOR }\aB  statement to initiate an indexed iteration structure, in combination with NEXT. FOR {\em variable} = $x$ TO $y$ [STEP $z$]. cf. NEXT, STEP

{\bf for} C iteration statement. The loop construct can optionally have an initialization part, a condition part, and a modification part. {\tt for} $([<exp_1>]; [<exp_2>]; [<exp_3>])$ $<statement>$.

{\bf Forbid} {\em ()} Exec procedure to disable multitasking. cf. Permit, Disable

{\bf forbidding} the action of preventing other tasks from manipulating shared structures while your task is using them. cf. disabling

{\bf forkl} {\em (\&char,{\&char},NULL, \&FORKENV, \&ProcID):int} \scf  to create a concurrent child process with an argument list. Defined in {\em dos.h}. cf. forkv, wait, waitm, CreateProc, exit, LoadSeg [fork list]

{\bf forkv} {\em (\&char, \&\&char, \&FORKENV, \&ProcID):int} \scf  to create a concurrent process with an argument vector. Defined in {\em dos.h}. cf. forkl, wait, waitm, CreateProc, exit, LoadSeg [fork vector]

{\bf FORMAT} DRIVE $<drive>$ NAME $<name>$ [NOICONS] [QUICK] [FFS  $|$  NOFFS] Amiga DOS command used to initialise a disk. When no options are specified all sectors and tracks are blanked. $<drive>$ refers to the device in which the format is to take place, for example {\bf df0:}. $<name>$ is the name to be given to the disk. The NOICONS option prevents a Trashcan icon from being added to the newly formatted disk. The QUICK option specifies that FORMAT will only format and create the root block (and track), the boot block (and track), and create the bitmap blocks. This option should only be used when reformatting a previously formatted floppy disk. The FFS and NOFFS options pertain to file systems. This option overrides the MountList keywords. The FFS option marks the disk as being used with the FastFileSystem. The NOFFS marks the disk as being used with the default file system. If your hard disk is divided into partitions you must set the DosType keyword in the MountList to the appropriate setting for the file system you are using.

{\bf fpa} other ({\em amiga.lib}) function to convert a fast floating-point number into an ASCII string. [floating-point (to) ASCII]

{\bf fpbcd} other ({\em amiga.lib}) function to convert a floating point number into BCD format. [floating-point (to) BCD]

{\bf FPECOM} SAS C error code indicating that floating-point numbers are not comparable. cf. CXFERR, \_FPERR, matherr [floating-point error comparison]

{\bf FPENAN} SAS C error code indicating the a not-a-number result was obtained. cf. CXFERR, \_FPERR, matherr [floating-point error not-a-number]

{\bf FPEOVF} SAS C error code indicating floating-point overflow. cf. CXFERR, \_FPERR, matherr [floating-point error overflow]

{\bf \_FPERR} SAS C integer to hold floating-point error codes. cf. FPEUND, FPEOVF, FPEDVZ, FPENAN, FPECOM [floating-point error]

{\bf FPEUND} SAS C error code indicating floating-point underflow. cf. CXFERR, \_FPERR, matherr [floating-point error underflow]

{\bf FPEZDV} SAS C error code indicating floating-point division by zero. cf. CXFERR, \_FPERR, matherr [floating-point error zero division]

{\bf FPF\_DESIGNED} font flag used to specify that a font was specifically designed for its characteristics. FPF\_DESIGNED = 64.

{\bf FPF\_DISKFONT} font flag used to specify that a font must be loaded from disk. FPF\_DISKFONT = 2. [font ? flag disk font]

{\bf FPF\_PROPORTIONAL} font flag used to specify that all characters in a font need not be the same width. FPF\_PROPORTIONAL = 32. [font ? flag proportional]

{\bf FPF\_REMOVED} Constant used to specify that a font has been removed from the system. FPF\_REMOVED = 128. [font ? flag removed]

{\bf FPF\_REVPATH} font flag used to specify that a font is designed to be rendered from right to left. FPF\_REVPATH = 4. [font ? flag reversed path]

{\bf FPF\_ROMFONT} font flag used to specify that a font is located in ROM. FPF\_ROMFONT = 1. [font ? flag ROM font]

{\bf fprintf} {\sl1\/} {\em (\&FILE, \&char,{type}):int} \acf  to do formatted output to a file. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. printf, sprintf, fputc, fputs, fwrite, fscanf. {\sl2\/} clib function to print formatted output to a file. [file print formatted]

{\bf fputc} {\sl1\/} clib function to put a character to a file. {\sl2\/} {\em (int, \&FILE):int} \acf  to put a character to a level 2 file. Defined in {\em stdio.h.} cf. putc, putchar, fputchar, fputs, fgetc [file put character]

{\bf fputchar} {\em (int):int} \acf  to put a character to stdout. Defined in {\em stdio.h.} cf. fputc, putc, putchar, puts, getchar [file put character]

{\bf fputs} {\sl1\/} clib function to put a string to a file. {\sl2\/} {\em (\&char, \&FILE):int} \acf  to put a string to a level 2 file. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. puts, fgets, fputc, fprintf [file put string]

{\bf fqsort} {\em (\&float, int)} UNIX C function to sort an array of floats. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. qsort, dqsort [float quicksort]

{\bf FRE} \aB  function to return the amount of memory. FRE -1 $|$ -2 $|$ {\em x}. cf. CLEAR [free]

{\bf fread} {\em (\&char, int, int, \&FILE):int} \acf  to read blocks from a level 2 file. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. fwrite, fopen, fclose, fgetc, fseek, fscanf [file read]

{\bf free} {\em (\&char):int} \acf  to deallocate level 3 memory. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. calloc, malloc, realloc, rlsmem, rbrk

{\bf FreeBoardMem} {\em (int, int)} Expansion procedure to deallocate standard device expansion memory. cf. AllocBoardMem [free board memory]

{\bf FreeColorMap} {\em (\&ColorMap)} graphics procedure to free a colour map returning memory to the system. cf. SetRGB4, GetColorMap

{\bf FreeConfigDev} {\em (\&ConfigDev)} Expansion procedure to deallocate a ConfigDev structure. cf. AllocConfigDev

{\bf FreeCopList} {\em (\&CopList)} graphics procedure to deallocate an intermediate copper list. [free copper list]

{\bf FreeCprList} {\em (\&cprlist)} graphics procedure to deallocate a hardware copper list. [free copper list]

{\bf FreeDiskObject} {\em (\&DiskObject)} Icon library function to deallocate all memory associated with a Workbench object. cf. GetDiskObject

{\bf FreeDList} {\em (\&DList)} ASL library function to free a display list previously created with CreateDList. [free display list]

{\bf FreeEntry} {\em (\&MemList)} Exec procedure to release several regions of memory. cf. AllocEntry

{\bf FreeExpansionMem} {\em (int, int)} Expansion procedure to deallocate standard device expansion memory. cf. AllocExpansionMem [free expansion memory]

{\bf FreeFileRequest} {\em (\&FileRequester)} ASL library function to release memory allocated with the AllocFileRequest function. [free file requester]

{\bf FreeFontRequest} {\em (\&FontRequester)} ASL library function to release memory allocated with the AllocFontRequest function. [free font requester]

{\bf FreeFreeList} {\em (\&FreeList)} Icon library procedure to free all the memory in a FreeList. cf. AddFreeList

{\bf FreeGBuffers} {\em (\&AnimOb, \&RastPort, BOOL)} graphics procedure to deallocate the memory obtained by GetGBuffers. cf. GetGBuffers

{\bf FREEHORIZ} constant used to specify that a proportional gadget is free to move in the horizontal direction. FREEHORIZ = 0x0002. [free horizontal] cf. FREEVERT

{\bf FreeIFF} {\em (\&IFFHandle)\/} IFF Parse library function to deallocate an IFFHandle structure. cf. AllocIFF, CloseIFF [free interchange file format]

{\bf FreeLocalItem} {\em (\&LocalContextItem)\/} IFF Parse library function to deallocate a local context item structure. cf. AllocLocalItem

{\bf FreeMem} {\em (APTR, ULONG)} Exec procedure to free a region of memory. cf. AllocMem [free memory]

{\bf FreePotBits} potgo.resource command to free allocated bits in the potgo register. cf.  AllocPotBits [free potgo bits]

{\bf FreeRaster} {\em (PLANEPTR, USHORT, USHORT)} graphics procedure to deallocate a previously allocated raster. cf. AllocRaster

{\bf FreeRemember} {\em (\&\&Remember, BOOL)} Intuition procedure that frees the memory allocated with the AllocRemember procedure. cf. AllocRemember

{\bf FreeSignal} {\em (ULONG)} Exec procedure to release a signal bit. cf. AllocSignal

{\bf FreeSprite} {\em (SHORT)} graphics procedure to return a sprite to the free sprites and virtual sprite manager. cf. GetSprite

{\bf FreeSysRequest} {\em (\&Window)} Intuition procedure to release memory allocated with the BuildSysRequest routine. cf. BuildSysRequest [free system requester]

{\bf FreeTrap} {\em (ULONG)} Exec procedure to release a trap. cf. AllocTrap

{\bf FreeUnit} disk.resouce to free up access to a disk. cf. AllocUnit

{\bf FREEVERT} constant used to specify that a proportional gadget is free to move in the vertical direction. FREEVERT = 0x0004. [free vertical] cf. FREEHORIZ

{\bf FreeVPortCopLists} {\em (\&ViewPort)} graphics procedure to deallocate all intermediate copper lists and their headers from a viewport. [free viewport copper lists]

{\bf freopen} {\em (\&char, \&char, \&FILE):\&FILE} \acf  to reopen a level 2 file. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. fopen, fdopen [file reopen]

{\bf frequency} the number of times per unit time a cycle repeats. Usually measured in Hertz, $Hz = s^{-1}$.

{\bf frequency modulation} a means of producing audio effects by using one channel to affect the waveform period of another. cf. amplitude modulation.

{\bf frexp} {\em (double, \&int):double} \acf  to split a floating-point number into its mantissa and exponent parts. Defined in {\em math.h.} cf. ldexp, fmod, modf [fractional-exponent]

{\bf FrontPen} the colour used for rendering the detail of lines and characters. cf. BackPen.

{\bf fscanf} {\em (\&FILE, \&char,{\&type}):int} \acf  to do formatted input from a file. Defined in {\em stdio.h.} cf. scanf, sscanf, fprintf [file scan formatted]

{\bf fseek} {\em (\&FILE, long, int):int} \acf  to move the byte cursor to a new position in a level 2 file. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. rewind, ftell, fopen, lseek [file seek]

{\bf ftell} {\em (\&FILE):long} \acf  to return the current byte position in a level 2 file. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. fseek, lseek, tell, fopen [file tell]

{\bf FTXT} IFF type chunch for a text file [formatted text]

{\bf function key} any of the keys labelled F1 to F10, typically used as a shortcut method of entering escape sequences.

{\bf fwrite} {\em (\&char, int, int, \&FILE):int} \acf  to write blocks to a level 2 file. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. fread, fopen, fclose, fputc, fseek, fprintf [file write]

\section {G}

{\bf G} {\sl1\/} phonetic code for the consonant sound in {\bf g}uest. {\sl2\/} ANSI C format specifier indicating the use of either E or f form, depending on which is the most compact. cf. E, f, g

{\bf g} ANSI C format specifier indicating the use of either e or f form, depending on which is the most compact. cf. e, f, G

{\bf gadget} a multipurpose input device usually consisting of a small icon which can be selected by the pointer and the left mouse button. Some gadgets, {\em system gadgets} are natural to Intuition, all other gadgets are {\em custom gadgets}. cf. Boolean gadget, proportional gadget, string gadget, integer gadget, system gadget, requester gadget

{\bf Gadget} Intuition's structure for representing a gadget. Defined in {\em intuition/intuition.h}.

{\bf GADGETDOWN} constant used to specify that an application wants reports of gadgets selected. (Only those with GADGIMMEDIATE set). GADGETDOWN = 0x00000020. cf. GADGETUP

{\bf gadget text} any text rendered as part of a gadget, usually by the IntuiText field of the Gadget structure.

{\bf GADGETUP} constant used to specify that an application wants reports of gadgets released. (Only those with RELVERIFY set). GADGETUP = 0x00000040. cf. GADGETDOWN

{\bf GADGDISABLED} constant used to specify that a gadget is to be initially disabled. GADGDISABLED = 0x0100. [gadget disabled]

{\bf GADGETDOWN} an IDCMP message containing the address of the Gadget structure for the selected message.

{\bf GADGHBOX} constant used to specify that a gadget is to be highlighted by a box. GADGHBOX = 0x0001. [gadget highlight box]

{\bf GADGHCOMP} constant used to specify that a gadget is to be highlighted by complement colours. GADGHCOMP = 0x0000. [gadget highlight complement]

{\bf GADGHIMAGE} constant used to specify that a gadget is to be highlighted by an alternate image. GADGHIMAGE = 0x0004. [gadget highlight image]

{\bf GADGHNONE} constant used to specify that a gadget is not to be highlighted when selected. GADGHNONE = 0x0003. [gadget highlight none]

{\bf GADGIMAGE} constant used to specify that a gadget has an associated image structure. GADGIMAGE = 0x0004.

{\bf GADGIMMEDIATE} constant used to specify that your program requires immediate notification (by IDCMP) whenever a gadget is selected. GADGIMMEDIATE = 0x0002. [gadget immediate]

{\bf gameport connector} either of the sockets of the Amiga for use with the mouse or joysticks.

{\bf gameport device} device for managing access to the joystick/mouse  connectors on the Amiga.

{\bf GamePortTrigger} gameport device structure used to hold the conditions for triggering. Defined in {\em devices/gameport.h}.

{\bf gcvt} {\em (double, int, \&char):\&char} UNIX C function to convert a floating-point number into a null terminated string. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. ecvt, fcvt [general convert]

{\bf gecos} \abbr General Electric Comprehensive Operating System.

{\bf GEL} \abbr Graphic Element.

{\bf GELGONE} a flag set by the system if the position of a VSprite is entirely outside the GEL boundaries. GELGONE = 0x0400. [graphic element gone]

{\bf GelsInfo} field of the RastPort structure used to point to graphics elements.

{\bf GEL-to-boundary} type of collision that occurs when a GEL hits a boundary. cf. GEL-to-GEL

{\bf GEL-to-GEL} type of collision that occurs when two GELs collide. cf. GEL-to-boundary

{\bf GET} {\sl1\/} \aB  procedure to get a record from a random-access file. GET [\#][{\em filenumber}][,{\em recordnumber}]. {\sl2\/} \aB  procedure to replace a portion of the screen. GET ({\em x1,y1})-({\em x2,y2}),{\em array\_name}[{\em index} {,{\em index}}]. cf. PUT

{\bf geta4} {\em ()} SAS C AmigaDOS function to establish addressability to the global data area, use of this function is discouraged. Defined in {\em dos.h}. [get address 4]

{\bf getasn} {\em (\&char):\&char} \acf  to get an assigned environment variable. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. getenv, putenv [get assigned]

{\bf getc} {\em (\&FILE):int} ANSI C macro function to get a character from a level 2 file. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. fgetc, getchar, fgetchar, fopen, gets, puts [get character]

{\bf GetCC} {\em ():UWORD} Exec function to get the processor status register (to be upwardly compatible) [get condition codes]

{\bf getcd} {\em (int, \&char):int} SAS C AmigaDOS function to get the current directory. Defined in {\em dos.h}. cf. getcwd [get current directory]

{\bf getchar} {\sl1\/} clib function to get a character from stdin. {\sl2\/} {\em ():int} ANSI C macro function to get a character from {\em stdin}. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. fgetc, getc, fgetchar, gets [get character]

{\bf getclk} {\em (\&unsigned char)} SAS C AmigaDOS function to get the current setting of the system clock and place it in a 8-byte array. Defined in {\em dos.h.} cf. chgclk [get clock]

{\bf GetColorMap} {\em (LONG):\&ColorMap} graphics function to allocate and initialise a colour map. cf. FreeColorMap, SetRGB4

{\bf GetCurrentBinding} {\em (\&CurrentBinding, int):int} Expansion function to get the static board configuration area. cf. SetCurrentBinding

{\bf getcwd} {\em (\&char, int):\&char} UNIX C function to get the current working directory. Defined in {\em stdio.h.} cf. getcd [get current working directory]

{\bf GetDefPrefs} {\em (\&Preferences,SHORT):\&Preferences }Intuition function to get a copy of the default preferences. cf. GetPrefs [get default preferences]

{\bf getdfs} {\em (\&char, \&DISKINFO):int} SAS C AmigaDOS function to get the free space on a disk. Defined in {\em dos.h}. [get disk free space]

{\bf GetDiskObject} {\em (\&char):\&DiskObject} Icon library function to allocate memory for and read in a Workbench object.

{\bf GetDListInfo} {\em (\&DList, \&DListInfo)} ASL library function to get the logical status about a display list. [get display list information]

{\bf getenv} {\em (\&char):\&char} \acf  to get an environmental variable. Defined in {\em stdlib.h. }cf. getasn, putenv [get environment]

{\bf getfa} {\em (\&char):int} SAS C AmigaDOS function to determine whether a file is in the current directory. Defined in {\em dos.h}. [get file attribute]

{\bf getfnl} {\em (\&char, \&char, unsigned, int):int} \scf  to get a filename list. Defined in {\em stdlib.h.} cf. dfind, dnext, strbpl, strst [get filename list]

{\bf getft} {\em (\&char):long} \scf  to get the time information associated with a file. Defined in {\em dos.h.} [get file time]

{\bf GetGBuffers} {\em (\&AnimOb, \&RastPort, BOOL):BOOL} graphics function to attempt to allocate all the buffers of the given AnimOb. cf. FreeGBuffers [get GEL buffers]

{\bf getmem} {\em (unsigned):\&char} \scf  to get a block of level 2 memory. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. getml, malloc, rlsmem [get memory]

{\bf getml} {\em (long):\&char} \scf  to get a block of level 2 memory. cf. getmem, malloc, rlsmem [get memory long]

{\bf GetMsg} {\em (\&MsgPort):\&MsgPort} Exec function to get the next message from a message port. [get message]

{\bf getpath} {\em (BPTR, \&char):int} SAS C AmigaDOS function to get the path for a specific directory or file. Defined in {\em dos.h}. cf. findpath, UnLock

{\bf GetPrefs} {\em (\&Preferences,SHORT):\&Preferences} Intuition function to get a copy of the current preferences. cf. GetDefPrefs, SetPrefs [get preferences]

{\bf getreg} {\em (int):long} \scf  to obtain a 68000 specific register. Defined in {\em dos.h.} cf. putreg [get register]

{\bf GetRGB4} {\em (\&ColorMap, LONG):ULONG} graphics function to get a single colour table entry. cf. SetRGB4 [get RGB 4-bits/component]

{\bf gets} {\em (\&char):\&char} \acf  to read a string from {\em stdin}. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. fgets, puts, printf, scanf [get string]

{\bf GetScreenData} {\em (CPTR, USHORT, USHORT, \&Screen):BOOL} an Intuition function which is used to get details of a screen (usually the Workbench screen).

{\bf GetSprite} {\em (\&SimpleSprite,SHORT):SHORT} graphics function to attempt to claim a sprite from the simple sprite manager. cf. FreeSprite

{\bf GetUnit} disk.resource command to allocate the disk for a driver. cf. GiveUnit

{\bf GetUnitID} disk.resource command to find out what kind of disk is available. [get unit identification]

{\bf GfxBase} library base pointer name for {\em graphics.library}, used by high-level languages.

{\bf ghost} {\sl1\/} indicating something is disabled or unavailable by overlaying an image with a pattern of dots. {\sl2\/} a term for shadow images that sometimes occur in the reception of television signals. {\sl3\/} a common type of nasty in computer games.

{\bf ghosted} {\em see} ghost 1.

{\bf ghost shape} the new outline of a window that shows briefly when the user is dragging or sizing a window.

{\bf .gif} filename extension for a image stored in the graphical interchange format.

{\bf GIMMEZEROZERO} constant which indicates that a window is to be of the gimmezerozero type. GIMMEZEROZERO = 0x0400.

{\bf gimmezerozero window} a special kind of window in which the top left corner of the internal area (not the border area) has coordinates (0,0).

{\bf GiveUnit} disk.resource command to return a disk from a driver. cf. GetUnit

{\bf global} C variable defined at the same level as functions. Global variables are permanent, initialized to zero unless other initialization is specified, and are accessible from the entire program.

{\bf GlobVec} mountlist keyword to specify a global vector for the process. $-1$ is no global vector (for C and assembler programs). Zero sets up a private global vector. If the keyword is absent then the shared global vector is used. cf. mountlist [global vector]

{\bf gmtime} {\em (\&long):\&tm} \acf  to determine Greenwich Mean Time. Defined in {\em time.h}. cf. localtime, asctime, ctime, time [Greenwich mean time]

{\bf GoodID} {\em (LONG): LONG\/} IFF Parse library function to test if an identifier follows the IFF 85 specification. cf. GoodType

{\bf GoodType} {\em (LONG): LONG\/} IFF Parse library function to test if a type follows the IFF 85 specification. cf. GoodID

{\bf GOSUB} \aB  command to call a subroutine. GOSUB {\em line. }[go-subroutine]

{\bf GOTO} \aB  command to branch to a specified line. GOTO {\em line}.

{\bf goto} C statement t pass control unconditionally to the statement following the specified label. Scope is limited to the current function.

{\bf GPCT\_ABSJOYSTICK} constant used to specify that an absolute digital joystick is connected to a gameport. GPCT\_ABSJOYSTICK = 3. [gameport controller type absolute joystick]

{\bf GPCT\_ALLOCATED} constant used to specify that a custom controller is connected to a gameport. GPCT\_ALLOCATED = $-1$. [gameport controller type allocated]

{\bf GPCT\_MOUSE }constant used to specify that a mouse is connected to a gameport. GPCT\_MOUSE = 1. [gameport controller type mouse]

{\bf GPCT\_NOCONTROLLER} constant used to specify that a gameport unit is free for use. GPCT\_NOCONTROLLER = 0. [gameport controller type no controller]

{\bf GPCT\_RELJOYSTICK} constant used to specify that a relative digital joystick is connected to a gameport. GPCT\_RELJOYSTICK = 2. [gameport controller type relative joystick]

{\bf GPD\_ASKCTYPE} gameport device command to inquire about the current gameport controller type. [gameport device ask controller type]

{\bf GPD\_ASKTRIGGER} gameport device command to inquire about the conditions for a gameport report. [gameport device ask trigger]

{\bf GPD\_READEVENT} gameport device command to get the next event from a gameport. [gameport device read event]

{\bf GPD\_SETCTYPE} gameport device command to set the current gameport controller type. [gameport device set controller type]

{\bf GPD\_SETTRIGGER} gameport device command to set the trigger conditions. [gameport device set trigger]

{\bf GPTF\_DOWNKEYS} gameport device flag indicating that downward key transistions are to be reported. GPTF\_DOWNKEYS = 0. [GamePortTrigger flag down keys]

{\bf GPTF\_UPKEYS} gameport device flag indicating the upward transistions are to be reported. GPTF\_UPKEYS = 1. [GamePortTrigger flag up keys]

{\bf gpt\_Keys} field of the GamePortTrigger structure used to specify the report conditions for button transistions. [gameport trigger keys]

{\bf gpt\_Timeout} field of the GamePortTrigger structure used to specify the time interval between reports for the no trigger condition. [GamePortTrigger timeout]

{\bf gpt\_XDelta} field of the GamePortTrigger structure used to specify the {\em x}-distance allowable before a report is generated. [GamePortTrigger {\em x} delta]

{\bf gpt\_YDelta} like gpt\_XDelta but for {\em y}. [GamePortTrigger {\em y} delta]

{\bf GRAB} IFF ILBM chunk used to specify a ``handle'' or ``hotspot'' of an image relative to its upper left corner.

{\bf Graphic Element} an object which can easily be moved about the screen, defined in {\em graphics/gels.h}. cf. VSprites, Bobs, AnimComps, AnimObs.

{\bf graphics library} Amiga ROM resident library for managing the display including vector and raster graphics, the copper and text.

{\bf GRELBOTTOM} constant used to determine the offset method for gadgets. GRELBOTTOM = 0x0008. [gadget relative bottom]

{\bf GRELHEIGHT} constant used to determine the method of relative height for gadgets. GRELHEIGHT = 0x0040. [gadget relative height]

{\bf GRELRIGHT} constant used to determine the offset method for gadgets. GRELRIGHT = 0x0010. [gadget relative right]

{\bf GRELWIDTH} constant used to determine the method of relative width for gadgets. GRELWIDTH = 0x0020. [gadget relative width]

{\bf grep} regular expression pattern matcher. [fixed grep]

{\bf GZZGADGET} constant used to specify that a gadget is to go in the border area of a gimmezerozero window. GZZGADGET = 0x2000. [gimmezerozero gadget]

\section {H}

{\bf /H} phonetic code for the consonant sound in {\bf h}ole.

{\bf \&H} {\em symb.} (\aB) prefix for hexadecimal numbers.

{\bf HAM} {\sl1\/} \abbr Hold-And-Modify. {\sl2\/} constant used in selecting hold-and-modify mode. HAM = 0x0800.

{\bf hand-drawn gadget} a gadget which is rendered as an instance of the {\em Image} structure. cf. line-drawn gadget.

{\bf HandleDListEvent} {\em (\&DList, \&Msg)} ASL library function to handle a display list gadget event. [handle display list event]

{\bf handler} code used to process an interrupt, trap, or exception. Handler code runs in supervisor mode.

{\bf Handler} mountlist keyword to specify a handler entry, e.g. Handler = L:Newcon-Handler. cf. mountlist

{\bf hard disk} a disk with relatively high storage capacity but which is generally not removable.

{\bf hardware bootup sequence} The hardware system test during power up on the Amiga are as follows: 1. Clear all chips of old data
 2. Disable DMA and interrupts during the test.
 3. Clear the screen.
 4. Check the hardware---checks to see if 68000 is functioning.
 5. Change screen color.
 6. Do a checksum test on all ROMS.
 7. Change screen color.
 8. Begining of system startup.
 9. Check RAM at \$C0000,and move SYSBASE there
10. Test All CHIP RAM.
11. Change screen color.
12. Check that software is coming in ok.
13. Change screen color.
14. Setup CHIP RAM to receive data.
15. Link the libraries
16. Check for additional memory and link it
17. Turn the DMA and interrupts back on.
18. Start a default task.
19. Check for 68010,68020, and or 68881.
20. Check to see if there is an exception---processor error
21. If so do a system reset.

During this system test the Amgia is sending vital information to the screen
with colors. If the system checks out ok, you will see the following sequence
that you have seen so meany times.DARK GRAY:  The initial hardware tested OK. the 68000 is running
                   and the registers are readable.LIGHT GRAY: The software is coming in and seems OK. WHITE:      The intialization test have passed.

If something is wrong with your system, you may see the following: RED:    If an error was found in ROMS.
GREEN:  Error found in the CHIP RAM.
BLUE:   Error was found in the custom chips.
YELLOW: If 68000 found an error before the error trapping software (GURU) was
        running.

The Keyboard has it's own processor, RAM and ROM. A selftest is peformed on
power-up in the following sequence. 1. Performs checksum on ROM's
2. Checks 64 bytes of RAM.
3. The timer is tested.
4. Performs handshake with computer and gives results of selftest.

If the keyboard does not pass the test it will notify you that it is not
working properly. This information is indicated with the blinking of the CAPS-
LOCK light. One Blink:    Keyboard ROM check failed.
Two Blinks:   Keyboard RAM checked failed.
Three Blinks: Watch dog timer failed
Four Blinks:  A short between two row lines or special control
              keys.

A common problem with Amigas is that doing a power off/power on without
waiting for capacitors to discharge will cause the CAPS-LOCK light to blink.

{\bf hardware interrupt} an interrupt generated by the hardware such as I/O buffer full interrupts and disk synchronization interrupts.

{\bf hardware manufacturer number} a unique number assigned by Commodore for all pieces of hardare supporting the AUTOCONFIG protocol.

{\bf hardware sprite} another name for a Simple Sprite. cf. Simple Sprite

{\bf header file} a file which is included at the beginning of a C program and contains definitions of data types, constant and macros. Typically has the files extension {\em .h}.

{\bf Height} field of the VSprite structure used to the height of a sprite in pixels.

{\bf height} field of the mouth\_rb structure which is the height for the mouth for the current phoneme being spoken. cf. width

{\bf HEX\$} \aB  function to return the hexadecimal value of a decimal string. {\em hexstring} = HEX\$ ({\em number}) [hexadecimal string]

{\bf HIGHBOX} constant used to specify that a menu item is to be highlighted by drawing a box around the item. HIGHBOX = 0x0080. cf. HIGHCOMP, HIGHIMAGE, HIGHNONE. [highlight by box]

{\bf HIGHCOMP} constant used to specify that a menu item is to be highlighted by the bit complement method. HIGHCOMP = 0x0040. cf. HIGHBOX, HIGHIMAGE, HIGHNONE. [highlight by complement]

{\bf HighCyl} mountlist keyword to specify the ending cylinder. cf. LowCyl, mountlist [high cylinder]

{\bf HIGHIMAGE} constant used to specify that a menu item is to be highlighted by alternate imagery or alternate text. HIGHIMAGE = 0x0000. cf. HIGHBOX, HIGHCOMP, HIGHNONE [highlight by image]

{\bf HIGHITEM} flag set by Intuition when the given menu item is highlighted. HIGHITEM = 0x2000. [highlighted item]

{\bf highlight} to modify a menu item, gadget, etc., in a way that distinguishes it from its non-selected state.

{\bf HIGHNONE} constant used to specify that a menu item is not to be highlighted. HIGHNONE = 0x00C0. cf. HIGHBOX, HIGHCOMP, HIGHIMAGE [highlight none]

{\bf high-resolution} (mode) a nominal 640 pixels in a horizontal line. A maximum of 16 colours are available in this mode. cf. low-resolution

{\bf HIRES} constant used in selecting high-resolution mode. HIRES = 0x8000.

{\bf HitMask} field of the VSprite structure used in collision detection. Used in association with the MeMask. Between these two fields the system decides which collision handler will be called.

{\bf hit select} a method of gadget selection in which a gadget is unselected as soon as the LMB is released.

{\bf hold-and-modify} a special colouring system for a display which allows access to all 4096 possible colours simultaneously.

{\bf HookEntry} IFF Parse library function which should never be called directly by the client. Call-back stub vector (language specific).

{\bf .hqx} filename extension for the MacIntosh ``BinHqx'' program.

{\bf HT} \abbr horizontal tab, ANSI control code. $<$HT$>$ = 0x9.

{\bf HTS} \abbr horizontal tabulation set, \ANSIcs. $<$HTS$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$H$>$ = 0x1B 0x48.

{\bf hue} a colour characteristic determined by a colours position in the electromagnetic spectrum.

{\bf HVP} \abbr horizontal and vertical position, \ANSIcs. $<$HVP$>$ = $<$CSI$>$$[N]$[$<$;$>$ {\em M}]$<$f$>$ = 0x9B $[N]$ [0x3B {\em M}] 0x66 = 0x1B 0x5B $[N]$ [0x3B {\em M}] 0x66.

\section {I}



{\bf I} \aB  file option to specify sequential input mode.

{\bf iabs} {\em (int $|$ short):int} \acf  to get the absolute value of an integer or short. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. abs, fabs, labs [integer absolute]

{\bf IBM} \abbr International Business Machines. Trademark of International Business Machines Corp.

{\bf ICH} \abbr insert character, \ANSIcs. Insert $N$ spaces shifting the rest of the line to the right. Default $N$=1. $<$ICH$>$ = $<$CSI$>$ $[N]$ $<$@$>$ = 0x9B $[N]$ 0x40 = 0x1B 0x5B $[N]$ 0x40

{\bf icon} shorthand for Workbench object. Usually icon definitions will be in a {\em .info} file. cf. {\em .info} file, Workbench object

{\bf IconBase} library base pointer name for {\em icon.library}, used by high-level languages.

{\bf icon.library} a file in the {\em libs:} directory that constains the icon library used to handle icons in Workbench.

{\bf ICR} \abbr interrupt control registers (part of the 6526 CIA).

{\bf IDCMP} \abbr Intuition's Direct Communication Message Ports. A method of communication used by Intuition.

{\bf IDCMPFlags} field of the NewWindow structure used to hold the initial IDCMP setting to be used with a window.

{\bf IDtoStr} {\em (LONG, \&UBYTE)\/} IFF Parse library function to convert a longword identifier to a null-terminated string. [identifier to string]

{\bf IECLASS\_POINTERPOS} input device event to specify the mouse position relative to the Intuition view origin in $640\times 400$ coordinated. [input event class pointer position]

{\bf IEEEDPAbs} {\em (double):double} IEEE double precision math library function to compute the absolute value of an IEEE double precision floating-point number. [IEEE double precision absolute]

{\bf IEEEDPAcos} {\em (double):double} IEEE double precision transcendental math library function to compute the inverse cosine of a double precision floating-point number. [IEEE double precision arccosine]

{\bf IEEEDPAdd} {\em (double, double):double} IEEE double precision math library function to perform addition of double precision floating-point numbers. [IEEE double precision addition]

{\bf IEEEDPAsin} {\em (double):double} IEEE double precision transcendental math library function to compute the inverse sine of a double precision floating-point number. [IEEE double precision arcsine]

{\bf IEEEDPAtn} {\em (double):double} IEEE double precision transcendental math library function to compute the inverse tangent of a double precision floating-point number. [IEEE double precision arctangent]

{\bf IEEEDPCeil} {\em (double):double} IEEE double precision math library function to compute the ceiling function of a double precision floating-point number. [IEEE double precision ceiling]

{\bf IEEEDPCmp} {\em (double, double):LONG} IEEE double precision math library function to compare two double precision floating point numbers setting appropriate condition codes. cf. SPCmp [IEEE double precision compare]

{\bf IEEEDPCos} {\em (double):double} IEEE double precision transcendental math library function to compute the cosine of a double precision floating-point number. [IEEE double precision cosine]

{\bf IEEEDPCosh} {\em (double):double }IEEE double precision transcendental math library function to compute the hyperbolic cosine of a double precision floating-point number. [IEEE double precision cosine, hyperbolic]

{\bf IEEEDPDiv} {\em (double, double):double} IEEE double precision math library function to perform division on double precision floating-point numbers. [IEEE double precision division]

{\bf IEEEDPExp} {\em (double):double} IEEE double precision transcendental math library function to compute the exponential ($e^x$) of a double precision floating-point number. [IEEE double precision exponential]

{\bf IEEEDPFieee} {\em (float):double} IEEE double precision transcendental math library function to convert a single precision floating-point number into a double precision floating-point number. [IEEE double precision from IEEE]

{\bf IEEEDPFix} {\em (double):int} IEEE double precision math library function to convert a double precision floating-point number into an integer. cf. IEEEDPFlt [IEEE double precision fixed]

{\bf IEEEDPFloor} {\em (double):double} IEEE double precision math library function to compute the floor function of a double precision floating-point number. cf. IEEEDPCeil [IEEE double precision floor]

{\bf IEEEDPFlt} {\em (LONG):double} IEEE double precision math library function to convert an integer into a double precision floating-point number. cf. IEEEDPFix [IEEE double precision floating]

{\bf IEEEDPLog} {\em (double):double} IEEE double precision transcendental math library function to compute the natural logarithm of a double precision floating-point number. [IEEE double precision logarithm]

{\bf IEEEDPLog10} {\em (double):double} IEEE double precision transcendental math library function to compute the common (decadic) logarithm of a double precision floating-point number. [IEEE double precision logarithm base 10]

{\bf IEEEDPMul} {\em (double, double):double} IEEE double precision math library function to multiply double precision floating-point numbers. [IEEE double precision multiply]

{\bf IEEEDPNeg} {\em (double):double} IEEE double precision math library function to perform unary minus on a double precision floating-point number. [IEEE double precision negation]

{\bf IEEEDPPow} {\em (double, double):double} IEEE double precision transcendental math library function to perform general power raising on double precision floating-point numbers. [IEEE double precision power]

{\bf IEEEDPSin} {\em (double):double} IEEE double precision transcendental math library function to compute the sine of a double precision floating-point number. [IEEE double precision sine]

{\bf IEEEDPSinCos} {\em ( \&double, double ) : double} IEEE double precision transcendental math library function to compute the sine and the cosine of a double precision floating-point number. [IEEE double precision sine cosine]

{\bf IEEEDPSinh} {\em (double):double} IEEE double precision transcendental math library function to compute the hyperbolic sine of a double precision floating-point number. [IEEE double precision sine, hyperbolic]

{\bf IEEEDPSqrt} {\em (double):double} IEEE double precision transcendental math library function to extract the square root of a double precision floating-point number. [IEEE double precision square root]

{\bf IEEEDPSub} {\em (double, double):double} IEEE double precision math library function to subtract double precision floating point numbers. [IEEE double precision subtraction]

{\bf IEEEDPTan} {\em (double):double} IEEE double precision transcendental math library function to compute the tangent of a double precision floating-point number. [IEEE double precision tangent]

{\bf IEEEDPTanh} {\em (double):double} IEEE double precision transcendental math library function to compute the hyerbolic tangent of a double precision floating-point number. [IEEE double precision tangent, hyperbolic]

{\bf IEEEDPTieee} {\em (double):float} IEEE double precision transcendental math library function to convert a double precision floating-point number to a single precision floating-point number. [IEEE double precision to IEEE]

{\bf IEEEDPTst} {\em (double):LONG} IEEE double precision math library function to test a double precision floating-point number against zero. [IEEE double precision test]

{\bf if} {\sl 1\/}C conditional statement. {\tt if} $<expression>$ $<s_1>$ [{\tt else} $<s_2>$]. If the $expression$ evaluates to true control passes to $s_1$ otherwise control passes to $s_2$ (if specified). Finally execution continues with the statement after the if. {\sl2\/}\see \#if

{\bf IF} \aB  statement for conditional branching. IF {\em expr} GOTO {\em line} [ELSE {\em elseclause}], IF {\em expr} THEN {\em thenclause} [ELSE {\em elseclause}], and other involving ELSEIF and ENDIF.

{\bf ifdef} \see \#ifdef

{\bf IFF} \abbr interchange file format.

{\bf .iff} filename extension for a file in the IFF format, usually an IFF ILBM.

{\bf ifndef} \see \#ifndef

{\bf IH} phonetic code for the vowel sound in b{\bf i}t and {\bf i}n.

{\bf IL} {\sl1\/} \abbr insert line, \ANSIcs. Insert line above the line containing the cursor. $<$IL$>$ = $<$CSI$> <$L$>$ = 0x9B 0x4C = 0x1B 0x5B 0x4C. {\sl2\/} \abbr AXL (phonetics).

{\bf ILBM} IFF FORM type for two dimensional raster graphics images. Specifically an interleaved bitplane bitmap image with a colour map. ILBM has several defined property chunks that act on the main data chunks. The required property BMHD and any optional properties must appear before the BODY chunk. cf. BMHD, CMAP, GRAB, DEST, SPRT, CAMG, BODY, CRNG, CCRT [interleaved bitmap]

{\bf illegal instruction} a processor opcode that does not correspond to a real processor instruction and results in an exception being generated.

{\bf IM} \abbr IXM (phonetics).

{\bf Image} a structure to store an image.

{\bf ImageData} a field of the VSprite structure which points to the sprite image which is stored in chip memory.

{\bf ImageShadow} a field of the Bob and VSprite structures which points to a shadow mask if used.

{\bf immediate mode} (\aB) commands are not stored in memory but are executed immediately. cf. program execution mode

{\bf IMP} \aB  material implication operator. [implication]

{\bf IN} \abbr IXN (phonetics).

{\bf INACTIVEWINDOW} IDCMP constant for window deactivation. INACTIVEWINDOW = 0x00080000. cf. ACTIVEWINDOW

{\bf include} \see \#include.

{\bf include files} files providing system structure definitions, constants are routine definitions. cf. header file

{\bf IND} \abbr index, \ANSIcs. Move the active position down one line. $<$IND$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$D$>$ = 0x1B 0x44.

{\bf IND\_ADDHANDLER} input device command to add an input handler. cf. IND\_REMHANDLER [input device add handler]

{\bf IND\_REMHANDLER} input device command to remove an input handler. cf. IND\_ADDHANLDER [input device remove handler]

{\bf IND\_SETMPORT} input device command to set the current mouse port. [input device set mouse port]

{\bf IND\_SETMTRIG} input device command to set the conditions for a mouse port report. [input device set mouse trigger]

{\bf IND\_SETMTYPE} input device command to set the current mouse port controller type. [input device set mouse type]

{\bf IND\_SETPERIOD} input device command to set the key repeat period. [input device set period]

{\bf IND\_SETTHRESH} input device command to set the key repeat threshold. [input device set threshold]

{\bf IND\_WRITEEVENT} input device command to propagate an input event to all handlers. [input device write event]

{\bf INFO} $[<device>]$ Amiga DOS command to tell you how much space is used and how much space is available on your disks, whether they are read-only or read-write, and the name of the volume. The output of INFO adjusts to allow for longer volume names. The $device$ option allows INFO to provide information on just one volume or device. [information]

{\bf .info file} the disk representation of an icon. The file contains graphical icon information and information needed to start an application. cf. icon, tool, project

{\bf InitArea} {\em (\&AreaInfo, APTR,SHORT)} graphics procedure to initialise the collection matrix. [initialise area]

{\bf InitBitMap} {\em (\&BitMap, BYTE,SHORT,SHORT)} graphics procedure to initialise a bitmap to the given parameters. [initialise bitmap]

{\bf InitCode} {\em (ULONG, ULONG)} Exec procedure to initialise all resident modules. [initialise code]

{\bf InitGels} {\em (\&VSprite, \&VSprite, \&GelsInfo)} graphics procedure to initialise a GEL list. This procedure must be called before using GELs [intialise GELs]

{\bf InitGMasks} {\em (\&AnimOb)} graphics procedure to initialise the masks for an AnimOb. [initailise GEL masks]

{\bf initialise }to prepare a strucutre, device, or general variables with initial (or default) values for later use.

{\bf InitIFF} {\em (\&IFFHandle, LONG, \&Hook)\/} IFF Parse library function to initialise an IFFHandle structure as a user stream. [initialise interchange file format]

{\bf InitIFFasClip} {\em (\&IFFHandle)\/} IFF Parse library function to initialise an IFFHandle structure as a clipboard stream. cf. OpenClipboard [initialise IFF as clipboard]

{\bf InitIFFasDOS} {\em (\&IFFHandle)\/} IFF Parse library function to initialise an IFFHandle as a DOS stream. [initialise IFF as DOS]

{\bf InitLayers} {\em (\&Layer\_Info)} Layers procedure to initialise a Layer\_Info structure. This procedure is obsolete. cf. NewLayerInfo [initialse layers]

{\bf InitMasks} {\em (\&VSprite)} graphics procedure to initialise the masks for a VSprite [initialise masks]

{\bf InitRastPort} {\em (\&RastPort)} graphics procedure to initialise a rastport. [initialise rastport]

{\bf InitRequester} {\em (\&Requester)} Intuition procedure to initialise a requester for general use. cf. Request [initialise requester]

{\bf InitResident} {\em (\&Resident, BPTR)} Exec procedure to initialise a resident module. [initialise resident]

{\bf InitSemaphore} {\em (\&SignalSemaphore)} Exec procedure to initialise a semaphore. [initialise semaphore]

{\bf InitStruct} {\em (\&InitStruct, APTR, LONG)} Exec procedure to initialise memory from a table. [initialise stucture]

{\bf InitTmpRas} {\em (\&TmpRas, APTR, LONG)} graphics procedure to initialise an area of memory for use by area-fill and flood-fill [initialise temporary raster]

{\bf InitView} {\em (\&View)} graphics procedure to initialise a view structure. [initialise view]

{\bf InitVPort} {\em (\&ViewPort)} graphics procedure to initialise a viewport. cf. MakeVPort [initialise viewport]

{\bf INKEY\$} \aB  function to return a single character from the keyboard or a null string if no key was pressed. {\em string} = INKEY\$.

{\bf INPUT} {\sl1\/} \aB  procedure to get input from the keyboard during program execution. INPUT [;][{\em prompt};]{\em variable\_list}. {\sl2\/} \aB  file option to specify sequential input mode.

{\bf INPUT\$} \aB  procedure to get string input from the keyboard or an input stream. INPUT\$ ({\em x},[\#]{\em filenumber}])

{\bf INPUT\#} \aB  procedure to read from a sequential file. INPUT\#{\em filenumber,variable\_list}.

{\bf input device} the device responsible for handling input from the keyboard and ports of the Amiga.

{\bf input event} an event detected by the input device; which (usually as a minimum) reads input from the mouse and keyboard.

{\bf input stream} a list of input events which is the current list of unprocessed input. Intuition is able to modify the contents of the input stream.

{\bf Insert} {\em (\&list, \&Node, \&Node)} Exec procedure to insert a node in a list. cf. Enqueue, Remove

{\bf InsertCxObj} {\em (\&CxObj, \&CxObj)} Commodities library function to insert the specified commodities object in a commodity object list.

{\bf INSTALL} DRIVE $<$df0  $|$  df1  $|$  df2  $|$  df3$>$: [NOBOOT] [CHECK] Amiga DOS command to handle the boot block of a formatted disk. The NOBOOT option makes the disk a DOS disk, but a non-bootable one. The CHECK option checks against valid boot code. INSTALL reports if a disk is bootable or not, and whether the standard Commodore-Amiga boot code is present on the disk. The condition flag is set to 0 if the boot code is standard, 5 (=WARN) otherwise. {\em Note:\/} INSTALL's NOBOOT option will write to the boot block on a non-DOS disk.

{\bf InstallClipRegion} {\em (\&Layer, \&Region):\&Region} Layers function to install a clip region in a layer.

{\bf INSTR} \aB  function to search for the first occurrence of one string in another string. {\em pos} = INSTR ([I,]{\em str1,str2}). [in string]

{\bf int} a predefined data type in C used for representing integers. The size of the integers which can be represented is machine dependent. On 680x0 based machines an int is usually 32~bits. [integer]

{\bf INT} \aB  function to return the floor function of a number.

{\bf integer constant} An integer whose value is fixed at compile time and cannot be changed at run-time.

{\bf integer gadget} a specific case of a string gadget supported by Intuition that only allows for the input of integers.

{\bf INTEN} \abbr Interrupt Enable; an interrupt with a software priority of 15 and a hardware priority of 6.

{\bf interlaced} a display with a nominal 400 lines for NTSC or 512 lines for PAL. High vertical resolution. Interlace is implemented by writing to every other line in a frame, and then those that were missed. cf. non-interlaced

{\bf Interleave} mountlist keyword to specify an interleave value for a drive.

{\bf Interrupt} Exec strucutre for an interrupt server or handler.

{\bf interrupt handler} a system routine that exclusively handles all processing of a particular 4703 interrupt. cf. interrupt server

{\bf interrupt priority} a measure of the importance of an interrupt; higher priority interrupts always take precedence over lower priority interrupts.

{\bf interrupt server} a routine to handle a single 4703 interrupt. cf. interrupt handler

{\bf IntuiMessage} an extended form of the Exec message structure, which contains Intuition-specific information. Defined in {\em intuition/intuition.h}. [intuition message]

{\bf IntuiText} an Intuition structure used in text rendering. Defined in {\em intuition/intuition.h}. [intuition text]

{\bf IntuiTextLength} {\em (\&IntuiText)} Intuition procedure to return the pixel width of the given text. [intuition text length]

{\bf INTUITICKS} IDCMP constant sent from intuition to give rough pacing. INTUITICKS = 0x00400000.

{\bf Intuition} the Amiga's user interface. Intuition on the Amiga is software that controls the interaction between person and machine. Intuition software manages the window display system for input and output, makes available flexible use of the Amiga's multitasking capabilities, graphic capabilities, and sound capabilities.

{\bf Intuition} {\em (\&InputEvent)} Intuition's main entry point. This is the place where the input stream enters Intuition.

{\bf IntuitionBase} {\sl1\/} an Intuition structure that holds Intuition information, such as the currently active screen. Defined in {\em intuition/ intuitionbase.h}. {\sl2\/} library base pointer name for {\em intuition.library}, used by high-level languages.

{\bf intuition.h} a file in the {\em intuition} subdirectory of the include files, that contains Intuition structure definitions for C programmers. Some versions of Pascal also provide a .h file.

{\bf intuition.i} a file in the {\em intuition} subdirectory of the include files, that contains Intuition structure definitions for assembly language programmers.

{\bf Intuition's Direct Communication Message Ports} (IDCMP) a communication system using Exec messages which makes input stimuli available in its most raw form, and allows your programs to communicate with Intuition. Each IDCMP consists of a pair of message ports, one port supplied by your program and one by Intuition.

{\bf INVERSVID} constant used to specify that characters are to be inversed. Nothing is drawn for the character, but its background is rendered in FrontPen. INVERSVID = 4. [inverse video]

{\bf InvertKeyMap} {\em (ULONG, \&InputEvent, \&KeyMap): ULONG} Commodities library function to translate an InputEvent into an ANSI character code.

{\bf invisible gadget }a gadget without a pictorial representation, activated by selecting its hidden position within a window or screen.

{\bf I/O} \abbr input/output

{\bf ioa\_AllocKey} field of the IOAudio structure used to hold allocated channels, initially filled in by the system. [IOAudio allocation key]

{\bf ioa\_Cycles} field of the IOAudio structure that is the number of times to play the sample. [IOAudio cycles]

{\bf ioa\_Data} field of the IOAudio structure that is a pointer to a sample or an allocation mask. [IOAudio data]

{\bf ioa\_Length} field of the IOAudio structure that holds the length of a sample or an allocation mask. [IOAudio length]

{\bf ioa\_Period} field of the IOAudio structure that is the playback speed. [IOAudio period]

{\bf ioa\_Request} field of the IOAudio structure that is a standard IORequest structure. [IOAudio IORequest]

{\bf IOAudio} audio device structure that is the I/O request structure for the audio device. Defined in {\em devices/audio.h}. [input output audio]

{\bf ioa\_Volume} field of the IOAudio structure that is the volume of the sound. [IOAudio volume]

{\bf ioa\_WriteMsg} field of the IOAudio structure that is filled in by the audio device. [IOAudio write message]

{\bf io\_Baud} field of the IOExtSer structure which contains the real requested baud rate from 1 to 4 294 967 296.

{\bf IOB\_QUICK} constant, used to indicate a quick I/O request. IOB\_QUICK = 0. [input output bit quick]

{\bf io\_BrkTime} field of the IOExtSer structure that specifies how long a break command is to last. [I/O break time]

{\bf io\_ClipID} field of the IOClipReq structure used for clip identification. [I/O clip identifier]

{\bf IOClipReq} clipboard device structure that is an extended form of the IORequest structure. Defined in {\em devices/clipboard.h}. [I/O clipboard request]

{\bf io\_ColorMap} field of the IODRPReq structure that is a pointer to a ColorMap (can be custom).

{\bf io\_CtlChar} field of the IOExtSer structure used to specify control characters for use as XON, XOFF, INQ and ACK respectively. [I/O control characters]

{\bf io\_DestCols} field of the IODRPReq structure that holds the dump width in printer pixels. [I/O destination columns]

{\bf io\_DestRows} field of the IODRPReq structure that hold the dump height in printer pixels. [I/O destination rows]

{\bf IODRPReq} printer device structure used for dumping RastPort structures. Defined in {\em devices/printer.h}. [I/O dump RastPort request]

{\bf io\_ExtFlags} field of the IOExtSer structure that includes parity flag information. [I/O extension flags]

{\bf IOExtPar} parallel device structure that holds parameter information for the parallel port. Defined in {\em devices/parallel.h.} [I/O extensions parallel]

{\bf IOExtSer} serial device structure used to send requests to the serial device. Defined in {\em devices/erial.h}. [I/O extension serial]

{\bf IOExtTD} trackdisk device structure that is an extension of the IOStdReq structure. Defined in {\em devices/trackdisk.h}. [I/O extension trackdisk]

{\bf iomode} {\em (int, int):int} \scf  to change the mode of a level 1 file. Defined in {\em fcntl.h.} cf. open, getfc [I/O mode]

{\bf io\_Modes} field of the IODRPReq structure that must contain view mode information from a ViewPort structure.

{\bf io\_ParFlags} field of the IOExtPar structure that holds flags for the parallel device. [I/O parallel flags]

{\bf io\_PExtFlags} field of the IOExtPar structure reserved for future use. [I/O parallel extension flags]

{\bf io\_PTermArray} field of the IOExtPar structure which is a byte-array of eight termination characters to mark the end-of-file condition for the parallel device. [I/O parallel terminal array]

{\bf io\_RastPort} field of the IODRPReq structure that is a pointer to the RastPort to be printed.

{\bf io\_RBufLen} field of the IOExtSer structure which is the recommended size for the buffer size to be allocated by the serial device. [I/O read buffer length]

{\bf io\_ReadLen} field of the IOExtSer structure which specifies how many bits are to be read per character, usually 7 or 8. [I/O read length]

{\bf IORequest} Exec structure that is a minimal structure for an I/O request. Defined in {\em exec/io.h}. cf. IOStdRequest [input output request]

{\bf I/O request} a request directed to a device unit. [input output request]

{\bf io\_ScrHeight} field of the IODRPReq structure that is the height to print from io\_ScrY. [I/O screen height]

{\bf io\_ScrWidth} field of the IODRPReq structure that is the width to print from io\_ScrX. [I/O screen width]

{\bf io\_ScrX} field of the IODRPReq structure that is the {\em x}-offset into the RastPort to start printing from. [I/O screen {\em x}]

{\bf io\_ScrY} field of the IODRPReq structure that is the {\em y}-offset into the RastPort to start printing from. [I/O screen {\em y}]

{\bf io\_SerFlags} field of the IOExtSer structure which holds flags for the serial device. cf. SERF\_ [I/O serial flags]

{\bf io\_Special} field of the IODRPReq structure that holds extra information. cf. SPECIAL\_ [I/O special]

{\bf io\_Status} {\sl1\/} field of the IOExtPar structure that contains printer status bits returned by the PDCMD\_QUERY command. {\sl2\/} field of the IOExtSer structure which holds status information after a SDCMD\_QUERY command. cf. Appendix 9 [I/O status]

{\bf IOStdReq} Exec structure that is an expanded structure for an I/O request. cf. IORequest [input output standard request]

{\bf io\_StopBits} field of the IOExtSer structure which is how many stop bits are to be expected or send for each character, usually 1 or 2. [I/O stop bits]

{\bf iotd\_Count} field of the IOExtTD structure that helps stop old I/O request from occurring when a disk change has occurred. [I/O trackdisk count]

{\bf iotd\_SecLabel} field of the IOExtTD structure that allows access to the sector identification area of a sector header. [I/O trackdisk sector label]

{\bf io\_TermArray} field of the IOExtSer structure which holds eight characters which may be used for the end-of-file condition when using the serial port.

{\bf io\_WriteLen} field of the IOExtSer structure which specifies how many bits are to be sent per character, usually 7 or 8. [I/O write length]

{\bf IPA} \abbr International Phonetic Alphabet. A phonetic alphabet used by most dictionaries, but is not that used with the narrator device. cf. arpabet.

{\bf isalnum} {\em (int):int} \acf  to test if a character is alphanumeric. Defined in {\em ctype.h.} cf. isalpha, isascii, isdigit [is alphanumeric]

{\bf isalpha} {\em (int):int} \acf  to test if a character is a alphabetic. Defined in {\em ctype.h.} cf. isalnum, isascii, isdigit, islower, isupper [is alphabetic]

{\bf isascii} {\em (int):int} \acf  to test if a character is a ASCII token. Defined in {\em ctype.h.} cf. isalnum, iscntrl, isgraph, isprint, ispunct, isspace [is ASCII]

{\bf isatty} {\em (int):int} UNIX C function to test a file descriptor for a terminal. cf. open [is a teletype]

{\bf iscntrl} {\em (int):int} \acf  to test if a character is a control character. Defined in {\em ctype.h}. cf. isalnum, isalpha, isascii, isprint [is control]

{\bf iscsym} {\em (int):int} \acf  to test if a character is a C symbol character. Defined in {\em ctype.h}. cf. iscsymf, isspace, isxdigit [is C symbol]

{\bf iscsymf} {\em (int):int} \acf  to test if a character is a C symbol lead character. Defined in {\em ctype.h}. cf. iscsym, isspace, isxdigit [is C symbol first]

{\bf isdigit} {\em (int):int} \acf  to test if a character is a digit. Defined in {\em ctype.h}. cf. isalnum, isalpha, isxdigit [is digit]

{\bf ISDRAWN }flag set by Intuition when a menu item's subitems are currently drawn. ISDRAWN = 0x1000.

{\bf isgraphic} {\em (int):int }\acf  to test if a character is a graphic character. Defined in {\em ctype.h}. cf. isalnum, isalpha, isprint, ispunct, isspace, isdigit [is graphic]

{\bf islower} {\em (int):int} \acf  to test if a character is a lower case character. Defined in {\em ctype.h}. cf. isupper, isalpha [is lower (case)]

{\bf ISO} \abbr International Standards Organisation.

{\bf isprint} {\em (int):int} \acf  to test if a character is a printable character. Defined in {\em ctype.h.} cf. isalnum, iscntrl, isspace [is printable]

{\bf ispunct} {\em (int):int} \acf  to test if a character is a punctuation character. Defined {\em ctype.h.} cf. isalpha, isspace, isalnum, iscsym [is punctuation]

{\bf isspace} {\em (int):int} \acf  to test if a character is a space character. Defined in {\em ctype.h.} cf. isalnum, isalpha, iscsym, isdigit, isgraphic, ispunct, isxdigit [is space]

{\bf isupper} {\em (int):int} \acf  to test if a character is an upper case character. Defined in {\em ctype.h}. cf. islower, isalpha [is upper (case)]

{\bf isxdigit} {\em (int):int} \acf  to test if a character is a hexadecimal digit. Defined in {\em ctype.h.} cf. isdigit, isalpha, issspace [is hexadecimal digit]

{\bf ITALIC} constant, used to specify that a character is to be a slant to the right by shifting subsequent upward line positions to the right one bit position for every second count up from the bottom of the character. ITALIC = 4.

{\bf ItemAddress} {\em (\&Menu, USHORT):\&MenuItem} Intuition function to return the address of the menu item within a menu.

{\bf ITEMENABLED} constant used to specify that a menu item is currently enabled. ITEMENABLED = 0x0010.

{\bf ITEMTEXT} constant used to specify that a menu item is textual. ITEMTEXT = 0x0002.

{\bf IX} phonetic code for the vowel sound in sol{\bf i}d and infin{\bf i}te. This code should never be used in stressed syllables.

{\bf IY} phonetic code for the vowel sound in b{\bf ee}t and {\bf ea}t.

\section {J}



{\bf J} phonetic code for the consonant sound in {\bf j}ud{\bf g}e.

{\bf JAM1} constant used to specify that text or line drawing is to be rendered with the FrontPen colour, and the background is not to be changed. JAM1 = 0.

{\bf JAM2} constant used to specify the way characters are rendered. It specifies the character is drawn in FrontPen, and the background in BackPen; previous imagery at the characters position will be destroyed. JAM2 = 1.

{\bf JOIN} $<name> <name>^*$ AS  $|$  TO $<name>$ Amiga DOS command to concatenate up to fifteen files to make a new file. TO and AS may be used interchangeably.

{\bf jrand48} {\em (short[3]):long} UNIX C function to generate a signed long integer on integer U[-2³¹,2³¹-1] using a 48-bit LCG, with an external seed. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. erand48, nrand48, mrand48 [random 48-bit]

\section {K}



{\bf K} phonetic code for the consonant sound in {\bf C}ommodore.

{\bf KBD\_ADDRESETHANDLER} keyboard device command to add a handler to the operations performed before a hard reset. cf. KBD\_REM\-RESET\-HANDLER [keyboard device add reset handler]

{\bf KBD\_READEVENT} keyboard device command to return the next keyboard event. [keyboard device read event]

{\bf KBD\_READMATRIX} keyboard device command to read the current state of the keyboard matrix. [keyboard device read matrix]

{\bf KBD\_REMRESETHANDLER} keyboard device to remove a reset handler. cf. KBD\_ADD\-RESET\-HANDLER [keyboard device remove reset handler]

{\bf KBD\_RESETHANDLERDONE} keyboard device command to indicate that reset is allowed to occur. [keyboard device reset handler done]

{\bf KCF\_ALT} key code qualifier flag used to indicate that a key was pressed while the alternate key was pressed. KCF\_ALT = 0x02. [key code flag alternate]

{\bf KCF\_CONTROL} key code qualifier flag used to indicate that a key was pressed while the control key was pressed. KCF\_CONTROL = 0x04. [key code flag control]

{\bf KCF\_DEAD} key code qualifier flag used to indicate a dead-class key press. [key code flag dead-class]

{\bf KCF\_SHIFT} key code qualifier flag used to indicate that a key was pressed while the shift key was pressed. KCF\_SHIFT = 0x01. [key code flag shift]

{\bf KCF\_STRING} key code flag indicating that the result of a key press is to be a stream of bytes. KCF\_STRING = 0x40. [key code string]

{\bf KCmpStr} debug.lib routine to compare two null-terminated strings. [K compare strings]

{\bf KC\_NOQUAL} key code indicating that no qualifying key was pressed. KC\_NOQUAL = 0x00. [key code no qualifier]

{\bf KC\_VANILLA} key code indicating which qualifying keys were pressed. KC\_VANILLA = KCF\_ALT $+$ KCF\_SHIFT $+$ KCF\_CONTROL = 0x07. [key code vanilla]

{\bf keyboard.device} A device which produces input events for the keyboard. The keyboard matrix can be read directly or the input events can be read.

{\bf keyboard layout} The position of actual keys on the keyboard. This differs depending on where the Amiga was purchased, and is distinct from the keymap.

{\bf keyboard matrix} The physical mesh of wries connecting the key-switches on the keyboard. Used by the system to ascertain which keys are pressed at any particular time.

{\bf KeyMap} console device structure used to store a keymap.

{\bf keymap} a mapping from the physical keys of the keyboard to the logical character set, including the specification of qualification keys.

{\bf KGetChar} debug.lib routine to get a character from the console. [K get character]

{\bf KGetNum} debug.lib routine to get a number from the console. [K get number]

{\bf Kickstart} The Amiga Operating System ROM, also available on disk for A1000 systems.

{\bf KILL} \aB  command to delete a file from the disk. KILL {\em filespec}

{\bf KMayGetChar} debug.lib routine to get a character if one is available but don't wait. [K maybe get character]

{\bf knob} {\sl1\/} the object manipulated by the user on a proportional gadget. {\sl2\/} the object attached to the end of a shaft on a potentiometer.

{\bf KNOBHIT} constant; set as a flag by Intuition when a gadget knob is selected by the user. KNOBHIT = 0x0100.

{\bf KPrintF} debug.lib routine to print formatted data to the console. [K print formatted]

{\bf KPutChar} debug.lib routine to put a character to the console. [K put character]

{\bf KPutStr} debug.lib routine to put a string to the console. [K put string]

{\bf KYBD:} \aB  input device, indicating that data is to be read from the keyboard. cf. SCRN: [keyboard]

\section {L}

{\bf l} C suffix to indicate a long integer constant. cf. L

{\bf L} {\sl 1\/} phonetic code for the vowel sound in {\bf l}ong. {\sl 2\/} C suffix used to indicate a long integer constant; for example 956L, 0xA3L, 0L.

{\bf labs} {\em (long):long} \acf  to get the absolute value of a long integer. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. abs, fabs, iabs

{\bf LACE} constant used in selecting interlace mode. LACE = 0x0004.

{\bf LALT} {\sl1\/} constant used in the Qualifier field of the input stream, to indicate that the left alternate key is pressed. LALT = 4. {\sl2\/} {\em abbr}. left alternate (usually in angle brackets, {\em viz}. $<$LALT$>$). cf. RALT [left alternate]

{\bf LAMIGA} the key on the left side of the keyboard, labelled with a fancy {\em A}, or the Commodore symbol. Used for Intuition functions. cf. RAMIGA [left Amiga]

{\bf last in first out} A way of describing a stack. The first item placed on the stack will be the first item removed from the stack.

{\bf Lattice} Older name for the SAS C compiler. Trademark of Lattice.

{\bf Layer} a graphics structure for storing layer information.

{\bf Layer\_Info} a Layers structure used for storing layer information.

{\bf layer refresh} The action of redrawing part or all of a layer which may have been damaged.

{\bf LayersBase} library base pointer name for {\em layers.library}, used by high-level languages.

{\bf LAYERSIMPLE} constant used to specify a simple refresh layer. LAYERSIMPLE = 1. cf. LAYERSMART, LAYERSUPER

{\bf Layers library} a ROM resident library which provides routines used to manage overlapping rectangular drawing regions in a common display. The Amiga windowing system is based on layers.

{\bf LAYERSMART} constant used to specify a smart refresh layer. LAYERSMART = 2. cf LAYERSIMPLE, LAYERSUPER

{\bf LAYERSUPER} constant used to specify a SuperBitMap layer. LAYERSUPER = 4. cf. LAYERSIMPLE, LAYERSMART

{\bf LBOUND} \aB  function to return the lower bound of an array. {\em bound} = LBOUND ({\em array\_name}[,{\em dimension}]). cf. UBOUND [lower bound]

{\bf LCG} \abbr linear congruential generator.

{\bf LCOMMAND} constant used in the Qualifier field of the input stream, to indicate that the left Amiga key is pressed. LCOMMAND = 7. cf. RCOMMAND [leftt command]

{\bf lcong48} {\em (short[7])} UNIX C function to alter the parameters of the LCG used to generate random numbers. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. seed48, srand48, drand48, erand48, lrand48, nrand48, mrand48, jrand48 [linear congruential 48-bit]

{\bf ldexp} {\em (double, int):double} \acf  to add an integer to the exponent part of a floating-point number. Defined in {\em math.h.} cf. frexp [load exponent]

{\bf LEFT\$} \aB  function to return a left-bounded substring of another string. {\em substring} = LEFT\$ ({\em string,size}). cf. MID\$, RIGHT\$ [left string]

{\bf LEFTBORDER} constant used to specify that a gadget is to be rendered in the left border of a window. LEFTBORDER = 0x0020. cf. RIGHTBORDER, TOPBORDER, BOTTOMBORDER

{\bf LEFTHIT} constant used to specify that a GEL has hit the left boundary. LEFTHIT = 4. cf. TOPHIT, BOTTOMHIT,RIGHTHIT, leftmost

{\bf leftmost} field of the GelsInfo structure that specifies the left boundary for sprites. cf. topmost, bottommost, rightmost

{\bf left mouse button} the button on the left side of the mouse, used for making gadget selections, dragging, and often as a fire button in games and applications. cf. right mouse button

{\bf LEN} \aB  function to return the length of a string. {\em size} = LEN ({\em string}) [length]

{\bf LET} \aB  procedure to assign the value of an expression to a variable. [LET] {\em variable} = {\em expression}.

{\bf LF} {\em abbr}. line feed, ANSI control code, $<$LF$>$=0xA.

{\bf .lha} filename extension for older versions of Lempel-Ziv encoders. Can be decoded by lha or lz.

{\bf .lhw} filename extension for a file compressed with ``lhwarp.''

{\bf LIBF\_CHANGED} Library structure flag controlled by the system. LIBF\_CHANGED = 2 [library flag changed]

{\bf LIBF\_DELEXP} Library structure flag set when an application has requested expunge, but another application is still using the library. LIBF\_DELEXP = 8 [library flag delete expunge]

{\bf LIBF\_SUMMING} Library structure flag controlled by the system. LIBF\_SUMMING = 1 [library flag summing]

{\bf LIBF\_SUMUSED} Library structure flag controlled by the system. LIBF\_SUMUSED = 4 [library flag sum used]

{\bf library} a collection of reentrant routines that are related, and are to be accessible by any number of applications. Some libraries are resident in the system ROM, others are loaded from disk when they are required.

{\bf Library} an Exec structure that contains information required to manage a library. Defined in {\em exec/libraries.h}.

{\bf LIBRARY} \aB  procedure to open or close a library. LIBRARY ``{\em lib\_name}'' or LIBRARY CLOSE.

{\bf library vector offset} (LVO) an offset into a Library structure to a jump to a library function.

{\bf LIFO} \abbr Last-In First-Out, a way of describing a stack.

{\bf LINE} \aB  procedure to draw a line or box in the current output window. LINE [[STEP] ({\em x1,y1})]-[STEP]({\em x2,y2}),[colour],[b[f]]

{\bf line} \see \#line

{\bf line 1010 emulator} 680x0 exception vector 0xA for the execution of an opcode beginning with 0xA.

{\bf line 1111 emulator} 680x0 exception vector 0xB for the execution of an opcode beginning with 0xF.

{\bf line drawing} A drawing produced with line drawing commands, such as Draw. Distinct from imagery produced by bit-mapping.

{\bf LINE INPUT} \aB  procedure to read an entire line from the keyboard. LINE INPUT [;][{\tt "}{\em prompt}{\tt "};]{\em string\_variable}. cf. INPUT

{\bf LINE INPUT\#} \aB  procedure to read an entire line from a sequential file. LINE INPUT\#{\em filenumber,string\_variable}. cf. LINE INPUT, INPUT\#

{\bf line-drawn gadget} a gadget rendered by a series of line drawing commands. cf. hand-drawn gadget

{\bf line pattern} A mask used in rendering lines. Used to gives lines dashed or dotted appearances.

{\bf LinePtrn} field of the RastPort structure that holds the pattern for line drawing, specify 0xFFFF for solid lines, and 0xCCCC for dotted lines.

{\bf linked list} {\em see} list.

{\bf LINKLIB} machine language macro defined in {\em exec/libraries.i} which performs linkage to library functions for assembly language programmers.

{\bf list} an unsorted chain of elements connected by pointers. Lists can have an arbitrary number of external pointers.

{\bf List} Exec structure for a header for a Node structure list. cf. MinList

{\bf LIST} \aB  command to list the program currently in memory to a list window, a file, or a device. LIST [{\em line}][-[{\em line}]][,{\tt "}{\em filename}{\tt "}]. cf. LLIST

{\bf list header} a structure that maintains pointers to the first and last nodes of a linked chain of nodes.

{\bf list window} (\aB) a window in which programs can be listed, edited and traced. cf. output window

{\bf LLIST} \aB  command to redirect a listing to the printer. LLIST [{\em line}][-[{\em line}]]. cf. LIST [line list]

{\bf LMB} \abbr Left Mouse Button

{\bf LNM} {\em abbr}. linefeed newline mode. $<$LNM$>$ = $<$2$> <$0$>$ = 0x32 0x30.

{\bf LOAD} \aB  command to load a file from disk into memory. LOAD [{\em filespec}[,R]]. cf. CHAIN, MERGE, SAVE

{\bf LoadRGB4} {\em (\&ViewPort, UWORD,SHORT)} graphics procedure to load colour values from a table. cf. SetRGB4 [load RGB 4bits/component]

{\bf LoadSegBlock} information loaded at boot time which contains drive specific initialization. [load segment block]

{\bf LoadView} {\em (\&View)} graphics procedure to use a copper processor list to create a display.

{\bf LOC} \aB  function to return the number of the lasr record read or written in a random access file. {\em x} = LOC ({\em filenumber}). [location]

{\bf LocalItemData} {\em (\&LocalContextItem): \&UBYTE\/} IFF Parse library function to get a pointer to user data for local context item.

{\bf LOCATE} \aB  procedure to position the pen. LOCATE [{\em line}] [,{\em column}].

{\bf lock} An AmigaDOS structure that arbitrates access to shared files.

{\bf LOCK} $<drive>$: [ON  $|$  OFF] [$<passkey>$] Amiga DOS command to set the write protect status of a hard disk using the FastFileSystem. The LOCK command sets or unsets the write protect status flag of a hard disk drive or partition mounted using the FastFileSystem. The LOCK remains on until the system is rebooted or until the LOCK is turned off with the LOCK OFF command. An optional four character passkey may be specified. If the passkey is used to lock a hard disk partition, the same passkey must also be specified to unlock the partition.

{\bf LockIBase} {\em (ULONG):ULONG} Intuition function to safely secure IntuitionBase. cf. UnlockIBase [lock intuition base]

{\bf LockLayer} {\em (LONG, \&Layer)} Layers proecure to lock a layer. cf. UnlockLayer, LockLayerRom, LockLayerInfo

{\bf LockLayerInfo} {\em (\&Layer\_Info)} Layers procedure to the lock the given Layer\_Info structure. cf. UnlockLayerInfo, LockLayer

{\bf LockLayerRom} {\em (\&Layer)} graphics procedure to lock a Layer structure. cf. UnlockLayerRom

{\bf LockLayers} {\em (\&Layer\_Info)} Layers procedure to lock all the layers from graphical output. cf. LockLayer

{\bf LOF} \aB  function to return the length of a lile. {\em x} = LOF ({\em filenumber}). [length of file]

{\bf LOFCprList} long-frame copper list.

{\bf log} {\em (double):double} \acf  to take the natural logarithm of a floating-point number. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. exp, log10 [logarithm]

{\bf LOG} \aB  function to return the natural logarithm of an expression. {\em x} = LOG ({\em expression}). cf. EXP [logarithm]

{\bf log10} {\em (double):double} \acf  to take the common (decadic) logarithm of a floating-point number. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. log, pow [logarithm (base) 10]

{\bf long} a predefined data type in C used for representing large integers. The size of the integers which can be represented is machine dependent. On Amiga's a long is 32~bits.

{\bf LONGINT }constant used to specify that a gadget is to be the integer type. LONGINT = 0x0002. cf. integer gadget

{\bf longjmp} {\em (jmp\_buf, int)} \acf  to perform a jump. Defined in {\em setjmp.h.} cf. setjmp [long jump]

{\bf LOWCHECKWIDTH} constant which is the number of pixels on a low-resolution screen required to render the default (tick) checkmark. LOWCHECKWIDTH = 13. cf. CHECKWIDTH [low-resolution checkmark width]

{\bf LOWCOMMWIDTH} constant which is the number of pixels on a low-resolution screen required to render a command-key sequence for a menu item. LOWCOMMWIDTH = 16. cf. COMMWIDTH [low-resolution command-key width]

{\bf LowCyl} mountlist keyword to specify the starting cyclinder to use. cf. HighCyl, mountlist [low cylinder]

{\bf low-resolution} (mode) a nominal 320 pixels in a horizontal line. In this mode a maximum of 32 colours are available (except when HAM of EHB modes are in use). cf. high-resolution

{\bf LPOS} \aB  function to return the current position of the line printers print head position within the line printer buffer. {\em x} = LPOS ({\em dummy}). [line position]

{\bf LPRINT} \aB  procedure to print data on a line printer. LPRINT [{\em expression\_list}], and LPRINT USING {\em string-expression}; {\em  expression-list}. cf. PRINT [line print]

{\bf LPT1:} \aB  output device, indicating that data is to be written to a line printer. cf. PRT: [line printer 1]

{\bf LPT1:BIN} \aB  output device, indicating binary output to a line printer. [line printer 1 binary]

{\bf lqsort} {\em (\&long, int)} UNIX C function to sort an array of longs. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. qsort, sqsort [long quicksort]

{\bf lrand48} {\em ():long} UNIX C function to generate a non-negative long integer on integer U[0,2³¹-1] using a 48-bit LCG with an internal seed. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. nrand48, drand48, mrand48, srand48, seed48, lcong48, rand [long random 48-bit]

{\bf lsbrk} {\em (long):\&char} \scf  to allocate level 1 memory. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. rbrk, sbrk, getmem, malloc [long set break]

{\bf lseek} {\em (int, long, int):long} UNIX C function to move the byte cursor of a level 1 file to a new position. Defined in {\em fcntl.h}. cf. tell, open, fseek [long seek]

{\bf LSET} \aB  function to move data from memory to a random file buffer with left justification. LSET {\em string\_variable} = {\em string\_expression}. cf. RSET, PUT, GET [left set]

{\bf .luu} filename extension for a uuencoded lharc file.

{\bf LVO} \abbr Library Vector Offset

{\bf LZ} \abbr Lempel Ziv, compression family. [A. Lempel \& J. Ziv]

{\bf .lzh} filename extension for a file or archive compressed with Lempel-Ziv compression. Sometimes used interchangeably with {\em .lha.} Some products to handle these files are lharc, lz, lha, and lharca.

\section {M}



{\bf M} phonetic code for the vowel sound in {\bf m}en.

{\bf main} {\em (int,argv)} ANSI C principal function. Amiga base function is defined in {\em workbench/startup.h}. cf. exit, \_exit, \_main, \_tinymain

{\bf \_main} {\em (\&char)} \scf  for standard preprocessing for the main module. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. \_tinymain, main

{\bf MakeDosNode} {\em (\&LONG):\&DeviceNode} Expansion function to construct the DOS data structures that a disk needs. cf. AddDosNode

{\bf MakeFunctions} {\em (APTR, APTR, APTR):ULONG} Exec function to create a function jump table (typically for a library).

{\bf MakeLibrary} {\em (APTR, \&InitStruct, APTR, ULONG, BPTR):\&Library} Exec function for constructing a library vector offset area and data area.

{\bf MakeScreen} {\em (\&Screen)} an Intuition procedure that calls MakeVPort for the given screen. cf. RethinkDisplay, RemakeDisplay

{\bf MakeVPort} {\em (\&View, \&ViewPort)} graphics procedure to generate a copper list for a display. cf. InitVPort [make viewport]

{\bf malloc} {\em (unsigned):\&char} \acf  to allocate level 3 memory. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. calloc, realloc, free, getmem, sbrk, AllocMem [memory allocate]

{\bf mask} an auxillary bit-plane for a gadget which specifies the selection area of the gadget.

{\bf Mask} mountlist keyword to specify the address mask range that DMA transfers can use. Used with the FastFileSystem. cf. mountlist

{\bf MatchToolValue} {\em (APTR, LONG):LONG} Icon library function to check a ToolType for a particular value.

{\bf MathBase} library base pointer name for {\em mathffp.library}, used by high-level languages.

{\bf matherr} {\em (\&exception):int} UNIX C math error handler function. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. except, \_fperr [mathematical error]

{\bf mathffp.library} Library containing arithmetical routines which use the FFP representation.

{\bf MathIeeeDoubBasBase} library base pointer name for {\em mathieeedoubbas. library}, used by high-level languages.

{\bf mathieeedoubbas.library} Library containing basic arithmetic routines for the double precision IEEE representation.

{\bf MathIeeeDoubTransBase} library base pointer name for {\em mathieeedoubtrans. library}, used by high-level languages.

{\bf mathieeedoubtrans.library} Library containing transcendental routines for the double precision IEEE representation.

{\bf math library} Any library which provides mathematical operations. Libraries might contain basic arithmetic functions or transcendental function and other special functions. The system comes with math libraries for FFP (Motorola fast floating point) and IEEE. Compiler may also have their own mathematics libraries.

{\bf MathTransBase} library base pointer name for {\em mathtrans.library}, used by high-level languages

{\bf mathtrans.library} Library containing transcendental math function for the FFP representation.

{\bf max} {\em (type,type):type} UNIX C macro function to compute the maximum of two values. Defined in {\em math.h} as \#define $\max(x,y) ((x)>(y)?(x):(y))$. cf. min [maximum]

{\bf MAXPOT} constant, the largest value allowed in a pot variable for a gadget. MAXPOT = 0xFFFF. [maximum potentiometer]

{\bf MaxTransfer} mountlist keyword to specify the maximum number of blocks transferred. Used with the FastFileSystem. cf. mountlist [maximum transfer]

{\bf MeMask} field of the VSprite structure used in collision detection. cf. HitMask.

{\bf memccpy} {\em (\&char, \&char,char, unsigned):\&char} \acf  to copy a memory block up to a character. Defined in {\em string.h.} cf. memchr, memcpy [memory character copy]

{\bf memchr} {\em (\&char,char, unsigned):\&char} \acf  to find a character in a memory block. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. memccpy, memcmp [memory character]

{\bf MemCleanup} {\em ()} SAS C AmigaDOS function to deallocate all allocated memory. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. [memory clean-up]

{\bf MEMCLEAR} Amiga DOS command to reclaim wasted memory.

{\bf memcmp} {\em (\&char, \&char, unsigned):int} \acf  to compare two memory blocks. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. memccpy, memchr, memcpy, memsetm movmem, repmem, setmem, swmem [memory compare]

{\bf memcpy} {\em (\&char, \&char, unsigned):\&char} \acf  to copy a block of memory. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. memccpy, memcmp, movmem, repmem, swmem [memory copy]

{\bf MEMF\_CHIP} constant; used to specify a memory block within the address space of the Amiga custom chips. MEMF\_CHIP = 2. cf. MEMF\_FAST [memory flag chip]

{\bf MEMF\_CLEAR} constant; used to specify that memory is to be zeroed on allocation. MEMF\_CLEAR = 65536. [memory flag clear]

{\bf MEMF\_FAST} constant; used to specify a memory block outside the address space of the Amiga custom chips. MEMF\_FAST = 4. cf. MEMF\_CHIP [memory flag fast]

{\bf MEMF\_LARGEST} constant; used to specify that you want to know the largest section of contiguous memory on a AvailMem call. MEMF\_LARGEST = 131072. [memory flag largest]

{\bf MEMF\_PUBLIC} constant; used to specify that a memory block is to be used for different tasks or interrupt code. MEMF\_PUBLIC = 1. [memory flag public]

{\bf MemEntry} Exec structure used for multiple memory allocations and deallocations. Defined in {\em exec/memory.h}.

{\bf MemHeader} Exec structure used for managing local memory. Defined in {\em exec/memory.h}.

{\bf MemList} Exec structure used for multiple memory allocations and deallocations. Defined in {\em exec/memory.h}.

{\bf memory} Primary storage. Includes RAM, ROM, EPROM, etc.

{\bf memset} {\em (\&char,char, unsigned):\&char} \acf  to set a block of memory to a value. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. memccpy, memchr, repmem, setmem, swmem [memory set]

{\bf menu} a list of topics.

{\bf Menu} an Intuition structure for a menu. Defined in {\em intuition/intuition.h}.

{\bf MENU} {\sl1\/} \aB  procedure to control menus. MENU {\em menu\_id}, {\em menu\_id}, {\em state}[, {\em title\_string}] or MENU RESET. {\sl2\/} \aB  function to report on the last menu event. MENU (0 $|$ 1). cf. SLEEP. {\sl3\/} \aB  procedure to control menu event trapping. MENU ON $|$ OFF $|$ STOP.

{\bf menu bar} the list of topics that appears in a screen's title bar when the right mouse button is pressed.

{\bf menu box} The box in which menu items appear when you press the right mouse button.

{\bf menu button} another name for the right mouse button.

{\bf MENUCANCEL} constant that you set when you wish to refuse a menu event. MENUCANCEL = 0x0002. cf. MENUHOT

{\bf menu checkmark} {\em See\/} checkmark.

{\bf menu command} An action which is the result of selecting a menu item.

{\bf MENUDOWN} constant, MOUSEBUTTONS event recieved when the right mouse button is depressed. MENUDOWN = 0x69. cf. MENUUP, SELECTDOWN

{\bf MENUENABLED} constant used to specify that a menu is enabled. MENUENABLED = 0x0001.

{\bf MENUHOT} constant used when a menu event has occurred and your window is the active window. Your program must decide whether or not to accept the event. MENUHOT = 0x0001. cf. MENUWAITING, MENUCANCEL

{\bf menu item} and individual line of text of image appearing in a menu.

{\bf MenuItem} an Intuition structure for a menu item. Defined in {\em intuition/intuition.h}.

{\bf menu list} the list of menus displayed on the screen when the user holds down the right mouse button.

{\bf MENUNULL} constant; message returned when the user activates the menus and then fails to make a selection. MENUNULL = -1.

{\bf MENUPICK} a class of IDCMP message given whenever a menu item is selected. MENUPICK = 0x00000100.

{\bf menu shortcut} an alternate way of choosing a menu item, using a combination of $<$RAMIGA$>$ and one other key.

{\bf MENUSTATE} flag set by Intuition in a Window structure when menus of that window are in use. MENUSTATE = 0x8000.

{\bf menu strip} a linked list of menu structures.

{\bf MENUTOGGLE} constant used to specify that a menu item is to be toggled each time it is selected. MENUTOGGLE = 0x0008.

{\bf MENUUP} constant, MOUSEBUTTONS event received when the right mouse button is released. MENUUP = 0xE9. cf. MENUDOWN, SELECTUP

{\bf MENUVERIFY} constant used to specify that your program requires to examine menu operations before they take place. MENUVERIFY = 0x00002000.

{\bf menu-verify} an Intuition verification function that can be used to make sure that your program is prepared for a menu event before it takes place.

{\bf MENUWAITING} constant used when a menu event has occurred and your window is {\bf not} the active window, normally your window should answer for the operation to proceed. MENUWAITING = 0x0003. cf. MENUHOT

{\bf MERGE} \aB  procedure to append a disk file to a program currently in memory. MERGE {\em filespec}. cf. LOAD, CHAIN, SAVE

{\bf message} {\sl1\/} the unit of intrasystem communication, consists of a system linkage and a message body. Messages are exchanged between ports of tasks. {\sl2\/} field of the narrator\_rb structure that is a standard IORequest structure.

{\bf Message} Exec structure for the system linkage information of a message. Defined in {\em exec/ports.h}.

{\bf message port} a software mechanism managed by Exec that allows intertask communication.

{\bf MID\$} \aB  function to return a substring of a given string. {\em substring} = MID\$({\em string},$N$[,{\em m}]). cf. LEFT\$, RIGHT\$ [mid string]

{\bf MIDI} \abbr Musical Instruments Digital Interface. A standard serial interface used by many musical instruments.

{\bf MIDRAWN} flag used to indicate that a menu's items are currently displayed. MIDRAWN = 0x0100. [menu is drawn]

{\bf min} {\em (type,type):type} UNIX C macro function to compute the minimum of two values. Defined in {\em math.h} as \#define min(x,y) $((x)<=(y)?(x):(y)).$ cf. max [minimum]

{\bf MinList } Exec structure for a header for a MinNode list. cf. List [minimum list]

{\bf MinNode} Exec structure for a minimal node, that provides only linkage information. cf. Node [minimum node]

{\bf misc.resource} resource to get exclusive access to functional blocks of chip registers. [miscellaneous resource]

{\bf MKD\$} \aB  function to convert a double-precision floating-point number into an 8-byte string. {\em char8} = MKD\$({\em double}). cf. CVD, MKI\$, MKL\$, MKS\$ [make double-precision]

{\bf mkdir} {\em (\&char):int} UNIX C function to make a new directory. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. [make directory]

{\bf MKI\$} \aB  function to convert an integer into a 2-byte string. {\em char2} = MKI\$ ({\em integer}). cf. CVI, MKD\$, MKL\$, MKS\$ [make integer]

{\bf MKL\$} \aB  function to convert a long integer into a 4-byte string. {\em char4} = MKL\$ ({\em long}). cf. CVL, MKD\$, MKI\$, MKS\$ [make long]

{\bf MKS\$} \aB  function to convert a single-precision floating-point number into a 4-byte string. {\em char4} = MKS\$ ({\em float}). cf. CVS, MKD\$, MKI\$, MKL\$ [make single-precision]

{\bf MMU} \abbr Memory Management Unit.

{\bf \_MNEED} SAS C long to hold the minimum dynamic memory need. [memory needed]

{\bf MOD} \aB  modulo operator.

{\bf mode} field of the narrator\_rb structure that specifies whether a monotonic (0) or expressive (1) voice is to be used for speech.

{\bf modf} {\em (double, \&double):double} \acf  to compute the floating-point modulus but splits the integral and fractional parts. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf fmod [modulo floating-point]

{\bf ModifyIDCMP} {\em (\&Window, ULONG)} Intuition procedure to modify the state of your window's IDCMP.

{\bf ModifyProp} {\em (\&Gadget, \&Window, \&Requester, USHORT, USHORT, USHORT, USHORT, USHORT)} Intuition procedure to modify the parameters of a proportional gadget. cf. NewModifyProp [modify proportional]

{\bf Mount} mountlist keyword which is given a positive value MOUNT loads the device or handler immediately rather than waiting for the first access. cf. mountlist

{\bf MOUNT} $<device>$ [FROM $<file>$] Amiga DOS command to create an Amiga DOS device node. MOUNT informs the Amiga that an additional device has been added to the system. When the MOUNT command is issued, MOUNT looks in the {\em DEVS:MountList\/} file (or the optional FROM file) for the parameters of the device that is being mounted. cf. mountlist

{\bf mountlist} File normally located in {\em devs:\/} that contains descriptions of devices that are to be mounted with the Amiga DOS MOUNT command. You may need a mountlist entry for a device, a handler, or a file system. When you add a new device to your Amiga system, such as a hard disk or even some external disk drives, you must make the Amiga aware of the existence of the device. To do this you use the MOUNT command. But the MOUNT command must read a mountlist entry in order to determine the characteristic of the device. A mountlist entry consists of a number of keywords describing the device, handler, or file system, as well as values for those keywords. Some keywords may only apply to a file system or handler. If a keyword is omitted, a default value is used. You should always check the default value in case it is not appropriate for whatever you are mounting. Each entry in the mountlist must start with the name of the device. Keywords are followed by an equals sign (=), keywords must be separated by a semicolon (;) or on separate lines. Comments are allowed in C style, i.e., $/* comment */$. Each entry must end with a hash (\#) symbols, on a line of its own. cf. Handler, FileSystem, Device, Priority, Unit, Flags, Surfaces, BlocksPerTrack, Reserved, PreAlloc, Interleave, LowCyl, HighCyl, Stacksize, Buffers, BufMemType, Mount, MaxTransfer, Mask, GlobVec, Startup, BootPri, DosType

{\bf mouse} a small, hand-held, input device connected by a flexible cable to a gameport. By moving the mouse a user sends the computer Cartesian coordinates. The mouse also has buttons for making selections.

{\bf MOUSE} {\sl1\/} \aB  function to return information about the LMB and mouse position. {\em result} = MOUSE ($N$). If $N$=0 the LMB status is given. If $N$=1 the current {\em x}-coordinate is given. If $N$=2 the current {\em y}-coordinate is given.{\em  }If{\em  n}=3 the starting {\em x}-coordinate is given. If in=4 the starting {\em y}-coordinate is given. If $N$=5 the ending {\em x}-coordinate is given. If $N$=6 the ending {\em y}-coordinate is given. {\sl2\/} \aB  procedure to control mouse event trapping. MOUSE ON $|$ OFF $|$ STOP

{\bf mouse button} Either of the finger actuated switches on the mouse.

{\bf mouse button event} An input event resulting from the actuation of a mouse button.

{\bf MOUSEBUTTONS} constant used to specify that an application wants reports about mouse button presses. MOUSEBUTTONS = 0x00000008.

{\bf MOUSEMOVE} constant used to specify that an application wants reports of mouse movements, in absolute coordinates. MOUSEMOVE = 0x00000010. cd. DELTAMOVE

{\bf mouse movement event} An input event resulting from the movement of the mouse.

{\bf mouth} field of the narrator\_rb structure used to specify whether or not mouth readings are to occur for this speech.

{\bf mouth\_rb} narrator device structure used to get mouthing data while speech is in progress. Defined in {\em devices/narrator.h}. [mouth request block]

{\bf Move} {\em (\&RastPort,SHORT,SHORT)} graphics procedure to change the position of the graphics pen. cf. Draw

{\bf MoveLayer} {\em (LONG, \&Layer, LONG, LONG):BOOL} Layers function to move a layer to a new position within a BitMap.

{\bf MoveLayerInFrontOf} {\em (\&Layer, \&Layer):BOOL} Layers function to put one layer in front of another layer.

{\bf MoveScreen} {\em (\&Screen,0 {SHORT},SHORT)} an asynchronous Intuition procedure for vertically moving a screen.

{\bf MoveSprite} {\em (\&ViewPort, \&SimpleSprite,SHORT,SHORT)} graphics procedure to move a sprite to the given position.

{\bf MoveWindow} {\em (\&Window,SHORT,SHORT)} an Intuition procedure to change the position of a window.

{\bf movmem} {\em (\&char, \&char, unsigned)} \acf  to move a memory block. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. memccpy, memcopy, repmem [move memory]

{\bf MR\_ALLOCMISCRESOURCE} misc.resource command to allocate one of the miscellaneous resources. [miscellaneous resource allocate miscellaneous resource]

{\bf mrand48} {\em ():long} UNIX C function to generate a signed long integer on integer U[-2³¹,2³¹-1] using a 48-bit LCG, with an internal seed. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. drand48, lrand48, jrand48, srand48, seed48, lcong48 [l$+$1 random 48-bit]

{\bf MR\_FREEMISCRESOURCE} misc.resource command to make a miscellaneous resource available again. [miscellaneous resource free miscellaneous resource]

{\bf MrgCop} {\em (\&View)} graphics procedure to merge copper instructions [merge copper]

{\bf msflag} SAS C flag variable used to indicate whether AmigaDOS or MSDOS wildcard characters should be used during filename pattern matching. cf. dfind, getfnl [Microsoft flag]

{\bf MsgPort} Exec structure for a message port. Defined in {\em exec/ports.h}.

{\bf \_MSTEP} SAS C integer to hold the memory pool increment size. cf. getmem, rlsmem [memory step]

{\bf multitasking} the simultaneous (apparent or actual) operation of two or more tasks. No task need necessarily be aware of any other task.

{\bf mutal exclusion} {\sl1\/} (of menu items) When a item is selected, other items are automatically deselected.

\section {N}

{\bf N} phonetic code for the consonant sound in {\bf n}o.

{\bf n} field of the bltnode structure used to point to the next bltnode.

{\bf NAME} \aB  command to change the name of a disk file. NAME {\tt "}{\em oldname}{\tt "} AS {\tt "}{\em newname}{\tt "}

{\bf narrator device} a device for producing speech from a phonetic representation.

{\bf narrator\_rb} narrator device structure used to send an I/O request to the narrator device. Defined in {\em device/narrator.h}. [narrator request block]

{\bf NEW} \aB  command to delete the program currently in memory and clear all variables.

{\bf NewFontContents} {\em (LONG, \&char):\&FontContentsHeader} Diskfont library function to create the FontContentsHeader structure for a font.

{\bf NewLayerInfo} {\em ():\&Layer\_Info} Layers function to allocate memory and initialise the full Layer\_Info structure.

{\bf NEWLIST} assembly language macro defined in {\em exec/lists.i} to provide code for a new list.

{\bf NewList} clib function to prepare an empty Exec list ready for use.

{\bf NewModifyProp} {\em (\&Gadget, \&Window, \&Requester, USHORT, USHORT, USHORT, USHORT, USHORT, int)} Intuition procedure that can modify the parameters of a list of proportional gadgets. cf ModifyProp [new modify proportional]

{\bf NEWPREFS} IDCMP constant set by Intuition when some application changes the system Preferences. NEWPREFS = 0x00004000. [new preferences]

{\bf NewRegion} {\em ():\&Region} graphics function to generate a clear region.

{\bf NewScreen} an Intuition structure used in specifying a new screen. Defined in {\em intuition/screens.h}.

{\bf NEWSIZE} IDCMP constant sent by Intuition after a user has resized a window. NEWSIZE = 0x00000002.

{\bf NewWindow} an Intuition structure used in specifying a new window. Defined in {\em intuition/intuition.h.}

{\bf NEXT} \aB  statement to mark the end of a FOR loop. NEXT [{\em variable} {,{\em variable}}]. cf. FOR

{\bf Next} Field of the ViewPort structure used to point at the next ViewPort or else is NULL.

{\bf NextComp} Field of the AnimComp structure used to point to the next component. cf. PrevComp [next component]

{\bf NextSeq} Field of the AnimComp structure used in the linking together of AnimComps. cf. PrevSeq [next sequence]

{\bf NextVSprite} field of the VSprite structure reserved for system use. [next virtual sprite]

{\bf NLQ} \abbr near letter quality. A printing quality commonly found on dot matrix printers which is superior to draft quality.

{\bf NMI} {\sl1\/} {\em abbr}. Non-maskable interrupt. {\sl2\/} an interrupt with a hardware interrupt priority of 7.

{\bf NOCAREREFRESH} constant used to specify that a window does not ever require refreshing. NOCAREREFRESH = 0x00020000.

{\bf Node} Exec strucutre for a node, used when a type, priority, or name is required. cf. MinNode

{\bf NO\_ICON\_POSITION} constant used to specify that an icon should be placed whereever there is room. NO\_ICON\_POSITION = 0x80000000.

{\bf NOISYREQ} constant used to specify that a requester is not to inhibit input to the calling window. NOISYREQ = 0x0004. [noisy requester]

{\bf NOITEM} constant returned for a menu event, on a menu without items. NOITEM = 0x003F.

{\bf NOMENU} constant returned for a menu event, when no menu is presemt. NOMENU = 0x001F.

{\bf non-interlaced} a display with a nominal 200 lines for NTSC or 256 lines for PAL. Low vertical resolution. cf. interlaced.

{\bf NORMAL} constant, used to specify that a font in to be used exactly as defined. NORMAL = 0.

{\bf NOSUB} constant returned for a menu event, when the item selected has no subitems. NOSUB = 0x001F. [no subitem]

{\bf NOT} \aB  logical negation operator.

{\bf nrand48} {\em (short[3]):long} UNIX C function to generate a non-negative long integer on integer U[0,2³¹-1] using a 48-bit LCG with an external seed. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. erand48, jrand48, lrand48 [l$+$2 random 48-bit]

{\bf nroff} UNIX typesetting language. [new runoff]

{\bf NTSC} {\em abbr}. National Television System Committe, a television system supported by the Amiga.

{\bf NULL} special value taken on by pointer variables indicating that the pointer does not go anywhere.

{\bf null-terminated} a sequence of numbers (usually considered as bytes) which has its end delimited by the presence of a 0x00 byte.

{\bf numchan} field of the narrator\_rb structure used by the narrator device for audio channel allocation information. [number (of) channels]

{\bf NX} phonetic code for the consonant sound in si{\bf ng}.

\section {O}



{\bf O} \abbr output, esp. as an \aB  file option to specify sequential output mode.

{\bf o} ANSI C format specifier indicating an octal integer conversion.

{\bf \&O} {\em symb.} (\aB) prefix for octal numbers, can be abbreviated to just \&.

{\bf ObtainConfigBinding} {\em ()} Expansion procedure to attempt to get permission to bind drivers. cf. ReleaseConfigBinding [obtain configuration binding]

{\bf ObtainSemaphore} {\em (\&SignalSemaphore)} Exec procedure to gain exclusive access to a semaphore. cf. ReleaseSemaphore

{\bf ObtainSemaphoreList} {\em (\&List)} Exec procedure to gain exclusive access to a list of semaphores. cf. ReleaseSemaphoreList

{\bf OBJECT.AX} \aB  procedure to define the {\em x}-acceleration for an object. OBJECT.AX {\em orbject}, {\em value}. [object acceleration {\em x}]

{\bf OBJECT.AY} \aB  procedure to define the {\em y}-acceleration of an object. OBJECT.AX {\em object}, {\em value. }[object acceleration {\em y}]

{\bf OBJECT.CLIP} \aB  procedure to define a clipping rectangle for an object. OBJECT.CLIP ({\em x1},{\em y1})-({\em x2},{\em y2}).

{\bf OBJECT.CLOSE} \aB  procedure to finish using an object. OBJECT.CLOSE [{\em object} {, {\em object}}]

{\bf OBJECT.HIT} \aB  procedure to determine the collision object for a given object. OBJECT.HIT {\em object},[{\em MeMask}][,{\em HitMask}]

{\bf OBJECT.OFF} \aB  procedure to make objects invisible. OBJECT.OFF [{\em object} {, {\em object}}]

{\bf OBJECT.ON} \aB  precedure to make objects visible. OBJECT.ON [{\em object} {, {\em object}}]

{\bf OBJECT.PLANES} \aB  procedure to define a Bobs PlanePick and PlaneOnOfff masks. OBJECT.PLANES {\em object}[[, {\em planepick}], {\em planeonoff}]

{\bf OBJECT.PRIORITY} \aB  procedure to assing a priority to a Bob. OBJECT.PRIORTIY {\em object}, {\em value}.

{\bf OBJECT.SHAPE} \aB  procedure to define the shape, colour, location and other attributes of an object. OBJECT.SHAPE {\em object}, {\em definition} or OBJECT.SHAPE {\em obj1}, {\em obj2}.

{\bf OBJECT.START} \aB  procedure to set an object in motion. OBJECT.START [{\em object} {,{\em object}}]

{\bf OBJECT.STOP} \aB  procedure to stop object motion. OBJECT.STOP [{\em object} {,{\em object}}]

{\bf OBJECT.VX} \aB  procedure to specify an {\em x}-velocity for an object. OBJECT.VX {\em object}, {\em value}. [object velocity {\em x}]

{\bf OBJECT.VY} \aB  procedure to specify a {\em y}-velocity for an object. OBJECT.VY {\em object}, {\em value}. [object velocity {\em y}]

{\bf OBJECT.X} {\sl1\/} \aB  procedure to set the {\em x}-coordinate for an object. OBJECT.X {\em object}, {\em value}. {\sl2\/} \aB  function to get the {\em x}-coordinate for an object. {\em x} = OBJECT.X ({\em object}).

{\bf OBJECT.Y} like OBJECT.X but for {\em y}.

{\bf OCT\$} \aB  function to get an octal representation for a decimal number. {\em octal} = OCT\$ ({\em expr}). cf. HEX\$ [octal string]

{\bf OFF\_DISPLAY} macro to turn off the display DMA control bit in the DMA controll register. cf. ON\_DISPLAY

{\bf OffGadget} {\em (\&Gadget, \&Window, \&Requester)} Intuition procedure to disable the specified gadget by ghosting. cf. OnGadget

{\bf OffMenu} {\em (\&Window, USHORT)} Intuition procedure to disable a menu. menu item, or subitem. cf. OnMenu

{\bf offset} {\sl1\/} a position in the display that is relative to some other position. {\sl2\/} a number added to some base value to get a particular element of an array or other structure.

{\bf offsets} negative values to offset each Amiga function which is ROM resident. More formally referred to as {\em Library Vector Offsets (LVO)}. Located in {\em amiga.lib}.

{\bf OFF\_SPRITE} graphics macro used to control sprite DMA. OFF\_SPRITE causes the system to stop displaying sprites. cf. ON\_SPRITE

{\bf OH} phonetic code for the vowel sound in b{\bf o}rder.

{\bf OldOpenLibrary} {\em (APTR):\&Library} Exec function that is an obsolete version of the OpenLibrary function; that does not handle version numbers, provided for upward compatibility. cf. OpenLibrary

{\bf onbreak} {\em (\&proc()):int} SAS C AmigaDOS function to plant a break trap. Defined in {\em dos.h}. cf. chkabort, signal

{\bf ON BREAK} \aB  procedure to specify where to go when the user presses $<$CTRL$> <$C$>$ or $<$RAMIGA$> <$.$>$. ON BREAK GOSUB {\em label}. cf. BREAK

{\bf ON COLLISION} \aB  procedure to specify where to go when an object collision occurs. ON COLLISION GOSUB {\em label}. cf. COLLISION

{\bf ON\_DISPLAY} macro to turn on the display DMA control bit in the DMA control register, necessary for a display to be seen. Defined in {\em graphics/gfxmacros.h}. cf. OFF\_DISPLAY

{\bf ON ERROR} \aB  procedure to specify where to go when an error occurs. ON ERROR GOTO {\em line}. cf. RESUME

{\bf onexit} {\em (\&proc()):int} \acf  to establish a trap to be called when the program terminated. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. exit, \_exit

{\bf OnGadget} {\em (\&Gadget, \&Window, \&Requester)} Intuition procedure to enable the specified gadget. cf. OffGadget

{\bf ON ... GOSUB} \aB  procedure to jump to a subroutine based on the result of an expression. ON {\em expr} GOSUB {\em line\_list}. cf. GOSUB

{\bf ON ... GOTO} \aB  procedure to pass control based on the result of an expression. ON {\em expr} GOTO {\em line\_list}. cf. GOTO

{\bf OnMenu} {\em (\&Window, USHORT)} Intuition procedure to enable a menu menu item, or subitem. cf. OffMenu

{\bf ON MENU} \aB  procedure to specify where to go when a menu event occurs. ON MENU GOSUB {\em label}. cf. MENU

{\bf ON MOUSE} \aB  procedure to specify where to go when a menu event occurs. ON MOUSE GOSUB {\em label}. cf. MOUSE

{\bf ON\_SPRITE} graphics macro used to control sprite DMA. ON\_SPRITE is used to restore sprites to the display after a previous OFF\_SPRITE. cf. OFF\_SPRITE

{\bf ON TIMER} \aB  procedure to call a procedure after a certain amount of time has elapsed. ON TIMER ($N$) GOSUB {\em label} or ON TIMER GOSUB 0. cf. TIMER

{\bf open} {\em (\&char, int, int):int} UNIX C function to open a level 1 file. Defined in {\em fcntl.h}. cf. chgfa, chmod, close, creat, fopen

{\bf OPEN} {\sl1\/} the first entry point in a library, called when OpenLibrary is used. cf. CLOSE, EXPUNGE. {\sl2\/} \aB  procedure to associate a {\em filenumber} with a filename or device. OPEN {\em mode}, [\#]{\em filenumber},{\em  filespec} [,{\em buffer\_size}] or OPEN {\em filespec} [FOR {\em mode}] AS [\#]{\em filenumber} [LEN={\em buffer\_size}]

{\bf O-Pen} {\em See\/} AOl-Pen. [outline pen]

{\bf OpenClipboard} {\em (LONG): \&ClipboardHandle\/} IFF Parse library function to create a handle on a clipboard unit. cf. InitIFFasClip, CloseClipboard

{\bf OpenDevice} {\em (\&char, ULONG, \&IORequest, ULONG):BYTE} Exec function to gain access to a device, and initialize an IORequest structure. cf. CloseDevice

{\bf opendir} {\em (\&char):\&DIR} UNIX C function to initiate directory operation. Defined in {\em sys/dir.h}. cf. seekdir, readdir [open directory]

{\bf OpenDiskFont} {\em (\&TextAttr):LONG} Diskfont library function to load a font from disk.

{\bf OpenFont} {\em (\&TextAttr):\&TextFont} graphics function to get a pointer to a font.

{\bf OpenIFF} {\em (\&IFFHandle, LONG): LONG\/} IFF Parse library function to prepare an IFFHandle structure to read or wrtie to a new IFF stream. cf. CloseIFF, InitIFF [open interchange file format]

{\bf OpenLibrary} {\em (\&char, ULONG):\&Library} Exec function to attempt to gain access to a library. cf. CloseLibrary

{\bf OpenResource} {\em (\&char):APTR} Exec function to gain access to a resource previously installed on the system.

{\bf OpenScreen} {\em (\&NewScreen):\&Screen} Intuition function to open a screen, and link the screen's ViewPort into Intuition. cf. CloseScreen

{\bf OpenWindow} {\em (\&NewWindow):\&Window} Intuition function to open a window, and link the window to the appropriate screen. cf. CloseWindow

{\bf OpenWorkBench} {\em ():\&Screen }an Intuition function to open the Workbench screen. cf. CloseWorkBench

{\bf OPTION BASE} \aB  procedure to determine the base index for all arrays. OPTION BASE 0 $|$ 1.

{\bf OR} \aB  logical disjunction operator.

{\bf OrRectRegion} {\em (\&Region, \&Rectangle):BOOL} graphics function to do a two-dimensional OR operation of the rectangle within region, leaving the result in region. cf. AndRectRegion, XorRectRegion, OrRegionRegion [or rectangle region]

{\bf OrRegionRegion} {\em (\&Region, \&Region):BOOL} graphics function to do a two-dimensional OR operation on the given region. cf. OrRectRegion, AndRegionRegion, XorRegionRegion

{\bf \_OSERR} SAS C AmigaDOS integer which contains error information returned by AmigaDOS after a system call had failed. cf. poserr, os\_nerr, os\_errlist [operating system error]

{\bf os\_errlist} SAS C structure to hold AmigaDOS error messages. cf. \_OSERR, poserror [operating system error list]

{\bf os\_nerr} SAS C integer which holds the number of operating system errors. cf. \_OSERR, os\_errlist [operating system number (of) errors]

{\bf other} miscellaneous functions callable from any language. Located in {\em amiga.lib}.

{\bf outline mode} An operation mode for flood-fills in which the flood-fill continues until a pixel of the outline colour is reached. cf. color mode

{\bf outline pen} A pen used in conjunction with filling operations. cf. AOlPen, FgPen, BgPen

{\bf OUTPUT} \aB  file option to specify sequential output mode.

{\bf output window} (\aB) a window in which output from programs may be displayed, and immediate commands may be entered. cf. immediate mode, list window

{\bf OVERFLOW} SAS C math error code for {\em except} to specify overflow, mapped to ERANGE. OVERFLOW = 3. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. except, matherr

{\bf OVERLAY} flag used to specify that a Bob is to take a shadow mask, which where clear indicates the background is to be visible. OVERLAY = 0x0004.

{\bf overscan} the process whereby the video beam is swept past the bounds of the viewable area of a screen.

{\bf overstrike} a method of overlaying an image where the background of the original image is not affected by the overlayed data. This mode is selected by the JAM1 constant.

{\bf OW} phonetic code for the dipthong sound in b{\bf oa}t and {\bf ow}n.

{\bf OwnBlitter} {\em ()} graphics procedure to get private ownership of the blitter. cf. DisownBlitter

{\bf OY} phonetic code for the dipthong sound in b{\bf oy} and {\bf oi}l.


\section {P}


{\bf P} {\sl1\/} phonetic code for the consonant sound in {\bf p}ut. {\sl2\/} ANSI C format specifier indicating a pointer conversion with upper case hexadecimal digits. cf. p

{\bf p} ANSI C format specifier indicating a pointer conversion with lower case hexadecimal digits. cf. P

{\bf packet} (AmigaDOS) a DOS message, the unit of DOS activity.

{\bf pad} field of the narrator\_rb and mouth\_rb structures used for alignment purposes.

{\bf PA\_IGNORE} constant used in the MsgPort structure to specify no extra action is to be taken on arrival of a new message. PA\_IGNORE = 2. [port action ignore]

{\bf PAINT} \aB  procedure to fill an enclosed area in the specified colour. PAINT [STEP] ({\em x,y})[,{\em paintColour}][,{\em borderColour}]]. cf. PATTERN, AREA, AREAFILL

{\bf .pak} filename extension for files which unpack themselves.

{\bf PAL} \abbr Phase Alternation Line, a television system supported by the Amiga.

{\bf PALETTE} \aB  procedure to change one of the colour-register's RGB value. PALETTE {\em colour}, {\em red}, {\em green}, {\em blue}. cf. COLOR

{\bf parallel.device} Device used to control the parallel port.

{\bf parallel port} a Centronics-compatible connector on the Amiga.

{\bf PARALLEL\_PRINTER} constant used to specify that a parallel printer is to be used. PARALLEL\_PRINTER = 0x00. cf. SERIAL\_PRINTER

{\bf ParentChunk} {\em (\&ContextNode): \&ContextNode\/} IFF Parse library function to get the nesting context node for the given chunk. cf. CurrentChunk

{\bf PARF\_EOFMODE} parallel device flag used to indicate that characters are to be checked against the terminating characters. If encountered an immediate termination of the IORequest is to occur. PARF\_EOFMODE = 1. cf. io\_PTermArray [parallel flag end-of-file mode]

{\bf PARF\_SHARED} parallel device flag to allow other tasks to simultaneously access the parallel port. PARF\_SHARED = 5. [parallel flag shared]

{\bf ParseIFF} {\em (\&IFFHandle, LONG): LONG\/} IFF Parse library function to parse an IFF file from an IFFHandle structure stream. cf. PushChunk, PopChunk, EntryHandler, ExitHandler, PropChunk, CollectionChunk, StopChunk, StopOnExit

{\bf ParseIX} {\em (\&char, \&IX): LONG} Commodities library function to convert an input string to an input expression.

{\bf PartitionBlock} Structure that contains information necessary to add a partition to the system.

{\bf PA\_SIGNAL} constant used in the MsgPort strucutre to specify signalling of a task on the arrival of a new message. PA\_SIGNAL = 0. [port action signal]

{\bf PA\_SOFTINT} constant used in the MsgPort structure to cause a software interrupt. PA\_SOFTINT = 1. [port action software interrupt]

{\bf paste} A option commonly present on edit menus which enables something previously cut or copied to be inserted at the current position. Depending on the application may be used for text, graphics, or other data. Usually implemented by means of the clipboard functions.

{\bf PATH} [SHOW] [[ADD] $<directory>^*$] [RESET] [QUIET] Amiga DOS command to control the PATH list the CLI uses to search for commands. The PATH command lets you see, add, or change the seach path that Amiga DOS follows when looking for a program to execute. PATH with no arguments or with the SHOW option will show the current path. The ADD keyword is optional. To replace the existing search path the a completely new one, use PATH RESET followed by the new path. When the QUIET option is specified, PATH searches the paths quietly (when SHOWing)---without displaying requesters for unmounted volumes.

{\bf PATTERN} \aB  procedure to define a texture for text, lines,and filled areas. PATTERN [{\em linePattern}][,{\em areaPattern}]. cf. AREA, COLOR

{\bf Paula} one of the Amiga custom chips. Includes the audio DAC, interrupt chip, custom serial chip, disk controller, analog counters, etc. [ports, audio, uart, logic array]

{\bf PDCMD\_QUERY} parallel device command to query the parallel port line status. [parallel device command query]

{\bf PDCMD\_SETPARAMS} parallel device command to change the parameters of the parallel device. [parallel device command set parameters]

{\bf PDERR\_BADDIMENSION} constant, value returned by the printer device for illegal print dimensions. PDERR\_BADDIMENSION = 4. [printer device error bad dimension]

{\bf PDERR\_BUFFERMEMORY} constant, value returned by the printer device indicating no memory was available for the print buffer. PDERR\_BUFFERMEMORY = 7. [printer device error buffer memory]

{\bf PDERR\_CANCEL} constant, value returned by the printer device indicating that the user cancelled the job. PDERR\_CANCEL = 1. [printer device error cancel]

{\bf PDERR\_DIMENSIONOVERFLOW} constant, value returned by the printer device (obsolete). PDERR\_DIMENSIONOVERFLOW = 5. [printer device error dimension overflow]

{\bf PDERR\_INTERNALMEMORY} constant, value returned by the printer device when no memory is available for internal variables. PDERR\_INTERNALMEMORY = 6. [printer device internal memory]

{\bf PDERR\_INVERTHAM} constant, value returned by the printer device (obsolete). PD\-ERR\_INVERT\-HAM = 3. [printer device error invert hold and modify]

{\bf PDERR\_NOERR} constant, value returned by the printer device indicating that no errors occurred. PDERR\_NOERR = 0. [printer device error no error]

{\bf PDERR\_NOTGRAPHICS} constant, value returned by the printer device indicating that the printer cannot output graphics. PDERR\_NOTGRAPHICS = 2. [printer device error not graphics]

{\bf PDERR\_TOOKCONTROL} constant, value returned by the printer device indicating that the printer did the graphic dump entirely on its own. The printer device assumes that the dump was done. [printer device error took control]

{\bf PED} \abbr PrinterExtendData.

{\bf PEEK} \aB  function to return a single byte from a given address. {\em byte} = PEEK ({\em address}). cf. PEEKL, PEEKW, POKE

{\bf PEEKL} \aB  function to return a long-integer from a given address. {\em long} = PEEKL ({\em address}). cf. PEEK, PEEKW, POKEL [peek long]

{\bf PEEKW} \aB  function to return an integer from a given address. {\em integer} = PEEKW ({\em address}). cf. PEEK, PEEKL, POKEW [peek word]

{\bf pen} a variable containing the colour and position of the imaginery drawing head.

{\bf PenHeight} field of the RastPort structure, currently not used.

{\bf PenWidth} field of the RastPort structure, currently not used.

{\bf period} the time elapsed between the output of successive sound samples.

{\bf Perl} A portable text processor and file manipulation tool. [practical extraction and report language]

{\bf permanent variable} (C) a variable stored in the data area. Will be initialized to zero unless otherwise specified in the declaration.

{\bf Permit} {\em ()} Exec procedure that enables multitasking. cf. Forbid

{\bf perror} {\em (\&char):int} \acf  to print UNIX error messages. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. errno, sys\_nerr, sys\_errlist, poserr [print error]

{\bf PFBA} constant used to specify that a second playfield has video priority over the first one. PFBA = 0x40. [playfield B A]

{\bf phoneme} a basic unit of speech.

{\bf phonetic sound} a basic sound unit of speech.

{\bf pitch} field of the narrator\_rb structure that determines the baseline pitch for speech, measured in hertz (65-230).

{\bf pixel} picture element. Corresponds to the smallest addressable part of a display and corresponds to one bit in a bit-plane.

{\bf PlaneOnOff} field of the Bob structure used to specify what happens to planes a Bob is not rendered in. cf. PlanePick

{\bf PlanePick} field of the Bob structure used to specify which planes a Bob is to be rendered in. cf. PlaneOnOff

{\bf playfield} term that refers collectively to the View, ViewPort and RastPort structures. Referring to the background that Sprites appear {\sl over} and Bobs appear {\sl in}.

{\bf PLCC} Type of chip used in the Amiga. The figure illustrates the number of the pins (using Angus as an example).

\begin{figure*}
\begin{verbatim}
                1 1                   8 8 8 8 8 7 7 7 7 7
                1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5
 BEVELED CORNER | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
              /-------------------------------------------|
         12 -|                      o                     |- 74
         13 -|                                            |- 73
         14 -|                                            |- 72
         15 -|                                            |- 71
         16 -|                                            |- 70
         17 -|                                            |- 69
         18 -|                                            |- 68
         19 -|                                            |- 67
         20 -|                   8372A                    |- 66
         21 -|                                            |- 65
         22 -|                                            |- 64
         23 -|                 TOP  VIEW                  |- 63
         24 -|                                            |- 62
         25 -|                                            |- 61
         26 -|                                            |- 60
         27 -|                                            |- 59
         28 -|                                            |- 58
         29 -|                                            |- 57
         30 -|                                            |- 56
         31 -|                                            |- 55
         32 -|                                            |- 54
             |____________________________________________|
                | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
                3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5
                3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3
\end{verbatim}
\caption {Numbering of PLCC chips.}
\end{figure*}

{\bf PLOSS} SAS C math error code for {\em except} to specify partial loss of significance, mapped to ERANGE. PLOSS = 6. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. except, matherr [partial loss]

{\bf POINT} \aB  function to return the colour of a pixel in the current output window. {\em colour} = POINT ({\em x,y}).

{\bf pointer} {\sl 1\/} a small icon (usually an arrow) that allows the user to make selections from menus and activate gadgets. The pointer is most commonly controlled by the mouse, but other forms of control are possible. Internally the pointer is implemented as sprite 0. {\sl 2\/} A variable which does not contain the data itself but rather holds the address of some other data. A pointer may even point to a pointer. We say that the pointer references the data. Given a variable $x$ in C, a pointer to $x$ is given by $y=\&x$. ($\&$ is the address operator in C). 

{\bf POINTREL} constant used to specify that a requester is to be rendered relative to the pointer position. POINTREL = 0x0001. [pointer relative]

{\bf POKE} \aB  procedure to write a byte to a memory location. POKE {\em address}, {\em value}. cf. VARPTR, PEEK, POKEL, POKEW

{\bf POKEL} \aB 

 procedure to write a long integer to a memory location. POKEL {\em address}, {\em value}. cf. PEEKL, POKE, POKEW [poke long]

{\bf POKEW} \aB  procedure to write an integer to a memory location. POKEW {\em address}, {\em value}. cf. PEEKW, POKE, POKEL [poke word]

{\bf polling} The action of repetively checking for some condition until such time as the condition is satisfied. Polling is not recommended on multitasking operating systems (like the Amiga). A task waiting for some event should go to sleep until the event occurs. cf. Wait

{\bf PolyDraw} {\em (\&RastPort,SHORT, \&SHORT)} graphics procedure to draw lines from a table. cf. Draw

{\bf PopChunk} {\em (\&IFFHandle): LONG\/} IFF Parse library function to pop top context node off the context stack. cf. PushChunk

{\bf POPCLI} $<seconds>$ [$<key>$ [$<command>$]]  $|$  QUIT Command distributed with SAS~C which provides a simple way of starting a new CLI at any time without having to exit any program you are currently using and a screen saver function. The new CLI is normally obtained by pressing $<$LAMIGA$>$ $<$ESC$>$ (this can be changed by specifying a $<key>$ argument. The $<seconds>$ argument is the amount of time that must elapse before the screen saver action happens. You can specify what $<command>$ is to be executed when the key sequence is pressed (by default the command is NEWCLI >NIL:) Written by John Toebes. [pop command line interface]

{\bf port} a rendezvous point for Exec messages.

{\bf PORTS} port interrupt, has software priority 4 and hardware priority 2.

{\bf POS} \aB  function to return the approximate column number of the pen in the output window. {\em col} = POS ({\em expr}). cf. LOCATE

{\bf poserr} {\em (\&char):int} SAS C AmigaDOS function to print AmigaDOS error messaged. Defined in {\em dos.h}. cf. \_OSERR, os\_errlist, os\_nerr, perror [print operating system error]

{\bf post} clipboard device mode which allows an application to notify that it has data available.

{\bf pot} {\em abbr} potentiometer

{\bf potentiometer} an electronic component that is a variable resistor, a typical example is the volume control on a television set.

{\bf potgo.resource} resource to manage the bits of the POTGO and POTINP registers.

{\bf pot variables} proportional gadget variables that contain the actual proportional values.

{\bf pow} {\em (double, double):double} \acf  to raise a number to a power. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. pow2, sqrt, exp [power]

{\bf pow2} {\em (double):double} \acf  to do $2^x$. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. exp, pow [power on 2]

{\bf .pp} filename extension for a self extracting archive created with ``PowerPacker.''

{\bf PRD\_DUMPRPORT} printer device command to dump a RastPort to a printer with graphics capability. [printer device dump RastPort]

{\bf PRD\_PRTCOMMAND} printer device command to send a command to the printer. [printer device print command]

{\bf PRD\_QUERY} printer device command to query the printer port/line status. [printer device query]

{\bf PRD\_RAWWRITE} printer device command that passes data directly to the printer with no intervening processing. [printer device raw write]

{\bf PreAlloc} mountlist keyword to specify the number of blocks reserved from the end of a partition. Used with a few hard drives that store information in the last few blocks of a drive. This usually set to zero and will probabably not need to be changed. cf. mountlist

{\bf precedence} priority of a sound channel.

{\bf PREDRAWN} constant used to specify that a requester has a custom BitMap structure. PREDRAWN = 0x0002.

{\bf preemptive task scheduling} Interrupt driven multitasking. If for some reason interrupts become disabled then multitasking ceases.

{\bf preferences} {\sl1\/} a set of global parameters for the Amiga that can be changed to suit the user or application, including: date and time of day, key repeat speed, key repeat delay, mouse speed, double-click delay, text size, display centering, baud rate, Workbench colours, printer specification, and printing characteristics. {\sl2\/} a AmigaDOS program that allows a user to change the current preferences. {\sl3\/} the information contained in the {\em devs:system-configuration} file.

{\bf Preferences} an Intuition structure that is used to hold the preferences settings. Defined in {\em intuition/preferences.h}.

{\bf PREFERENCES} [POINTER  $|$  PRINTER  $|$  SERIAL] Amiga DOS tool to let a user change many of the setting on the Amiga. Things that can be changed include the key repeat delay, key repeat speed, date, time, serial baud rate, text size, Workbench colours, mouse speed, double-click delay, display position, interlacing, printers, and the pointer.

{\bf PRESET} \aB  procedure to set a pixel in the current output window. PRESET [STEP] ({\em x,y}) [,{\em colour}]. cf. PSET

{\bf PrevComp} field of the AnimComp structure which points to the previous animation component. [previous component]

{\bf PrevSeq} field of the AnimOb structure which points to the previous animation object. [previous sequence]

{\bf PrevVSprite} field of the VSprite structure reserved for system use. [previous virtual sprite]

{\bf primitives} low-level library functions.

{\bf PRINT} \aB  procedure to display data in the current output window. PRINT [USING {\em string\_expr};] {\em expression\_list}. cf. LPRINT, WIDTH

{\bf PRINT\#} \aB  procedure to write data to a sequential file. PRINT\# {\em filenumber}, [USING {\em string\_expression};] {\em expression\_list}. cf. PRINT, WRITE\#

{\bf PrinterData} printer device structure to holding printing device data.

{\bf printer device} a device for doing configuration-independent output to a printer, it is aimed at being transparent to the application.

{\bf printf} {\sl1\/} clib function to perform formatted output to stdout. {\sl2\/} {\em (\&char,{type}):int} \acf  to do formatted output to stdout. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. fprintf, sprintf, putc, puts, scanf [print formatted]

{\bf PrintIText} {\em (\&RastPort, \&IntuiText,SHORT,SHORT)} Intuition procedure to print text in the specified RastPort. [print intuition text]

{\bf priority} (of task) a number ranging from -128 to 127. The higher the number the higher the priority. Zero is considered neutral priority.

{\bf Priority} mountlist keyword to specify the priority of the process; 5 is good for handlers, 10 for file systems. cf. mountlist

{\bf privilege violation} Exception which occurs when code running in user mode attempts to executed an instruction reserved for used in supervisor mode.

{\bf process} an extended type of task, created by {\em dos.library} which can perform AmigaDOS operations.

{\bf Procure} {\em (\&Semaphore, \&Message):BYTE} Exec function to attempt a lock of a message based semaphore. cf. Vacate

{\bf program execution mode} (\aB) a program running mode, immediate commands are not possible while a program is executing. cf. immediate mode, edit mode

{\bf project} a data file that has an associated {\em .info} file that is also associated with a particular tool which is not necessarily the tool that created the project. cf. tool, icon, {\em .info} file

{\bf project menu} a common type of menu, which is often placed on the extreme left of the menu bar; containing such items as {\em new, open, save, save as, print, print as, about,} and {\em quit}.

{\bf PROMPT} $<prompt>$ Amiga DOS command to change the prompt string of the current shell. Prompt can print the current directory automatically when used with the shell. For example \%N$>$ displays only the CLI number, \%N.\%S$>$ displays the CLI number, a period, then the current directory.

{\bf PROPBORDERLESS} constant used to specify that a proportional gadget is to rendered without a container. PROPBORDERLESS = 0x0008. [proportional borderless]

{\bf PropChunk} {\em (\&IFFHandle, LONG, LONG): LONG\/} IFF Parse library function to specify a property chunk to store. cf. FindProp, CollectionChunk [property chunk]

{\bf PropChunks} {\em (\&IFFHandle, \&LONG, LONG): LONG\/} IFF Parse library function to declare many property chunks at once. cf. PropChunk [property chunks]

{\bf PROPGADGET} constant ussed to specify that a gadget is the proportional type. PROPGADGET = 0x0003. [proportional gadget]

{\bf PropInfo} additional Intuition structure required for proportional gadgets. Defined in {\em intuition/intuition.h}. [proportional information]

{\bf proportional gadget} a gadget that has a range of positions, typically rendered as a sliding bar or a sliding knob. The use can set a proportinal setting by moving the slider with the mouse to the desired position.

{\bf PRT:} the AmigaDOS printer device which can be used in a similar manner to any other AmigaDOS device.

{\bf PSET} \aB  procedure to set a point in the current output window. PSET [STEP] ({\em x,y}) [,{\em colour}]. cf. PRESET, COLOR [point set]

{\bf PTAB} \aB  function to move the print position to the specified pixel column. PTAB ({\em column}). cf. TAB [pixel tab]

{\bf public memory} Memory accessible to multiple tasks. Allocated using the MEMF\_PUBLIC flag.

{\bf PushChunk} {\em (\&IFFHandle, LONG, LONG, LONG): LONG\/} IFF Parse library function to push a new context node onto the context stack. cf. PopChunk, WriteChunkRecords, WriteChunkBytes

{\bf PUT} {\sl1\/} \aB  procedure to write a record to a random access file. PUT [\#] {\em filenumber} [{\em ,record\_number}]. {\sl2\/} \aB  procedure to draw a screen image obtained with GET. PUT [STEP] ({\em x,y}), {\em array}[({\em index} {,{\em index}})] [,{\em action}]. cf. GET

{\bf putc} {\em (int, \&FILE):int} ANSI C macro function to put a character to a level 2 file. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. fputc, putchar, fputchar, puts, getc [put character]

{\bf putchar} {\sl1\/} clib function to put a character to stdout. {\sl2\/} {\em (int):int} ANSI C macro function to put a character to stdout. Defined in {\em stdio.h.} cf. fputc, putc, fputchar, puts, getchar [put character]

{\bf PutDiskObject} {\em (APTR, \&DiskObject):LONG} Icon library function to write a Workbench object to the disk.

{\bf putenv} {\em (\&char):int} UNIX C function to put a string into the environment. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. getenv [put environment]

{\bf PutMsg} {\em (\&MsgPort, \&Message)} Exec procedure to send a message. cf. GetMsg, ReplyMsg [put message]

{\bf puts} {\em (\&char):int} \acf  to put a string to stdout. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. fputs, gets, getc, printf [put string]

{\bf PWrite} printer device command that is used internally by printer drivers to write to the printer port. [printer write]

\section {Q}



{\bf Q} phonetic code for a glottal stop as in kitt{\bf -}en.

{\bf QBlit} {\em (\&bltnode)} graphics blitter procedure to queue a blitter request. cf. QBSBlit [queue blitter]

{\bf QBS} {\em abbr}. queue-beam-synchronized.

{\bf QBSBlit} {\em (\&bltnode)} graphics blitter procedure to synchronize a blitter request with the video beam. cf. QBlit [QBS blitter]

{\bf qsort} {\em (\&char, int, int.\&proc())} UNIX C function to sort a data array. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. dqsort, fqsort, lqsort, sqsort, tqsort [quicksort]

{\bf quantum} a preset maximum time that a task can monopolise the processor for.

{\bf queue} a list which has an ordering, and normally only has external pointers to the head and tail of the list.

{\bf quick I/O} a method of I/O that can be used when small amounts of data are to be transferred; to give greater system efficiency.

{\bf QX} phonetic code for a silent vowel as in paus{\bf e}.


\section {R}



{\bf R} {\sl1\/} phonetic code for the consonant sound in {\bf r}ed. {\sl2\/} \aB  file option to specify random input/output mode.

{\bf r} ANSI C file mode for read access. [read]

{\bf RALT} {\sl1\/} constant used in the Qualifier field of the input stream, to indicate that the right alternate key is pressed. RALT = 5. {\sl2\/} {\em abbr}. right alternate (usually in angle brackets, {\em viz}. $<$RALT$>$). cf. LALT [right alternate]

{\bf RAM} \abbr Random Access Memory, cf. ROM

{\bf RAMIGA} the on the right side of the keyboard marked with a fancy {\em A}; normally used for keyboard equivalents for menu operations. cf. LAMIGA [right Amiga]

{\bf rand} {\em ():int} \acf  to generate a random number. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. drand48, srand [random]

{\bf RANDOMIZE} \aB  procedure to seed the random number generator. RANDOMIZE [{\em expression} $|$ TIMER]. cf. RND

{\bf RangeRand} clib function to generate a pseudo-random integer within a given range. cf. FastRand [range random]

{\bf RasInfo} graphics structure to inform the system about the location of a BitMap structure and destination in display. Defined in {\em graphics/rastport.h}.

{\bf RASSIZE} a system macro defined in {\em graphics/gfx.h} used to determine the size of a raster. [raster size]

{\bf raster memory} memory that is being used or is about to be used for storing a raster.

{\bf RastPort} a grpahics structure that describes how rendering is done into display memory. The RastPort structure also has pointers into the actual display memory locations. [Raster Port]

{\bf rate} field of the narrator\_rb structure that determines the speaking speed in words/minute (40-400).

{\bf RawDoFmt} {\em (\&char, APTR, \&(), APTR)} Exec procedure that provides a formatted character stream, in a manner similar to the C language {\em scanf} command. [raw do format]

{\bf RAWKEY} constant used to specify that key codes generated by the keyboard device are to be in raw format. RAWKEY = 0x00000400. cf. VANILLAKEY

{\bf RawKeyConvert} console device function to decode a raw key event.

{\bf RBF} \abbr Recieve buffer full. Serial recieve buffer full interrupt; has software priority 12, and hardware priority 5.

{\bf rbrk} {\em ():int} \scf  to release level 1 memory. Defined in {\em stdlib.h.} cf. lsbrk, sbrk, rlsmem, free [release break]

{\bf RCOMMAND} constant used in the Qualifier field of the input stream, to indicate that the right Amiga key is pressed. RCOMMAND = 6. cf. LCOMMAND [right command]

{\bf read} {\em (int, \&char, unsigned):unsigned} UNIX C function to read from a level 1 file. Defined in {\em fcntl.h}. cf. write, open, dread

{\bf READ} \aB  procedure to read information from DATA statements and assign them to variables. READ {\em variable\_list}. cf. DATA, RESTORE

{\bf ReadChunkBytes} {\em (\&IFFHandle, \&UBYTE, LONG): LONG\/} IFF Parse library function to read bytes from the current chunk into a buffer. cf. ReadChunkRecords, ParseIFF, WriteChunkBytes

{\bf ReadChunkRecords} {it (\&IFFHandle, \&UBYTE, LONG, LONG): LONG\/} IFF Parse library function to read record elements from the current chunk into a buffer. cf. ReadChunkBytes, ParseIFF, WriteChunkRecords

{\bf readdir} {\em (\&DIR):\&direct} UNIX C function to read a directory element. Defined in {\em sys/dir.h}. cf. opendir [read directory]

{\bf ReadExpansionByte} {\em (APTR, WORD):BYTE} Expansion function to read a byte nibble by nibble. cf. WriteExpansionByte

{\bf ReadExpansionRom} {\em (APTR, \&ConfigDev):LONG} Expansion function to read a boards configuration ROM space.

{\bf ReadPixel} {\em (\&RastPort,SHORT,SHORT):LONG} graphics function to read the pen value of the specified pixel. cf. WritePixel

{\bf ready} task state, referring to a task that is ready to run, but is currently not running. cf. running, waiting

{\bf ready queue} the queue of tasks that are eligible to claim the processor. cf. waiting queue

{\bf realloc} {\em (\&char, unsigned):\&char} \acf  to reallocate level 3 memory. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. calloc, malloc, free [re-allocate]

{\bf real-time} term that means that event response occurs as quickly as possible (within its time-frame of usefulness).

{\bf RECOVERY\_ALERT} an alert from which system recovery might still be possible. RECOVERY\_ALERT = 0x00000000.

{\bf rectangle-fill} a fill of a rectangular shape.

{\bf RectFill} {\em (\&RastPort,SHORT,SHORT,SHORT,SHORT)} graphics procedure to fill the specified rectangle with the current colours and modes. [rectangle fill]

{\bf refresh} {\sl1\/} a hardware process that is needed to maintain the contents of volatile memory, such as RAM. {\sl2\/} an Intuition action that involves the reconstruction of damaged portions of windows and screens.

{\bf RefreshDList} {\em (\&DList)} ASL library function to refresh the display for a display list. Usually called after calling DrawDList. [refresh display list]

{\bf RefreshDListItem} {\em (\&DList, int)} ASL library function to refresh a single item in a display list scroll region. [refresh display list item]

{\bf RefreshGadgets} {\em (\&Gadget, \&Window, \&Requester)} Intuition procedure to refresh all of the gadgets in a list, from the specified gadget. cf. RefreshGList

{\bf RefreshGList} {\em (\&Gadget, \&Window,SHORT):USHORT} Intuition function that is an extension of RefreshGadgets, by allowing the number of gadgets to be refreshed to be specified. cf. RefreshGadgets [refresh gadget list]

{\bf REFRESHWINDOW} a IDCMP class of message telling a program that a window needs to be refreshed. REFRESHWINDOW = 0x00000004.

{\bf RefreshWindowFrame} {\em (\&Window)} an Intuition procedure to refresh the border area of a window including gadgets rendered in the border.

{\bf register frame} a display which shows the current processor register state.

{\bf register variable} type of temporary variable in C, stored in a register if possible, giving faster access times. The size of the variable must be no larger than the size of a register. If no registers are available the variable will be downgraded to an automatic. Scope is the current block. The address operator (\&) cannot be applied to register variables.

{\bf registration point} collective name for the AnX and AnY fields of the AnimOb structure that is the point which all GELs in the object are drawn relative to.

{\bf RELABEL} DRIVE $<drive>$: NAME $<name>$ Amiga DOS command to change the volume name of a disk. cf. RENAME

{\bf ReleaseConfigBinding} {\em ()} Expansion procedure to allow others to bind to drivers. cf. ObtainConfigBinding [release configuration binding]

{\bf ReleaseSemaphore} {\em (\&SignalSemaphore)} Exec procedure to free a semaphore for use by other tasks. cf. ObtainSemaphore

{\bf ReleaseSemaphoreList} {\em (\&List)} Exec procedure to free a list of semaphores for use by other tasks. cf. ObtainSemaphoreList

{\bf RELVERIFY} constant used to specify that your program requires information about gadgets, but not unless the user releases the select button on the gadget after selection. RELVERIFY = 0x0001. [release verify]

{\bf REM} \aB  comment designator, can be abbreviated by '. [remark]

{\bf RemakeDisplay} {\em ()} an Intuition procedure that combines the effects of MakeVPort and RethinkDisplay.

{\bf RemBob} {\em (\&Bob)} graphics procedure to remove a Bob from the GEL list. cf. RemIBob, AddBob [remove Bob]

{\bf RemConfigDev} {\em (\&ConfigDev)} Expansion procedure to remove a ConfigDev structure from the system. cf. AddConfigDev

{\bf RemDevice} {\em (\&Device)} Exec procedure to cause a call to a device's EXPUNGE command. cf. CMD\_EXPUNGE [remove device]

{\bf Remember} an Intuition structure used with the multiple allocation routines AllocRemember and FreeRemember. Defined in {\em intuition/ intuition.h}.

{\bf RemFont} {\em (\&TextFont)} graphics procedure to remove a font from the system font list. cf. SetFont, AddFont [remove font]

{\bf RemHead} {\em (\&List):\&Node} Exec function to remove the head node of a list. cf. AddHead, RemTail [remove tail]

{\bf RemIBob} {\em (\&Bob, \&RastPort, \&ViewPort)} graphics procedure to immediately remove a Bob from the GEL list and the RastPort. cf. RemBob, RemVSprite [remove immediately Bob]

{\bf RemICRVector} disk.resource command to remove an interrupt handler from a CIA bit. cf. AddICRBVector [remove ICR vector]

{\bf RemIntServer} {\em (ULONG, \&Interrupt)} Exec procedure to remove an interrupt server from the given server chain. cf. AddIntServer [remove interrupt server]

{\bf RemLibrary} {\em (\&Library)} Exec procedure that causes a call to a library's EXPUNGE command. cf. CloseLibrary, OpenLibrary [remove library]

{\bf remove} {\em (\&char):int} \acf  to remove a file. Defined in {\em stdio.h}.

{\bf Remove} {\em (\&Node)} Exec procedure to remove a node from any list. cf. Insert

{\bf REMOVE} Assembly language macro function to remove an item from an Exec list. cf. Remove

{\bf RemoveCxObj} {\em (\&CxObj)} Commodities library function to remove a commodity object.

{\bf removed} special task state for a task which is just finishing.

{\bf RemoveGadget} {\em (\&Window, \&Gadget):USHORT} Intuition function to remove the specified gadget. cf. AddGadget, RemoveGList

{\bf RemoveGList} {\em (\&Window, \&Gadget,SHORT):USHORT} Intuition function to remove a number of gadgets. cf. AddGList, RemoveGadget [remove gadget list]

{\bf RemPort} {\em (\&MsgPort)} Exec procedure to remove a message port from the system. cf. AddPort [remove port]

{\bf RemResource} {\em (APTR)} Exec procedure to remove a resource from the system. cf. AddResource [remove resource]

{\bf RemSemaphore} {\em (\&SignalSemaphore)} Exec procedure to remove a semaphore from the system. cf. AddSemaphore. [remove semaphore]

{\bf RemTail} {\em (\&List):\&Node} Exec function to remove the tail node of a list. cf. AddTail [remove tail]

{\bf RemTask} {\em (\&Task)} Exec procedure to remove a task from the system. cf. AddTask [remove task]

{\bf RemTOF} exec\_support procedure to remove a task from the vertical-blanking interval interrupt server chain. cf. AddTOF [remove top of form]

{\bf RemVSprite} {\em (\&VSprite)} graphics procedure to remove a VSprite from the current GEL list. cf. RemBob [remove virutal sprite]

{\bf rename} {\em (\&char, \&char):int} \acf  to rename a file. Defined in {\em fcntl.h}.

{\bf RENAME} [FROM] $<oldname>$ [TO] $<newname>$ Amiga DOS command to change the name of a file. You cannot rename files across devices.

{\bf render} to draw or write into display memory.

{\bf rendezvous} communication between two or more tasks.

{\bf repeatable key} a key which is allowed to repeat if it is held down.

{\bf ReplyMsg} {\em (\&Message)} Exec procedure to send a reply to a message. cf. GetMsg, PutMsg [reply message]

{\bf repmem} {\em (\&char, \&char, int, int)} \acf  to replicate values through a memory block. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. memset, setmem, memchr [replicate memory]

{\bf ReportMouse} {\em (\&Window, BOOL)} Intuition procedure used to set whether or not mouse movements are reported in the specified window. Note: Some compilers will require the call to be ReportMouse (BOOL, \&Window).

{\bf REPORTMOUSE} constant used to specify that a given window requires updates on the pointer's position. REPORTMOUSE = 0x0200.

{\bf REQACTIVE} flag set by Intuition as a requester is set or cleared. REQACTIVE = 0x2000. [requester active]

{\bf REQCLEAR} IDCMP flag that notifies a program when a requester is cleared from a window. REQCLEAR = 0x00001000. [requester cleared]

{\bf REQGADGET} constant used to specify that a gadget is for a requester. REQGADGET = 0x1000. [requester gadget]

{\bf REQOFFWINDOW} flag set by Intuition if a requester is rendered outside the active window. REQOFFWINDOW = 0x1000. [requester off window]

{\bf REQSET} IDCMP flag that notifies a program when a requester opens in its window. REQSET = 0x00000080. [requester set]

{\bf Request} {\em (\&Requester, \&Window):BOOL} Intuition function to link a requester into the specified window.

{\bf requester} a window that appears when a program needs to elicit specific information from the user before the program can continue.

{\bf Requester} Intuition data structure for a requester. Defined in {\em intuition/intuition.h}.

{\bf requester gadget} any gadget that is part of a requester.

{\bf RequestFile} {\em (\&FileRequester)} ASL library function to generate a requester asking the user to select a file or several files.

{\bf RequestFont} {\em (\&FontRequester)} ASL library function to generate a requester asking the user to select a font.

{\bf REQVERIFY} IDCMP flag that allows your program to verify it is ready for a requester to appear. REQVERIFY = 0x00002000. [requester verify]

{\bf Reserved} mountlist keyword to specify the number of blocks for the boot block; should be two. cf. mountlist

{\bf RESERVED} the fourth entry point in a library, reserved for future use.

{\bf Resident} an Exec structure used in the handling of user libraries. Also known as the {\bf romtag} structure. Defined in {\em exec/resident.h}.

{\bf RESIDENT} $<resident-name>$ $<file>$ [REMOVE] [ADD] [REPLACE] [PURE] [SYSTEM] Amiga DOS command to load commands and add them to the resident list maintained by the shell. This allows the command to be executed without it having to be reloaded every time, resulting in faster execution and reduced memory usage when multitasking. Only certain commands can be made resident. The command should be both reentrant and re-executable. Commands with this property have their pure bit set in the protection field. Many Amiga DOS commands are pure. The REPLACE option is the default. With no options the RESIDENT command will list all resident programs. Full path names to files to be made resident must be provided. If the SYSTEM option is specified, the command will be added to the system portion of the resident list. Command added to the system list cannot be removed. The PURE options forces commands which are not marked as pure to be made resident (use this option with caution).

{\bf resolution} the number of pixels that can be displayed in the horizontal and vertical directions.

{\bf resource} low-level access to Amiga hardware control functions, which is not normally required by most programs.

{\bf RESTORE} \aB  procedure to specify which DATA statement the READ command will next use. RESTORE [{\em line}]. cf. READ, DATA.

{\bf RESUME} \aB  procedure to continue program execution after error recovery has been performed. RESUME [0 $|$ NEXT $|$ {\em line}]. cf. ON ERROR

{\bf RethinkDisplay} {\em ()} an Intuition procedure which performs an entire display reconstruction, considering all active ViewPorts in the process.

{\bf RETURN} \aB  procedure to return control for a subroutine. RETURN [{\em line}]. cf. GOSUB

{\bf return} C statement to end a function call without returning a value or if in the form {\em return()\/} returning a value.

{\bf rewind} {\em (\&FILE):int} ANSI C macro function to set a file back to the beginning. \#define rewind(x) fseek(x,0L,0). cf. fseek

{\bf rewinddir} {\em (\&DIR)} UNIX C function to restart directory operation. \#define rewinddir(dfd) seekdir(dfd,0L). cf. seekdir [rewind directory]

{\bf RHeight} \abbr raster height.

{\bf RI} \abbr reset to initial state, \ANSIcs. $<$RI$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$M$>$ = 0x1B 0x4D.

{\bf RIGHT\$} \aB  function to return a right-bounded substring. {\em substring} = RIGHT\$ ({\em string},{\em size}). cf. LEFT\$, MID\$ [right string]

{\bf RIGHTBORDER} constant used to specify that a gadget is to be rendered in the right border of a window. RIGHTBORDER = 0x0010. cf. LEFTBORDER, TOPBORDER, BOTTOMBORDER

{\bf RIGHTHIT} constant used to specify that a GEL has hit the right boundary. RIGHTHIT = 8. cf. TOPHIT, BOTTOMHIT, LEFTHIT, rightmost

{\bf rightmost} field of the GelsInfo structure that specifies the right boundary for sprites. cf. topmost, bottommost, leftmost

{\bf right mouse button} the button on the right side of the mouse, normally used for making menu selections. cf. left mouse button.

{\bf RigidDiskBlock} specification that defines blocks of data that exist on a hard disk to describe that disk. It holds basic configuration information for a drive such as number and size of blocks.

{\bf ring motion control} a method of animating GELs that involves drawing each frame in a sequence at an offset to the registration frame or to the previous frame. cf. simple motion control, sequenced drawing

{\bf RINGTRIGGER} flag in the AnimOb structure used to specify that the ring translations are to be added next time this GEL is sequenced. RINGTRIGGER = 0x0001. cf. RingXTrans, RingYTrans

{\bf RingXTrans} field of the AnimOb structure used to hold the ring motion {\em x} translation. This value is added to AnX when RINGTRIGGER is encountered. cf. RingYTrans, RINGTRIGGER [ring {\em x} translation]

{\bf RingYTrans} field of the AnimOb structure used to hold the ring motion {\em y} translation. This value is added to AnY when RINGTRIGGER is encountered. cf. RingXTrans, RINGTRIGGER [ring {\em y} translation]

{\bf RIS} \abbr reset to initial state, \ANSIcs. $<$RIS$>$ = $<$ESC$> <$c$>$ = 0x1B 0x63.

{\bf rlsmem} {\em (\&char,short):int} \scf  to release a lvel 2 memory block. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. rlsml, getmem [release memory]

{\bf rlsml} {\em (\&char, long):int} \scf  to release a level 2 memory block. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. rlsmem, getml [release memory long]

{\bf RM} \abbr reset mode, \ANSIcs. $<$RM$>$ = $<$CSI$> <$LNM $|$ ASM $|$ AWM$> <$l$>$ = 0x9B (0x32 0x30  $|$  0x3E 0x31  $|$  0x3F 0x37) 0x6C.

{\bf RMB} \abbr Right Mouse Button

{\bf RMBTRAP} constant used to prevent all menu operations for a window. RMBTRAP = 0x00010000. [right mouse button trap]

{\bf rmdir} {\em (\&char):int} UNIX C function to remove a directory. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. [remove directory]

{\bf RND} \aB  function to return a pseudo-random number between 0 and 1. {\em float} = RND ({\em expression}). cf. RANDOMIZE [random]

{\bf ROM} \abbr Read Only Memory, cf. RAM

{\bf romtag} {\em See} Resident

{\bf ROM-Wack} a small Kickstart resident version of Wack. cf. Wack

{\bf RouteCxMsg} {\em (\&CxMsg, \&CxObj)} Commodities library function to establish the next destination of a commodities message.

{\bf RSET} \aB  procedure to move data into a random file buffer using right justification. RSET {\em string\_variable} = {\em string\_expression}. cf. LSET [right set]

{\bf rstmem} {\em ()} old \scf  to reset a memory pool. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. getmem, getml, rlsmem, rlsml, sizmem [reset memory]

{\bf RTF\_AUTOINIT} constant, used in the Resident structure to say that the MakeLibrary and AddLibrary routines are to be automatic. RTF\_AUTOINIT = \%10000000. [romtag flag automatic initialisation]

{\bf RUN} {\sl 1\/} \aB  command to execute the program currently in memory or load and execute a program. RUN [{\em line}] $|$ {\em filename}[,R]. {\sl 2\/} $<command>$ $[+ <comment>]$ Amiga DOS command to launch background processes which do not prevent the closing of the CLI in which the process was started. To do this, redirect the output of RUN to NIL: by using the $>$ symbol. However, if for some reason the program you are running gets a lock on $*$ (the current window), you still will not be able to close that window.

{\bf running} a task state; that refers to the single task that currently owns the processor. cf. ready, waiting, added, removed

{\bf RWidth} \abbr raster width.

{\bf RxOffset} The horizontal offset of a display within a raster. [raster $x$ offset]

{\bf RyOffset} The vertical offset of a display within a raster. [raster $y$ offset]

\section {S}



{\bf S} phonetic code for the consonant sound in {\bf s}oon.

{\bf s} ANSI C format specifier indicating string conversion.

{\bf SADD} \aB  function to return the address of the first byte of a specified string. {\em addr} = SADD ({\em string\_expression}). cf. VARPTR [string address]

{\bf sampfreq} field of the narrator\_rb structure which determines the audio sampling frequency and affects the pitch and rate proportionally. [sampling frequency]

{\bf sample} a piece of audio data which is one of the fixed-interval points on the waveform.

{\bf SatisfyMsg} clipboard structure used to specify a port for clip postings. Defined in {\em devices/clipboards.h}. [satisfy message]

{\bf SAVE} \aB  command to save a program to a file. SAVE [{\em filename} [, A $|$ P $|$ B]]. cf. LOAD

{\bf SAVEBACK} flag used to specify that the background behind a Bob is to be preserved. This requires that a SaveBuffer has been specified. SAVEBACK = 0x0002.

{\bf SAVEBOB} flag to tell the system not to erase the old image of a Bob when a Bob is moved. SAVEBOB = 0x0001.

{\bf SAVEPRESERVE} a Bob flag used by the system in double-buffered displays. SAVEPRESERVE = 0x1000.

{\bf SAY} \aB  procedure to speak a string of phonemes. SAY {\em string} [, {\em mode\_array}]. cf. TRANSLATE\$

{\bf sbrk} {\em (unsigned):\&char} \scf  to allocate level 1 memory. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. lsbrk, rbrk, getmem, malloc [set break]

{\bf scanf} {\em (\&char,{\&type}):int} \acf  to do formatted input from stdin. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. fscanf, sscanf, printf [scan formatted]

{\bf scheduling} the action of determining which tasks and for how long have access to the processor.

{\bf screen} {\sl1\/} Intuitions basic unit of display. A screen is rectangular in shape taking up the entire width of the display, but arbitrarily high. Like windows screens can be dragged and arranged at different depths. {\sl2\/} any display created by the OpenScreen function. {\sl3\/} the wide end of a 

cathode-ray tube esp. of a monitor or television set.

{\bf Screen} an Intuition structure for a screen. Defined in {\em intuition/screens.h}.

{\bf SCREEN} \aB  procedure to attempt to open a screen or close a screen. SCREEN {\em id}, {\em width}, {\em height}, {\em depth}, {\em mode} or SCREEN CLOSE {\em id}.

{\bf SCREENBEHIND} constant used when a screen is to be opened behind all other screens. SCREENBEHIND = 0x0080.

{\bf screen display memory} Memory used for storing the screen display.

{\bf SCREENQUIET} constant used to indicate that a screen should have no title bar or visible gadgetry. SCREENQUIET = 0x0100.

{\bf screen title} the words appearing in the title bar of the screen, used for screen identification and identifying the active screen.

{\bf ScreenToBack} {\em (\&Screen}) an Intuition procedure to send a screen to the back of the display.

{\bf ScreenToFront} {\em (\&Screen}) an Intuition procedure to bring a screen to the front of the display.

{\bf SCRN:} \aB  output device, indicating that data is to be sent to the current output window. cf. output window, KYBD: [screen]

{\bf scroll} to move the contents of display memory within some bounded region such as a window.

{\bf SCROLL} \aB  procedure to scroll a defined area of the current output window. SCROLL ({\em x1,y1})-({\em x2,y2}),{\em delx},{\em dely}.

{\bf scroll bar} a proportional gagdte with which the user can scroll about the display.

{\bf ScrollDList} {\em (\&DList, int)} ASL library function to scroll the logical position of a display list. [scroll display list]

{\bf ScrollDListAbs} {\em (\&DList, int)} ASL library function to scroll a display list to an absolute logical position. [scroll display list absolute]

{\bf ScrollLayer} {\em (LONG, \&Layer, LONG, LONG)} Layers procedure to scroll around in a SuperBitMap layer.

{\bf ScrollRaster} {\em (\&RastPort,SHORT,SHORT,SHORT,SHORT,SHORT,SHORT)} graphics procedure to scroll the contents of the specified rectangle towards (0,0), the space created is filled with the barkground pen colour.

{\bf ScrollVPort} {\em (\&ViewPort)} graphics prcedure to offset values in the RasInfo structure. [scroll viewport]

{\bf SD} \abbr scroll down, \ANSIcs. Scroll down $N$ lines, the bottom lines are lost, lines exposed at the top are filled with blanks. $<$SD$>$ = $<$CSI$>[N]<$T$>$ = 0x9B $[N]$ 0x54 = 0x1B 0x5B $[N]$ 0x54.

{\bf SDCMD\_QUERY} serial device command to query the serial port/line status. [serial device command query]

{\bf SDCMD\_SETPARAMS} serial device command to change the parameters associated with the serial port. [serial device set parameters]

{\bf SEARCH} FROM $<name>$ $<pattern>$ [SEARCH] $<string>$ [ALL] [NONUM] [QUIET] [QUICK] [FILE] Amiga DOS command to look for the specified text in the specified files. SEARCH returns 0 if the object is found, and a 5 (=WARN) otherwise. Searching is also aborted if $<$CTRL$><$C$>$ is typed. The NONUM option supresses the printing of line numbers. The QUIET option supresses all output. QUICK gives a condensed output. FILE was cause a file with the specified name to be searched for.

{\bf seed48} {\em (short[3]):\&short} UNIX C function to set all 48-bits of the internal seed. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. drand48, lrand48, mrand48, srand48, lcong48 [seed 48-bit]

{\bf seekdir} {\em (\&DIR, long)} UNIX C function to reposition directory operation. Defined in {\em sys/dir.h}. cf. rewinddir, telldir [seek directory]

{\bf select} to pick a gadget or menu item.

{\bf select box} the sensitive area of a gadget or menu item.

{\bf select button} another name for the left mouse button.

{\bf SELECTDOWN} constant, MOUSEBUTTONS event received when the left mouse button is depressed. SELECTDOWN = 0x68. cf SELECTUP, MENUDOWN

{\bf SELECTED} constant used to initialise a toggle-selected gadget to selected. SELECTED = 0x0080.

{\bf SELECTUP} constant, MOUSEBUTTON event received when the left mouse button is released. SELECTUP = 0xE8. cf. SELECTDOWN, MENUUP

{\bf semaphore} a method of locking access to a shared structure while your task manipulates the structure.

{\bf SendIO} {\em (\&IORequest)} Exec procedure to initiate an asynchronous I/O request. cf. DoIO, CheckIO, WaitIO, AbortIO

{\bf sequenced drawing} a method of controlling GELs that causes apparent movement within a GEL. This can be combined with simple motion control. cf. simple motion control, ring motion control

{\bf SERF\_7WIRE} constant, to select 7 wire handshaking for RS-232C communications. Default is 3 wire (pins 2, 3 and 7). SERF\_7WIRE = 4. [serial flag seven wire]

{\bf SERF\_EOFMODE} flag used to indicate that io\_TermArray is to be used with the serial device. SERF\_EOFMODE = 64. [serial flag end-of-file mode]

{\bf SERF\_PARTY\_ODD} constant, used for selecting the parity protocol. SERF\_PARTY\_ODD = 2 . [serial flag parity off]

{\bf SERF\_PARTY\_ON} constant, used to specify whether or not parity checking is to be used. SERF\_PARTY\_ON = 1. [serial flag parity on]

{\bf SERF\_QUEUEDBRK} constant, used to indicate that breaks are to be queued, not immediate. SERF\_QUEUEDBRK = 8. [serial flag queued break]

{\bf SERF\_RAD\_BOOGIE} constant used to activate high-speed mode. Cause the serial device to skip some checking code to increase speed. SERF\_RAD\_BOOGIE = 16. [serial flag radical boogie]

{\bf SERF\_SHARED} constant, allows other taks to simultaneously access the serial port. SERF\_SHARED = 32. [serial flag shared]

{\bf SERF\_XDISABLE} constant, used to indicate that the XON/XOFF feature is to be disabled. SERF\_XDISABLED = 128. [serial flag X disabled]

{\bf serial device} a device which provides a hardware-independent interface to the Amiga RS-232C compatible serial port.

{\bf serial port} an RS-232C compatible connector on the Amiga.

{\bf SERIAL\_PRINTER} constant used to specify that a serial printer is to be used. SERIAL\_PRINTER = 0x01. cf. PARALLEL\_PRINTER

{\bf SetAPen} {\em (\&RastPort, UBYTE)} graphics procedure to set the primary pen colour. cf. SetBPen, SetOPen

{\bf SetBPen} {\em (\&RastPort, UBYTE)} graphics procedure to set the secondary pen colour. cf. SetAPen, SetOPen

{\bf setbuf} {\em (\&FILE, \&char)} \acf  to set buffer mode for a level 2 file. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. setnbf, setvbuf, fopen [set buffer]

{\bf SetCollision} {\em (ULONG, \&PROC, \&GelsInfo)} graphics procedure to set an entry in the user collision vector table.

{\bf SetCurrentBinding} {\em (\&CurrentBinding, WORD)} Expansion procedure to set the static board configuration area. cf. GetCurrentBinding

{\bf SetCxObjPri} {\em (\&CxObj, LONG)} Commodities library function to set the priority of a commodity object for the enqueueing purposes.

{\bf SETDATE} $<file>$ [$<date>$ $<time>$] Amiga DOS command used to change the date and time of a file or directory. cf. DATE

{\bf SetDMRequest} {\em (\&Window, \&Requester)} Intuition procedure to set a double-click requester for the given window. cf. ClearDMRequest [set double-click menu requester]

{\bf SetDrMd} {\em (\&RastPort, UBYTE)} graphics procedure to set the drawing mode. cf. SetAPen, JAM1, JAM2

{\bf SetDrPt} {\em (\&RastPort, LONG)\/} graphics procedure to set the drawing pattern.

{\bf SetExcept} {\em (ULONG, ULONG):ULONG} Exec function used to define which signals should cause exceptions. cf. SetSignal [set exception]

{\bf SetFilter} {\em (\&CxObj, \&IX)} Commodities library function to change the matching conditions of a commodity objects input filter.

{\bf SetFilterIX} {\em (\&CxObj, \&IX)} Commodities library function to change the matching conditions of a commodity objects input filter.

{\bf SetFont} {\em (\&RastPort, \&TextFont)} graphics procedure to set the text font for the given rastport. cf. OpenFont, RemFont

{\bf SetFunction} {\em (\&Library, LONG, APTR):APTR} Exec function to change a LVO.

{\bf SetICR} disk.resource command to cause, clear and sample ICR interrupts.

{\bf SetIntVector} {\em (ULONG, \&Interrupt):\&Interrupt} Exec function to set a system interrupt vector. [set interrupt vector]

{\bf setjmp} {\em (jmp\_buf):int} \acf  to set long jump parameters. Defined in {\em setjmp.h}. cf. longjmp [set jump]

{\bf SetLocalItemPurge} {\em (\&LocalContextItem, \&Hook)\/} IFF Parse library function to set the purge vector for a local context item. cf. AllocLocalItem, FreeLocalItem

{\bf setmem} {\em (\&char, unsigned, char)} \acf  to set a memory block to a value. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. memset, repmem [set memory]

{\bf SetMenuStrip} {\em (\&Window, \&Menu):BOOL} Intuition function to attach a menu bar to a window. cf. ClearMenuStrip

{\bf setnbf} {\em (\&FILE)} \acf  to set non-buffer mode for a level 2 file. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. setbuf, setvbuf, fopen [set non-buffered]

{\bf SetOPen} {\em (\&RastPort, UBYTE)} graphics procedure to change the are outline pen. Implemented as a C-macro. cf. SetAPen, SetBpen [set outline pen]

{\bf SETPATCH} [R] Amiga DOS command to make ROM patches in various Kickstart versions. SETPATCH should be run in the first line of the startup-sequence file. The R option is used to protect the recoverable ramdrive.device on systems with one megabyte of CHIP RAM.

{\bf SetPointer} {\em (\&Window, USHORT,SHORT,SHORT,SHORT,SHORT)} Intuition procedure to attach a sprite definition for a pointer to a window. cf. ClearPointer

{\bf SetPrefs} {\em (\&Preferences, int, BOOL):\&Preferences} Intuition function to set new preferences. cf. GetPrefs, GetDefPrefs [set preferences]

{\bf SetRast} {\em (\&RastPort, UBYE)} graphics procedure to set an entire rastport to the specified colour. cf. RectFill [set rastport]

{\bf SetRGB4} {\em (\&ViewPort,SHORT, UBYTE, UBYE, UBYTE)} graphics procedure to set a colour register for the viewport. cf. LoadRGB4, SetRGB4CM [set RGB 4bits/component]

{\bf SetRGB4CM} {\em (\&ColorMap,SHORT, UBYTE, UBYE, UBYE)} graphics procedure to set a colour in the given colour map. cf. SetRGB4 [set RGB 4bits/component colour map]

{\bf SetSignal} {\em (ULONG, ULONG):ULONG} Exec function used to define the state of a tasks signals.

{\bf SetSoftStyle} {\em (\&RastPort, ULONG, ULONG):ULONG} graphics function to set the soft style of the current font. cf. AskSoftStyle

{\bf SetSR} {\em (ULONG, ULONG):ULONG} Exec function that is a safe way to modify the contents of the CPU status register. [set status register]

{\bf SetTaskPri} {\em (\&Task, LONG):BYTE} Exec function to get and change the priority of a task. [get task priority]

{\bf SetTranslate} {\em (\&CxObj, \&IX)} Commodities library function to replace the translation list of a commodities translator object.

{\bf setvbuf} {\em (\&FILE, \&char, int, int):int} \acf  to set a variable buffer for a level 2 file. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. setbuf, setnbf [set variable buffer]

{\bf SetWindowTitles} {\em (\&Window, \&UBYTE, \&UBYTE)} an Intuition procedure which allows you to determine the text appearing in the window's title bar.

{\bf sex} field of the narrator\_rb structure that specifies the sex of the speaking voice, male = 0 and female = 1.

{\bf .sfx} filename extension synomous to .pak [self extracting]

{\bf SGN} \aB  function to return the sign of an expression. {\em sign} = SGN ({\em expression}). [signum]

{\bf SGR} \abbr set graphic rendition, \ANSIcs. $<$SGR$>$ = $<$CSI$> <$style$> <$;$>$,fg$> <$;$> <$bg$> <$m$>$ = 0x9B style 0x3B fg 0x3B bg 0x6D where style ranges from $<$0$>$ to $<$7$>$, fg from $<$30$>$ to $<$37$>$, and bg from $<$40$>$ to $<$47$>$.

{\bf SH} phonetic code for the consonant sound in {\bf sh}y.

{\bf shape} field of the mouth\_rb structure reserved for system use.

{\bf SHARED} \aB  procedure to specify common variables between a subprogram and the main program. SHARED {\em variable\_list}.

{\bf shared structure} any structure accessible to two or more tasks.

{\bf SHFCprList} short-frame copper list.

{\bf short} a predefined data type in C used for representing small integers. The size of the integers which can be represented is machine dependent. On 680x0 based machines a short is usually 16~bits.

{\bf ShowTitle} {\em (\&Screen, BOOL)} an Intuition procedure that controls the concealment of a screen's title.

{\bf SI} \abbr shift in, ANSI control code. $<$SI$>$ = 0xF. cf. SO

{\bf SIG\_DFL} ANSI flag indicating that the system default should occur for a signal. cf. SIG\_IGN, signal [signal default]

{\bf SIGFPE} signal that occurs when a floating-point error is detected. cf. SIGINT, signal [signal floating-point error]

{\bf SIG\_IGN} ANSI flag for {\em signal} indicating that a signal should be ignored. cf. SIG\_DFL, signal [signal ignore]

{\bf SIGINT} signal that occurs when the user presses $<$CTRL$> <$C$>$ or $<$CTRL$> <$D$>$. cf. SIGFPE, signal [signal interrupt]

{\bf signal} {\sl1\/} a method of intertask communication, used for synchronization and coordination. {\sl2\/} {\em (int, \&proc()):\&proc()} \acf  to establish event traps. Defined in {\em signal.h}.

{\bf Signal} {\em (\&Task, ULONG)} Exec procedure to signal a task.

{\bf SignalSemaphore} Exec structure for a semaphore. Defined in {\em exec/semaphores.h}.

{\bf simple motion control} a method of controlling GELs that involves moving the GEL so far every $N$ frames. The control is provided by the AnimOb and AnimComp structures. cf. sequenced drawing, ring motion control

{\bf simple refresh} {\sl1\/} a method of redrawing window contents. Intuition does not remember the contents of an obscured portion when simple refresh is used. cf. smart refresh. {\sl2\/} A type of layer which is clipped. Parts clipped off are not retained by the system.

{\bf SIMPLE\_REFRESH} constant used to select simple refresh for a window. SIMPLE\_REFRESH = 0x0040.

{\bf Simple Sprite} a sprite handled by the graphics hardware (of which eight are allowed).

{\bf SimpleSprite} graphics structure used to hold a Simple Sprite, defined in {\em graphics/sprite.h}.

{\bf sin} {\em (double):double} \acf  to calculate the sine of a number. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. cos, tan, cot, asin, sinh [sine]

{\bf SIN} \aB  function to return the sine of an expression. {\em sine} = SIN ({\em expression}). cf. COS, TAN [sine]

{\bf SING} SAS C math error code for {\em except} to specify a singularity. Mapped to EDOM. SING = 2. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. except, matherr

{\bf single quote} The ' or {\tt '} character. Also called {\em apostrophe.}

{\bf sinh} {\em (double):double} \acf  to calculate the hyperbolic sine of a number. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. cosh, tanh, sin [sine hyperbolic]

{\bf .sit} filename extension for the MacIntosh ``Stuffit'' program.

{\bf SIZEBBOTTOM} constant used to specify that the sizing gadget is to be rendered in the bottom border of a window. SIZEBBOTTOM = 0x0020. cf SIZEBRIGHT [size bottom bottom]

{\bf SIZEBRIGHT} constant used to specify that the sizing gadget is to  be rendered in the lower right of a window. SIZEBRIGHT = 0x0010. cf SIZEBBOTTOM [size bottom right]

{\bf SizeLayer} {\em (LONG, \&Layer, LONG, LONG):BOOL} Layers function to change the size of a non-backdrop layer.

{\bf sizeof} {\em ()\/} C function to return the number of bytes required for any type. Evaluated at compile time.

{\bf SIZEVERIFY} a constant that when specified prevents window sizing until your program is ready to accept sizing. SIZEVERIFY = 0x00000001.

{\bf SizeWindow} {\em (\&Window,SHORT,SHORT)} an Intuition procedure which is used to change the size of a window.

{\bf sizing gadget} a gadget found in the lower right of a window, with which the size of a window can be changed.

{\bf sizmem} {\em ():long} \scf  to get level 2 memory pool size. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. getmem, getml, malloc [size memory]

{\bf \_SLASH} SAS C char to hold the directory separator character. cf. strmfn, strmfp

{\bf SLEEP} \aB  procedure to suspend execution until an event that \aB  is interested in occurs.

{\bf slider} part of a proportional gadget, used to pick a value in a range by dragging the slider or moving the slider.

{\bf SM} \abbr set mode, \ANSIcs. $<$SM$>$ = $<$CSI$> <$LNM $|$ ASM $|$ AWM$> <$h$>$ = 0x9B (0x32 0x30  $|$  0x3E 0x31  $|$  0x3F 0x37) 0x68.

{\bf sm\_ArgList} field of the WBStartup structure that is an array of pointers to the calling arguments. [start message argument list]

{\bf smart refresh} {\sl1\/} A method of redrawing window contents, that allows recovery of obscured portion of a window. cf simple refresh. {\sl2\/} A type of layer which supports dynamic retainment of obscurred portions.

{\bf SMART\_REFRESH} constant used to select smart refresh for a window. SMART\_REFRESH = 0x0000.

{\bf sm\_ClipID} field of the SatisfyMsg structure which is the clip identification for a clip posting. cf. io\_ClipID [satisfy message clip identifier]

{\bf sm\_Message} {\sl1\/} field of the WBStartup structure that is a standard Exec message structure. [start message message] {\sl2\/} field of the SatisfyMsg structure that is a standard Exec message. [satisfy message message]

{\bf sm\_NumArgs} field of the WBStartup structure that holds the number of arguments supplied at activation. [start message number (of) arguments]

{\bf sm\_Process} field of the WBStartup structure which is a process descriptor for a tool. [start message process]

{\bf sm\_Segment} field of the WBStartup structure which holds the tools executable code. [start message segment]

{\bf sm\_ToolWindow} field of the WBStartup structure which is reserved for future use. [start message tool window]

{\bf sm\_Unit} field of the SatisfyMsg structure which is the clip unit; zero for the primary unit. [satisfy message unit]

{\bf SO} \abbr shift out, ANSI control code, $<$SO$>$ = 0xE. cf SI

{\bf SOFTINT} {\em abbr}. Software interrupt, an interrupt with software priority 1 and hardware priority 1.

{\bf software interrupt} a system generated interrupt, particularly useful for creating special purpose asynchronous system context.

{\bf SortGList} {\em (\&RastPort)} graphics procedure to sort the current GEL list according to the GEL coordinates. DrawGList [sort GEL list]

{\bf SOUND} \aB  procedure to produce sound by forming a sound queue. SOUND {\em freq}, {\em duration} [,[{\em volume}][,{\em voice}]] or SOUND WAIT $|$ RESUME. cf. WAVE.

{\bf SP} {\sl1\/} \abbr stack pointer, {\sl2\/} {\em abbr}. single precision

{\bf SPAbs} {\em (float):float} FFP math library function to compute the absolute values of a fast floating-point number. [single precision absolute]

{\bf SPACE\$} \aB  function to generate a string of spaces. {\em string} = SPACE\$ ({\em length}). [space string]

{\bf SPAcos} {\em (float):float} FFP transcendental math library function to compute the inverse cosine of a fast floating-point number. [single precision arccosine]

{\bf SPAdd} {\em (float,float):float} FFP math library function to perform addition of two fast floating-point numbers. [single precision add]

{\bf SPAsin} {\em (float):float} FFP transcendental math library function to compute the inverse sine of a fast floating-point number. [single precision arcsine]

{\bf SPAtan} {\em (float):float} FFP transcendental math library function to compute the inverse tangent of a fast floating-point number. [single precision arctangent]

{\bf SPC} \aB  function to generate spaces in a PRINT statement. SPC ({\em number}). cf. PTAB, SPACE\$, TAB [space]

{\bf SPCeil} {\em (float):float} FFP math library function to compute the ceiling function of fast floating-point number. cf. SPFloor [single precision ceiling]

{\bf SPCmp} {\em (float,float):LONG} FFP math library function to compare two fast floating-point numbers setting appropriate condition codes. [single precision compare]

{\bf SPCos} {\em (float):float} FFP transcendental math library function to compute the cosine of a fast floating-point number. [single precision cosine]

{\bf SPCosh} {\em (float):float} FFP transcendental math library function to compute the hyperbolic cosine of a fast floating-point number. [single precision cosine, hyperbolic]

{\bf SPDiv} {\em (float,float):float} FFP math library function to perform division of fast floating-point numbers [single precision division]

{\bf SPECIAL\_ASPECT} constant, allows one dimension to be scaled to preserve the correct aspect ratio. SPECIAL\_ASPECT = 0x80.

{\bf SPECIAL\_CENTER} constant, used to centre an image between the left and right edges of the paper. SPECIAL\_CENTER = 0x40.

{\bf SPECIAL\_DENSITY1} constant, used to specify the lowest resolution in dpi. SPECIAL\_DENSITY1 = 0x100.

{\bf SPECIAL\_DENSITY2} constant, used to specify the second lowest density in dpi. SPECIAL\_DENSITY2 = 0x200.

{\bf SPECIAL\_DENSITY3} constant, used to specify density level 3. SPECIAL\_DENSITY3 = 0x300.

{\bf SPECIAL\_DENSITY4} constant, used to specify density level 4. SPECIAL\_DENSITY4 = 0x400.

{\bf SPECIAL\_DENSITY5} constant, used to specify density level 5. SPECIAL\_DENSITY5 = 0x500.

{\bf SPECIAL\_DENSITY6} constant, used to specify the second highest density in dpi. SPECIAL\_DENSITY6 = 0x600.

{\bf SPECIAL\_DENSITY7} constant, used to the specify the highest possible density in dpi. SPECIAL\_DENSITY7 = 0x700.

{\bf SPECIAL\_FRACCOLS} constant used to specify that the value in io\_DestCols is to be taken as a longword binary fraction of the maximum for the dimension. SPECIAL\_FRACCOLS = 0x10. [special fractional columns]

{\bf SPECIAL\_FRACROWS} like SPECIAL\_FRACCOLS but for io\_DestRows. SPECIAL\_FRACROWS = 0x20. [special fractional rows]

{\bf SPECIAL\_FULLCOLS} constant used to specify that the maximum printing width possible is to be used. SPECIAL\_FULLCOLS = 0x4. [special full columns]

{\bf SPECIAL\_FULLROWS} constant used to specify that the maximum printing height possible is to be used. SPECIAL\_FULLROWS = 0x8.

{\bf SPECIAL\_MILCOLS} constant used to specify that the value in io\_DestCols is measured in thousandths of an inch. SPECIAL\_MILCOLS = 0x1. [special mil columns]

{\bf SPECIAL\_MILROWS} like SPECIAL\_MILCOLS but for io\_DestRows. SPECIAL\_MILROWS = 0x2.

{\bf SPECIAL\_NOFORMFEED} constant, used to prevent ejection of a page after a graphics dump. SPECIAL\_NOFORMFEED = 0x800.

{\bf SPECIAL\_NOPRINT} constant, indicating that the printing size is to be calculated but no printing is actually to be done. SPECIAL\_NOPRINT = 0x2000.

{\bf SPECIAL\_TRUSTME} constant, used to order the printer not to send reset instructions before and after a graphics dump. SPECIAL\_TRUSTME = 0x1000. (Obsolete V1.3$+$).

{\bf SPExp} {\em (float):float} FFP transcendental math library function to perform exponentiation ($e^x$) of fast floating-point numbers. [single precision exponential]

{\bf SPFieee} {\em (float):float} FFP transcendental math library function to convert a single precision IEEE number to a fast floating-point number. [single precision from IEEE]

{\bf SPFix} {\em (float):int} FFP math library function to convert a fast floating-point number into an integer. cf. SPFlt [single precision fixed]

{\bf SPFloor} {\em (float):float} FFP math library function to compute the floor function of a fast floating-point number. cf. SPCeil [single precision floor]

{\bf SPFlt} {\em (int):float} FFP math library function to convert an integer to a fast floating-point number. cf. SPFix [single precision floating-point]

{\bf SPLog} {\em (float):float} FFP transcendental math library function to compute the natural logarithm of a fast floating-point number. [single precision logarithm]

{\bf SPLog10} {\em (float):float} FFP transcendental math library function to compute the common (decadic) logarithm of a fast floating-point number. [single precision logarithm, base 10]

{\bf SPMul} {\em (float,float):float} FFP math library function to multiply two fast floating-point numbers together. [single precision multiply]

{\bf SPNeg} {\em (float):float} FFP math library function to do unary minus on a fast floating-point number. cf. SPSub [single precision negation]

{\bf SPPow} {\em (float,float):float} FFP transcendental math library function to perform general power raising. [single precision power]

{\bf SprColors} field of the VSprite structure pointing to the colours to be used for a sprite. [sprite colours]

{\bf sprintf} {\sl1\/} clib function to format data into a string. {\sl2\/} {\em (\&char, \&char,{type}):int} \acf  to do formatted output to a string. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. printf, fprintf, sscanf [string print formatted]

{\bf sprite} a graphic rendered above all other bitmaps and independent of screen position. Sprites are always low-resolution (even on high-resolution displays), they have a maximum width of 16 pixels, and a maximum of three colours $+$ transparent. cf. Bob

{\bf sprite mode} a display mode which allows windows to contain sprites.

{\bf SpriteReserved} field of the GfxBase structure that contains the currently reserved sprites.

{\bf SPRITES} constant used by the ViewModes flag to allow sprites to be used on a screen. SPRITES = 0x4000.

{\bf sprRsrvd} a field of the GelsInfo structure that tells the system which Simple Sprites currently cannot be used for VSprites. [sprites reserved]

{\bf SPSin} {\em (float):float} FFP transcendental math library function to compute the sine of a fast floating-point number. [single precision sine]

{\bf SPSinCos} {\em (\&float,float):float} FFP transcendental math library function to compute the sine and cosine of a fast floating-point number. [single precision sine cosine]

{\bf SPSinh} {\em (float):float} FFP transcendental math library function to compute the hyperbolic sine of a fast floating-point number. [single precision sine, hyperbolic]

{\bf SPSqrt} {\em (float):float} FFP transcendental math library function to extract the square root of a fast floating-point number. [single precision square root]

{\bf SPSub} {\em (float,float):float} FFP math library function to perform subtraction of fast floating-point numbers. cf. SPNeg [single precision subtraction]

{\bf SPTan} {\em (float):float} FFP transcendental math library function to compute the tangent of a fast floating-point number. [single precision tangent]

{\bf SPTanh} {\em (float):float} FFP transcendental math library function to compute the hyperbolic tangent of a fast floating-point number. [single precision tangent, hyperbolic]

{\bf SPTieee} {\em (float):float} FFP transcendental math library function to convert a fast floating-point number into an IEEE single precision floating-point number. [single precision to IEEE]

{\bf SPTst} {\em (float):LONG} FFP math library function to test a fast floating-point number against zero. [single precision test]

{\bf SQR} \aB  function to return the square root of an expression. {\em root} = SQR ({\em expression}). [square root]

{\bf sqrt} {\em (double):double} \acf  to take the square root of a number. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. pow [square root]

{\bf sqsort} {\em (\&short, int)} UNIX C function to sort an array of shorts. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. qsort, lqsort [short quicksort]

{\bf srand} {\em (unsigned)} \acf  to seed the {\em rand} function. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. rand, drand48 [seed random]

{\bf srand48} {\em (long)} UNIX C function to set the high 32-bits of the internal seed. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. drand48, lrand48, mrand48, seed48, lcong48, srand, rand [seed random 48-bit]

{\bf sscanf} {\em (\&char, \&char,{\&type}):int} \acf  to do formatted input into a string. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. fscanf, scanf, sprintf [string scan formatted]

{\bf stack} a structure used for general purpose storage, usually a FIFO arrangement.

{\bf STACK} [$<n>$] Amiga DOS command to display or set the stack size of the current CLI. If no argument is given then the current stack size is displayed, otherwise STACK attempts to set the stack size to $n$.

{\bf stack overflow} What happens when a stack grows beyond the memory set aside for it. Can often result in spectacular crashes.

{\bf StackSize} mountlist keyword to specify the amount of stack space to allocate the process. cf. mountlist

{\bf Startup} mountlist keyword to specify a string to pass to the device, handler, or file system on startup as a BPTR to a BSTR.

{\bf stat} {\em (\&char, \&stat):int} UNIX C function to get a file's status. Defined in {\em sys/stat.h}. cf. chmod, Appendix 12 [status]

{\bf statement label} A label which precedes any statement. The label is used as the target of a goto statement in C, a GOTO or GOSUB statement in BASIC, or a jump instruction in assembler. Labels in C and BASIC take the form of an identifier followed by a colon.

{\bf static} C variable whose value is not lost when a function returns, any block variable, except formal parameters can be defined as {\tt static.} Scope is the block.

{\bf STATUS} $<process>$ [FULL] [TCB] [CLI  $|$  ALL] [COMMAND$=<command>$] Amiga DOS command to list details about CLI/SHELL processes. STATUS supports negative priorities. With the COMMAND option you can tell status to search for a command. STATUS scans the CLI list looking for that command. If the command is found, the CLI number is printed and the condition flag is set to 0. Otherwise the flag is set to 5 (=WARN).

{\bf ST\_BOTTOM} ScrollDList type to scroll a display list to the bottom of the list. [scroll type bottom]

{\bf stbrk} {\em (\&char, \&char):\&char} \acf  to find a break character in a string. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. strpbrk, strspn, strcspn [string break]

{\bf stcarg} {\em (\&char, \&char):int} \scf  to get an argument. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. stpbrk, strcspn, strpbrk [string character argument]

{\bf stccpy} {\em (\&char, \&char, int):int} \acf  to copy one string to another. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. stpcpy, strcpy, strncpy [string character copy]

{\bf stcd\_i} {\em (\&char, \&int):int} \scf  to convert a decimal string into an integer. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. stco\_i, stch\_i, stcd\_l [string convert decimal (to) integer]

{\bf stcd\_l} {\em (\&char, \&long):int} \scf  to convert a decimal string into a long. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. stco\_l, stch\_l, stcd\_i [string convert decimal (to) long]

{\bf stcgfe} {\em (\&char, \&char):int} \scf  to get a file extension. Defined in {\em string.h.} cf. stcgfn, stcgfp, strsfn [string character get file extension]

{\bf stcgfn} {\em (\&char, \&char):int} \scf  to get a file node. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. stcgfe, stcgfp, strsfn [string character get file node]

{\bf stcgfp} {\em (\&char, \&char):int} \scf  to get a file path. Defined in {\em string.h.} cf. stcgfe, stcgfn, strsfn [string character get file path]

{\bf stch\_i} {\em (\&char, \&int):int} \scf  to convert a hexadecimal string into an integer. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. stcd\_i, stco\_i, stch\_l [string convert hexadecimal (to) integer]

{\bf stch\_l } {\em (\&char, \&long):int} \scf  to convert a hexadecimal string into a long. Defined in {\em string.h.} cf. stcd\_l, stco\_l, stch\_i [string convert hexadecimal (to) long]

{\bf stci\_d} {\em (\&char, long):int} \scf  to convert an integer into a decimal 7-byte string. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. stci\_o, stci\_h, stcl\_d, stcu\_d, stcul\_d [string convert integer (to) decimal]

{\bf stci\_h} {\em (\&char, long):int} \scf  to convert an integer into a hexadecimal 5-byte string. Defined in {\em string.h.} cf. stci\_d, stci\_o, stcl\_h [string convert integer (to) hexadecimal]

{\bf stci\_o} {\em (\&char, long):int} \scf  to convert an integer into an octal 7-byte string. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. stci\_d, stci\_h, stcl\_o [string convert integer (to) octal]

{\bf stcis} {\em (\&char, \&char):int} \scf  to measure span of characters in a set. Defined in {\em string.h.} cf. stcisn, strspn, strcspn [string count in set]

{\bf stcisn} {\em (\&char, \&char):int} \scf  to measure span of characters not in a set. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. stcis, strspn, strcspn [string count in set not]

{\bf stcl\_d} {\em (\&char, long):int} \scf  to convert a long integer into a decimal 13-byte string. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. stci\_d, stcl\_o, stcl\_h, stcu\_d, stcul\_d [string convert long (to) decimal]

{\bf stclen} {\em (\&char):int} SAS C equivalent for strlen. [string character length]

{\bf stcl\_h} {\em (\&char, long):int} \scf  to convert a long integer into a hexadecimal 9-byte string. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. stci\_h, stcl\_d, stcl\_o [string convert long (to) hexadecimal]

{\bf stcl\_o} {\em (\&char, long):int} \scf  to convert a long integer into an octal 12-byte string. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. stci\_o, stcl\_d, stcl\_h [string convert long (to) octal]

{\bf stco\_i} {\em (\&char, \&int):int} \scf  to convert an octal string into an integer. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. stcd\_i, stch\_i, stco\_l [string convert octal (to) integer]

{\bf stco\_l} {\em (\&char, \&long):int} \scf  to convert an octal string into a long. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. stco\_i, stcd\_l, stch\_l [string convert octal (to) long]

{\bf stcpm} {\em (\&char, \&char, \&\&char):int} \scf  to search for a match anywhere in a string. Defined in {\em string.h.} cf. stcmpa, ?, $*$, $+$, $\backslash$?, $\backslash*$, $\backslash+$ [string character pattern match]

{\bf stcpma} {\em (\&char, \&char):int} \scf  to pattern match strings from the initial position. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. stcpm [string character pattern match anchored]

{\bf stcsma} {\em (\&char, \&char):int} UNIX C function to do rudimentary string pattern matching using UNIX shell templates. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. astcsma. [string character string match]

{\bf stcu\_d} {\em (\&char, long):int} \scf  to convert an unsigned integer into a decimal 6-byte string. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. stci\_d, stcl\_d, stcul\_d [string convert unsigned (to) decimal]

{\bf stcul\_d} {\em (\&char, long):int} \scf  to convert a long unsigned integer into a decimal 12-byte string. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. stci\_d, stcl\_d, stcu\_d [string convert unsigned long (to) decimal]

{\bf stderr} normal stream for error messages in C.

{\bf stdin} normal stream for input in C.

{\bf stdio.h} header file for standard I/O in C. Defines the type {\tt FILE,} parameters used in library function calls and macros, including stdin, stdout, stderr, NULL, EOF, putc(), getc(), putchar(), getchar(), ferror(), clearerr(), feof(), fileno().

{\bf stdout} normal stream for output in C.

{\bf ST\_DOWNDISPLAY} ScrollDList type indicating the display list is to be scrolled down by one display. [scroll type down display]

{\bf ST\_DOWNONE} ScrollDList type indicating the display list is to be scrolled down by one item. [scroll type down one]

{\bf stencil drawing} rendering to a bitmap through a mask.

{\bf STEP} \aB  statement used to specify an increment other than one for the index of a FOR loop. cf. FOR

{\bf STICK} \aB  function to return the current direction of the joysticks. {\em dir} = STICK (0 $|$ 1 $|$ 2 $|$ 3). cf. STRIG

{\bf STOP} \aB  command to stop program execution and return to immediate mode. cf. CONT

{\bf StopChunk} {\em (\&IFFHandle, LONG, LONG): LONG\/} IFF Parse library function to declare a chunk which should cause ParseIFF to return. cf. StopChunks, ParseIFF

{\bf StopChunks} {\em (\&IFFHandle, \&LONG, LONG): LONG\/} IFF Parse library function to declare many stop chunks at once. cf. StopChunk

{\bf StopOnExit} {\em (\&IFFHandle, LONG, LONG): LONG\/} IFF Parse library function to declare a stop conditions for exiting a chunk. cf. ParseIFF

{\bf StoreItemInContext} {\em (\&IFFHandle, \&LocalContextItem, \&ContextNode)\/} IFF Parse library function to store a local context item in the given context node. cf. StoreLocalItem

{\bf StoreLocalItem} {\em (\&IFFHandle, \&LocalContextItem, LONG): LONG\/} IFF Parse library function to insert a local context item into the context stack. cf. FindLocalItem, StoreItemInContext, EntryHandler

{\bf stpblk} {\em (\&char):\&char} \scf  to skip blanls (whitespace). Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. stcis, strspn [string pointer blanks]

{\bf stpchr} {\em (\&char,char):\&char} old SAS C name for the {\em strchr} function. cf. strchr [string pointer character]

{\bf stpchrn} {\em (\&char,char):\&char} old SAS C name for the {\em strrchr} function. cf. strrchr [string pointer character not]

{\bf stpcpy} {\em (\&char, \&char):\&char} \scf  to copy one string to another. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. stccpy, strcpy, strncpy [string pointer copy]

{\bf stpdate} {\em (\&char, int, \&char):\&char} \scf  to convert a date array into a string. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. stptime, getclk, getft [string pointer date]

{\bf stpsym} {\em (\&char, \&char, int):\&char} \scf  to get the next symbol from a string. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. stcarg, stpbrk, strcspn, strpbrk [string pointer symbol]

{\bf stptime} {\em (\&char, int, \&char):\&char} \scf  to convert a time array into a string. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. stpdate, getclk, getft [string pointer time]

{\bf stptok} {\em (\&char, \&char, int, \&char)} \scf  to get the next token from a string. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. stpblk, strtok [string pointer token]

{\bf STR\$} \aB  function to return a string representation of an expression. {\em string} = STR\$ ({\em expression}). cf. VAL [string string]

{\bf strbpl} {\em (\&char[], int, \&char):int} \scf  to build a string pointer list. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. getfnl, strsrt [string build pointer list]

{\bf strcat} {\em (\&char, \&char):\&char} \acf  to concatenate strings of arbitrary length. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. strncat, stpcpy [string concatenate]

{\bf strchr} {\em (\&char,char):\&char} \acf  to find a character in a string. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. stpchr, strrchr [string character]

{\bf strcmp} {\em (\&char, \&char):int} \acf  to compare strings. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. strcmpi, stricmp, strncmp [string compare]

{\bf strcmpi} {\em (\&char, \&char):int}``Mircosoft'' C function to compare strings in a case insensitive manner, the ANSI equivalent being stricmp. Defined in {\em string.g}. cf. stricmp [string compare insensitive]

{\bf strcpy} {\em (\&char, \&char):\&char} \acf  to copy one string to another. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. stccpy, stpcpy, strncpy [string copy]

{\bf strcspn} {\em (\&char, \&char):int} \scf  measure a span of characters not in a set. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. stcis, stcisn, strspn [string count span]

{\bf strdup} {\em (\&char):\&char} XENIX C function to duplicate a string. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. strcpy [string duplicate]

{\bf STRGADGET} constant used to specify that a gadget is the string type. STRGADGET = 0x0004. [string gadget]

{\bf stricmp} {\em (\&char, \&char):int} \acf  to compare strings in a case insensitive manner. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. strcmp, strcmpi [string (case)-insensitive compare]

{\bf STRIG} \aB  function to return button status information for a joystick or the mouse. {\em status} = STRIG (0 $|$ 1 $|$ 2 $|$ 3). [status trigger]

{\bf string} (in C) An array of characters ($char[]$ or $*char$) terminated by a NUL byte ($\backslash 0$). The standard C escape character may appear within the string.

{\bf string.h} C header file for string manipulation definitions and macros.

{\bf STRING\$} \aB  function to return a string of identical characters. {\em chars} = STRING\$ ({\em size},{\em char\_code} $|$ {\em char}). [string string]

{\bf STRINGCENTER} constant used to specify that centre justification is required for a string gadget or integer gadget. STRINGCENTER = 0x0200. cf. STRINGRIGHT

{\bf string constant} A sequence of characters (usually ASCII) surrounded by delimiters. In C the double quote is used for the delimiter, in Pascal the single quote is used.

{\bf string gadget} a gadget that is used to get textual input from the user, usually via the keyboard. (Gadget must first be selected with the mouse).

{\bf StringInfo} additional Intuition structure required for string and integer gadgets. Defined in {\em intuition/intuition.h}. [string information]

{\bf STRINGRIGHT} constant used to specify that right justification is required for a string gadget or integer gadget (the default is left justification). STRINGRIGHT = 0x0400. cf. STRINGCENTER

{\bf strins} {\em (\&char, \&char)} \scf  to insert a string in front of another string. Defined in {\em string.h.} cf. strcat [string insert]

{\bf strip printing} a method of printing a picture that requires a print buffer larger than the available memory. Printing is done through a temporary RastPort, strip by strip.

{\bf strlen} {\em (\&char):int} \acf  to measure the length of a string. Defined in {\em string.h.} [string length]

{\bf strlwr} {\em (\&char):\&char} XENIX C function to convert a string to lower case. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. strupr [string lower]

{\bf strmfe} {\em (\&char, \&char, \&char)} SAS C funtion to make a filename with an extension. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. strmfn, strmfp [string make filename extension]

{\bf strmfn} {\em (\&char, \&char, \&char, \&char, \&char)} \scf  to make a filename from component parts. Defined in {\em string.h.} cf. strmfe, strmfp [string make filename]

{\bf strmfp} {\em (\&char, \&char, \&char)} \scf  to make a filename from a path and node. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. strmfe, strmfn [string make file path]

{\bf strmid} {\em (\&char, \&char, int, int):int} SAS C AmigaDOS function to return a substring from a string. Defined in {\em string.h}. [string mid]

{\bf strncat} {\em (\&char, \&char, int):\&char} \acf  to concatenate strings to a maximum specified length. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. strcat, stpcpy [string concatenate]

{\bf strncmp} {\em (\&char, \&char, unsigned):int} \acf  to compare strings to a limited length. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. strcmp, strnicmp [string compare]

{\bf strncpy} {\em (\&char, \&char, int):\&char} \acf  to copy a string with a maximum specified length. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. stccpy, stpcpy, strcpy [string copy]

{\bf strnicmp} {\em (\&char, \&char, unsigned):int} \acf  to compare strings to a limited length in a case insensitive manner. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. strncmp, stricmp [string (case)-insensitive compare]

{\bf strnset} {\em (\&char, int, int):\&char} XENIX C function to set a string to a value with a length limit. Defined in {\em string.h.} cf. strset [string set]

{\bf strpbrk} {\em (\&char, \&char):\&char} SAS C alternative name for {\em stbrk}, See {\em stbrk}. [string pointer break]

{\bf strrchr} {\em (\&char,char):\&char} \acf  to find anything but a character in a string. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. strchr, stpchrn [string reject character]

{\bf strrev} {\em (\&char):\&char} XENIX C function to reverse a character string. Defined in {\em string.h}. [string reverse]

{\bf strset} {\em (\&char, int):\&char} XENIX C function to set a string to a value. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. strnset [string set]

{\bf strsfn} {\em (\&char, \&char, \&char, \&char, \&char)} \scf  to split a filename into component parts. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. strgfn, strmfe, strmfn [string split filename]

{\bf strspn} {\em (\&char, \&char):int} \scf  to measure a span of characters in a set. Defined in {\em string.h.} cf. stcis, stcisn, strcspn [string span]

{\bf strsrt} {\em (\&char[], int)} \scf  to sort an array of strings using bubblesort. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. getfnl, strbpl, tqsort [string sort]

{\bf strtok} {\em (\&char, \&char):\&char} \acf  o get a token. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. stptok, strcspn, strspn [string token]

{\bf strtol} {\em (\&char, \&char, int):long} UNIX C function to convert a string into a long integer. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. atol, stcd\_l [string to long]

{\bf struct} C definition, declaration, or reference for a structure or a pointer to a structure.

{\bf structure} a conglomerate data type comprising several other member data types, typically related to each other in some logical way.

{\bf strupr} {\em (\&char):\&char} XENIX C function to convert a string to upper case. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. strlwr [string upper]

{\bf stspfp} {\em (\&char, int[16]):int} \scf  to parse a file path. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. stcgfe, stcgfn, stcgfp, strsfn [string parse file path]

{\bf ST\_TOP} ScrollDList type to scroll a display list to the top of the list. [scroll type top]

{\bf stub} {\em ()} SAS C AmigaDOS default routine for undefined routines.

{\bf stubs} individual interface stubs for each of the ROM resident routines; to allow stack based compilers to use the register based routines. Located in {\em amiga.lib}.

{\bf ST\_UPDISPLAY} ScrollDList type indicating the display list is to be scrolled up by one display. [scroll type up display]

{\bf ST\_UPONE} ScrollDList type indicating the display list is to be scrolled up one entry. [scroll type up one]

{\bf SU} \abbr scroll up, \ANSIcs. Scroll up $N$ lines, top lines are lost, lines exposed at the bottom are filled with blanks. $<$SU$>$ = $<$CSI$>[N]<$S$>$ = 0x9B $[N]$ 0x53 = 0x1B 0x5B $[N]$ 0x53.

{\bf SUB} \aB  procedure to initialise a subprogram. SUB {\em name} [({\em formal\_parameters})] STATIC. cf. END SUB, EXIT SUB, CALL, SHARED [subprogram]

{\bf submenu} an additional menu that appears when some items are selected.

{\bf subprogram} (\aB) a section of code that is isolated from the rest of the program and performs a specific action.

{\bf SubTime} timer device command to subtract one time request from another. [subtract time]

{\bf SumKickData} {\em ()} Exec procedure used to compute the checksum of the Kickstart delta list. For advanced users only!

{\bf SumLibrary} {\em (\&Library)} Exec procedure to compute and check the checksum for a library.

{\bf SuperBitMap} a type of layer with a single back-up area to store obscurred portions.

{\bf SUPER\_BITMAP} constant used to specify a SuperBitMap window. SUPER\_BITMAP = 0x0080.

{\bf SuperBitMap window} a special window type that allows you to have a view into a bit map which is larger than the screen in which the window resides.

{\bf SuperState} {\em ():APTR} Exec function to enter supervisor mode; but using the user's stack. cf. UserState

{\bf supervisor mode} a special mode on the 680x0 family of microprocessors which allows for full control of the processor as opposed to user mode in which some instructions result in privilege violations.

{\bf supervisor mode stack} a type of stack on the 680x0 reserved for use by exception code and supervisor mode code. cf. user mode stack

{\bf Surfaces} mountlist keyword to specify the number of surfaces. cf. mountlist

{\bf SWAP }\aB  procedure to exchange the values of two variables. SWAP {\em var1}, {\em var2}.

{\bf SwapBitsRastPortClipRect} {\em (\&RastPort, \&ClipRect)} Layers procedure to swap bits between a common BitMap and an obscurred ClipRect [swap bits rastport clipping rectange]

{\bf switch} C case statement (multivalue conditional). Switch is followed by an expression. The result of the expression is used to index a number of {\tt case}s. A {\tt default} case can also be supplied. No case can appear more than once. Cases are normally terminated with {\tt break} statements.

{\bf swmem} {\em (\&char, \&char, unsigned)} \acf  to swap two blocks of memory. Defined in {\em string.h}. cf. setmem, memset, memcpy, memccpy, movmem [swap memory]

{\bf synchronous I/O request} an I/O request initiated with the DoIO routine; control does not return until the request is satisfied. cf. asynchronous I/O request

{\bf SyncSBitMap} {\em (\&Layer)} graphics procedure to synchronize a super bitmap with whatever is i

n the layer's bounds. cf. CopySBitMap [synchronize {to} super bitmap]

{\bf SysBase} library base pointer name for {\em exec.library}, used by high-level languages. The value of SysBase is fixed that address 0x00000004 on all Amiga's.

{\bf sys\_errlist} {\em \&\&char} standard UNIX C variable used by perror to print error messages. Defined in {\em error.h}. cf. perror [system error list]

{\bf sys\_nerr} {\em int} standard UNIX C variable used by the perror function. Defined in {\em error.h}. cf. perror, errno [system number (of) error]

{\bf SYSREQUEST} flag set by Intuition if a requester is system-generated. SYSREQUEST = 0x4000 [system requester]

{\bf SYSTEM} \aB  procedure to close all open files and return control to the Workbench or CLI.

{\bf system} {\em (\&char):int} \acf  to call the system command processor. Defined in {\em stdlib.h.} cf. errno, \_OSERR

{\bf system alert} an alert invoked by the operating system; such as the {\em guru} alert.

{\bf system-configuration} a file normally found in the {\em devs} directory which holds the disks start-up preferences.

{\bf system gadget} any of Intuitions natural gadgets, such as the sizing, depth arrangement, close, and drag gadgets.

{\bf system requester} a requester invoked by the operating system.

{\bf system stack} \see supervisor mode stack.

{\bf system time} a special time which is not guaranteed to be the same as DOS time and is incremented by a special power supply signal at the external line frequency.

\section {T}



{\bf T} phonetic code for the consonant sound in {\bf t}oy.

{\bf TAB} \aB  function to move the print position. TAB ({\em position}).

{\bf tan} {\em (double):double} \acf  to calculate the tangent of a number. Defined in {\em math.h.} cf. sin, cos, cot, atan, atan2, tanh [tangent]

{\bf TAN} \aB  function to return the tangent of an expression. {\em tangent} = TAN ({\em expression}). cf. SIN, COS [tangent]

{\bf tanh} {\em (double):double} \acf  to calculate the hyperbolic tangent of a number. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. sinh, cosh, tan [tangent hyperbolic]

{\bf .tar} file extension for a tape archive created with the UNIX ``tar'' program.

{\bf task} an independent program which can be logically run concurrently with other programs in a transparent manner.

{\bf Task} Exec structure for a task. Defined in {\em exec/tasks.h}.

{\bf task stack} a user mode stack used for each task on the system, normally used to store local variables, return addresses, and saved register values.

{\bf TBC} \abbr tabulation clear, \ANSIcs. $<$TBC$>$ = $<$CSI$>[N]<$g$>$ = 0x9B $[N]$ 0x67 = 0x1B 0x5B $[N]$ 0x67.

{\bf TBE} {\em abbr}. Transmit buffer empty interrupt with software priority 3 and hardware priority 1.

{\bf TD\_ADDCHANGEINT} trackdisk device command to add a new software interrupt routine for a disk change. cf. TD\_REMCHANGEINT [trackdisk device add change interrupt]

{\bf TD\_CHANGENUM} trackdisk device command to return the current disk change number. [trackdisk device change number]

{\bf TD\_CHANGESTATE} trackdisk device command to return the current state of the disk. [trackdisk device change state]

{\bf TDERR\_BadDriveType} trackdisk device error returned for an attempt to use an incompatible drive. TDERR\_BadDriveType = 33. [trackdisk device error bad drive type]

{\bf TDERR\_BadHdrSum} trackdisk device error returned when the header field has a bad checksum. TDERR\_BadHdrSum = 24. [trackdisk device error bad header sum]

{\bf TDERR\_BadSecHdr} trackdisk device error returned when the sector header could not be read. TDERR\_BadSecHdr = 27. [trackdisk device error bad sector header]

{\bf TDERR\_BadSecID} trackdisk device error returned when the sector ident\-ifier is in\-valid. TD\-ERR\_Bad\-Sec\-ID = 23. [trackdisk device error bad sector identification]

{\bf TDERR\_BadSecPreamble} trackdisk device error returned when there was an error in the sector preamble. TDERR\_BadSecPreamble = 22. [trackdisk error bad sector preamble]

{\bf TDERR\_BadSecSum} trackdisk device error returned when the sector data field has a bad checksum. TDERR\_BadSecSum = 25. [trackdisk device error bad sector sum]

{\bf TDERR\_BadUnitNum} trackdisk device error returned when you request access to a non-existent drive. TDERR\_BadUnitUnit = 32. [trackdisk device error bad unit number]

{\bf TDERR\_DiskChanged} trackdisk device error returned when the disk has been changed or is currently unavailable. TDERR\_DiskChanged = 29. [trackdisk device disk changed]

{\bf TDERR\_DriveInUse} trackdisk device error returned when another task already has exclusive use of the requested drive. TDERR\_DriveInUse = 34. [trackdisk device error drive in use]

{\bf TDERR\_NoMem} trackdisk device error returned when the system has insufficient memory for a disk operation. TDERR\_NoMem = 31. [trackdisk device error no memory]

{\bf TDERR\_NoSecHdr} trackdisk device error returned when no sector header could be found. TDERR\_NoSecHdr = 21. [trackdisk device error no sector header]

{\bf TDERR\_NotSpecified} trackdisk device error returned for an unknown disk error. TDERR\_NotSpecified = 20. [trackdisk device error not specified]

{\bf TDERR\_PostReset} trackdisk device error returned after the user has initiated a system reset. TDERR\_PostReset = 35. [trackdisk device error post reset]

{\bf TDERR\_SeekError} trackdisk device error returned when a seek error occurs while position verification was occurring. TDERR\_SeekError = 31. [trackdisk device error seek error]

{\bf TDERR\_TooFewSecs} trackdisk device error returned for an incorrect number of sectors on a track. TDERR\_TooFewSecs = 26. [trackdisk device too few sectors]

{\bf TDERR\_WriteProt} trackdisk device error returned for a write-protected disk. TDERR\_WriteProt = 28. [trackdisk device error write protected]

{\bf TD\_FORMAT} trackdisk device command to format an entire disk. [trackdisk device format]

{\bf TD\_GETDRIVETYPE} trackdisk device command to return the current type of disk drive. [trackdisk device get drive type]

{\bf TD\_GETNUMTRACKS} trackdisk device command to return the number of tracks on this type of disk. [trackdisk device get number (of) tracks]

{\bf TD\_MOTOR} trackdisk device command to control the disk drive motor. [trackdisk device motor]

{\bf TD\_PROTSTATUS} trackdisk device command to return the current disk write-protection status. [trackdisk device protection status]

{\bf TD\_RAWREAD} trackdisk device command to read a raw sector from a disk. [trackdisk device raw read]

{\bf TD\_RAWWRITE} trackdisk device command to write a raw sector to a disk. [trackdisk device raw write]

{\bf TD\_REMCHANGEINT} trackdisk device command to remove a disk change software interrupt. cf. TD\_ADDCHANGEINT [trackdisk device remove change interrupt]

{\bf TD\_SEEK} trackdisk device command to move the disk heads to the specified position. [trackdisk device command seek]

{\bf tell} {\em (int):long} UNIX C function to get the byte cursor position in a level 1 file. Defined in {\em fcntl.h}. cf. ftell, lseek

{\bf telldir} {\em (\&DIR):long} UNIX C function to get the current directory position. Defined in {\em sys/dir.h}. cf. seekdir [tell directory]

{\bf temporary variable} variable stored on a stack or in a register. Such variables are not initialized unless specified in declarations. Temporary variables are lost when the enclosing block completes.

{\bf Text} {\em (\&RastPort,STRPTR,SHORT)} graphics procedure to write text characters.

{\bf TextAttr} graphics structure used to hold font information. Defined in {\em graphics/text.h} [text attributes]

{\bf text cursor} a marker indicating your position within a text.

{\bf TextFont} graphics structure used to hold font information. Defined in {\em graphics/text.h}.

{\bf TextLength} {\em (\&RastPort,STRPTR,SHORT):SHORT} graphics function to determine the pixel length of some text if it were to be displayed. cf. Text

{\bf tf\_CharData} field of the TextFont structure that is a pointer to the beginning of the font data. [text font character data]

{\bf tf\_CharKern} field of the TextFont structure that is a pointer to the font kern data. [text font character kern]

{\bf tf\_CharLoc} field of the TextFont structure that is a pointer to the area of character definitions. [text font character location]

{\bf tf\_CharSpace} field of the TextFont structure that is a pointer to proportional spacing information if required. [text font character space]

{\bf tf\_Flags} field of the TextFont structure that holds font related flags. cf. FPF\_ [text font flags]

{\bf tf\_HiChar} field of the TextFont structure used to hold the number of the highest defined character in the font. [text font highest character]

{\bf tf\_LoChar} field of the TextFont structure used to hold the number of the lowest defined character in the font. [text font lowest character]

{\bf tf\_Modulo} field of the TextFont structure that is the row modulo for the font. [text font modulo]

{\bf tf\_Style} field of the TextFont structure that holds the style of a font. [text font style]

{\bf tf\_XSize} field of the TextFont structure used to hold the pixel width of a font. [ext font X size]

{\bf tf\_YSize} field of the TextFont structure used to hold the pixel height of a font. [text font Y size]

{\bf TH} phonetic code for the consonant in {\bf th}in.

{\bf ThinLayerInfo} {\em (\&Layer\_Info)} Layers procedure to convert 1.1$+$ Layer\_Info into 1.0 Layer\_Info. This procedure is obsolete. cf. FattenLayerInfo

{\bf time} {\em (\&long):long} \acf  to get the system time in seconds. Defined in {\em time.h}. cf. asctime, ctime, gmtime, localtime, tzset, timer

{\bf TIME\$} \aB  function to retrieve the current time, has no parameters. cf. DATE\$ [time string]

{\bf timer} {\em (unsigned int [2])} SAS C AmigaDOS function to get the system clock with microseconds. Defined in {\em dos.h}. cf. time

{\bf Timer} field of the AnimComp structure used by the system in sequencing images based on the TimerSet values. cf. TimerSet

{\bf TIMER} \aB  procedure to control timer event trapping. TIMER ON $|$ OFF $|$ STOP. cf. ON TIMER

{\bf timer device} a device for providing accurate general purpose time delays under normal system loads.

{\bf timerequest} an extended form of the IORequest structure used by the timer device. Defined in {\em devices/timer.h}.

{\bf TimerSet} field of the AnimComp structure used to specify how long each sequential image should be kept on the screen. cf. Timer

{\bf time-slicing} The scheduling activity of giving various tasks set amounts of time access to the processor.

{\bf timeval} field of the timerequest structure that holds a time value. [time value]

{\bf timezone} UNIX C long to hold the timezone bias from GMT. cf. localtime, tzset

{\bf \_tinymain} {\em (\&char)} \scf  which is a special version of \_main which does not open the standard I/O files. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. \_main, main

{\bf title bar} a strip at the top of a window or screen that contains gadgets and optionally a character string title.

{\bf TLOSS} SAS C math error code for {\em except} to specify total loss of significance, mapped to ERANGE. TLOSS = 5. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. except, matherr

{\bf TmpRas} graphics substructure of the RastPort structure used in area filling operations. cf. AreaInfo, RastPort [temporary raster]

{\bf toascii} {\em (int):int} \acf  to convert a character to ASCII. Defined in {\em ctype.h}. cf. toupper, tolower

{\bf TOGGLESELECT} constant used to specify that a Boolean gadget is to toggle states each time it is selected. TOGGLESELECT = 0x0100.

{\bf toggle-selected} each time the device (e.g. a gadget) is actioned (by selection) its state changes between its two possible values.

{\bf tolower} {\em (int):int} \acf  to convert a character to lower case. Defined in {\em ctype.h}. cf. toascii, toupper, islower

{\bf tool} an application or system program started from the Workbench by an icon. A tool consists of its executable image and a .{\em info} file. cf. project

{\bf topaz.font} two ROM-resident fonts with point size 8 and 9.

{\bf TOPAZ\_EIGHTY} constant used to specify that the 80-column topaz font is to be used. TOPAZ\_EIGHTY = 8. cf. TOPAZ\_SIXTY

{\bf TOPAZ\_SIXTY} constant used to specify that the 64-column topaz font is to be used. TOPAZ\_SIXTY = 9. cf. TOPAZ\_EIGHTY

{\bf TOPBORDER} constant used to specify that a gadget is to be rendered in the top border of a window. TOPBORDER = 0x0040. cf. LEFTBORDER, RIGHTBORDER, BOTTOMBORDER

{\bf TOPHIT} constant used to specify that a GEL hit the top boundary. TOPHIT = 1. cf. BOTTOMHIT, LEFTHIT, RIGHTHIT, topmost

{\bf topmost} field of the GelsInfo structure which specifies the top boundary for sprites. cf. bottommost, leftmost, rightmost

{\bf toupper} {\em (int):int} \acf  to convert a character to upper case. Defined in {\em ctype.h}. cf. toascii, tolower, isupper

{\bf tqsort} {\em (\&char, int)} UNIX C function to sort an array of text pointers. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. qsort [text quick sort]

{\bf trace} 680x0 exception vector 9. Used for producing execution traces by debuggers.

{\bf trackdisk device} a device to directly access a disk drive, responsible for disk I/O and control.

{\bf TR\_ADDREQUEST} timer device command to request the timer to count off a specigied amount of time. [timer request add request]

{\bf Translate} {\em (APTR, LONG, APTR, LONG):LONG} Translator library function to convert an English text string into ARPABET phonetic codes.

{\bf TRANSLATE\$} \aB  function to translate English into phonemes. {\em phonetics} = TRANSLATE\$ ({\em string}). cf. SAY

{\bf TranslatorBase} library base pointer name for {\em translator.library}, used by high-level languages.

{\bf translator.library} a file located in the {\em libs:} directory that contains the Translator library. cf. Translate

{\bf transparent} a special colour register definition that allows a background colour to be seen.

{\bf trap} synchronous exception to normal program flow, generated as a result of program code.

{\bf TR\_GETSYSTIME} timer device command to get the current system time. [timer request get system time]

{\bf TROFF} \aB  command to turn off trace mode. cf. TRON

{\bf troff} UNIX typesetting language. [typesetter runoff]

{\bf TRON} \aB  command to turn on tracing of program execution. cf. TROFF

{\bf TR\_SETSYSTIME} timer device command to set the current system time. [timer request set system time]

{\bf tv\_micro} field of the timeval structure that hold the number of microseconds. [time value microseconds]

{\bf tv\_secs} field of the timeval structure that holds the number of seconds. [time value seconds]

{\bf .txt} filename extension for a text file (ASCII).

{\bf TYPE} $<from>$ [TO $<name>$] [OPT H  $|$  HEX  $|$  N  $|$  NUMBER] Amiga DOS command to view the contents of a file. TYPE checks to see if a destination file exists and complains if it does unless the TO option is specified explicitly. The OPT~H and HEX options are the same; as are the OPT~N and NUMBER options.

{\bf typedef} C declaration to define a new name for an existing type.

{\bf type face} {\em see} font.

{\bf TypeOfMem} {\em (APTR):ULONG} Exec function to return the type of memory for the given address [type of memory]

{\bf type style} a general term that refers to the characteristic of a font, such as size, bold, italic, or normal.

{\bf tzdtn} UNIX C string to hold a time zone's daylight time name. [time zone daylight time name]

{\bf tzname} UNIX C string to hold a time zone name. [time zone name]

{\bf tzset} {\em ()} XENIX C function to set C language time zone variables. Defined in {\em time.h}. cf. localtime [time zone set]

{\bf tzstn} UNIX C string to hold a time zone's standard name. [time zone standard name]

\section {U}



{\bf u} ANSI C format specifier indicating unsigned decimal integer conversion.

{\bf UBOUND} \aB  function to return the upper bound of an array. {\em bound} = UBOUND ({\em array\_name}[,{\em dimension}]). cf. LBOUND [upper bound]

{\bf UCASE\$} \aB  function to convert a string to upper case alphabetic characters. {\em ustring} = UCASE\$ ({\em string\_expression}). [upper case string]

{\bf UH} phonetic code for the vowel sound in b{\bf oo}k and s{\bf oo}t.

{\bf UL} \abbr AXL (phonetics).

{\bf UM} \abbr AXM (phonetics).

{\bf UN} \abbr AXN (phonetics).

{\bf undef} \see \#undef.

{\bf UNDERFLOW} SAS C math error code for {\em except} to specify underflow, mapped to ERANGE. UNDERFLOW = 4. Defined in {\em math.h}. cf. except, matherr

{\bf UNDERLINED} constant, used to specify that a font is to be underlined one pixel below the baseline. UNDERLINED = 1.

{\bf undo} an option to reverse a previous action.

{\bf ungetc} {\em (char, \&FILE):int} \acf  to push a character back onto the input stream. Defined in {\em stdio.h}. cf. getc [unget character]

{\bf union} a C variable which can be any one of a set of members. Unions are defined in a similar manner to structures but use the keyword {\tt union.} A union type is as large as its largest member.

{\bf Unit} mountlist keyword to specify the unit number for a device. cf. mountlist

{\bf UNIX} An operating system typically written in C, with a hierarchical file system, integration of file and device I/O, whose system call interface includes services such as $fork()$ and $pipe()$ and whose user interface includes tools such as cc, troff, grep, awk, and a choice of shell. Registered trademark of AT\&T. Ken Thompson and Dennis Ritchie first started work on UNIX in 1969 on a PDP-7 [uniplexed information and computing system]

{\bf unlink} equivalent name for {\em remove}.

{\bf UnlockIBase} {\em (ULONG)} Intuition procedure to release a previous lock. cf. LockIBase [unlock intuition base]

{\bf UnlockLayer} {\em (\&Layer)} Layers procedure to unlock a layer and allow graphics routines to use it. cf. LockLayer, UnlockLayerRom

{\bf UnlockLayerInfo} {\em (\&Layer\_Info)} Layers procedure to unlock the Layer\_Info structure. cf. LockLayerInfo

{\bf UnlockLayerRom} {\em (\&Layer)} graphics procedure to unlock the layer structure. cf. LockLayerRom

{\bf UnlockLayers} {\em (\&Layer\_Info)} Layers procedure to unlock a set of layers. cf. LockLayers

{\bf unsigned} a C type prefix which indicates that a type is to be without sign. This allows an extra bit to be used for representing the magnitude. If no suffix is given, int is assumed.

{\bf UpfrontLayer} {\em (LONG, \&Layer):BOOL} Layers function to put a layer in front of all other layers.

{\bf user mode stack} a type of stack on the 680x0 which is addressed by the A7 CPU register, used with normal user code. cf. supervisor mode stack

{\bf UserState} {\em (APTR)} Exec procedure to return to user mode. cf. SuperState

{\bf utpack} {\em (\&char):long} \scf  to pack UNIX time. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. utunpack, time [UNIX time pack]

{\bf utunpack} {\em (long, \&char)} \scf  to unpack UNIX time. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. utpack, time [UNIX time unpack]

{\bf .uu} filename extension for a file encoded with ``uuencode.'' (This is {\bf not\/} a compression program, but enables a binary file to be represented as text).

{\bf UW} phonetic code for the dipthong sound in br{\bf ew} and b{\bf oo}lean.

\section {V}



{\bf V} phonetic code for the consonant sound in {\bf v}ery.

{\bf Vacate} {\em (\&Semaphore)} Exec procedure to release a previously locked semaphore. cf. Procure

{\bf VAL} \aB  function to return the numeric value of a string. {\em value} = VAL ({\em string}). cf. STR\$ [value]

{\bf VANILLAKEY} constant used to specify that key codes generated by the keyboard device are to be translated to character values. VANILLAKEY = 0x00200000. cf. RAWKEY

{\bf variable names} The advent of computer greatly complicated the issue of variable names which was already very complicated. In general variable names are case sensitive. When programming you should try to use meaningful variable names which accurately portray the use of the variable. The following list for the Roman letters is by no means definitive, but is a guideline to common usage in computer science and mathematics. The letters $a, b, c,$ and $d$ are usually used to denote integer variables, in computer science $c$ is often a character variable. In mathematics, $e$ is reserved for the constant $e = 2.718281828\ldots$ whereas in computer science $e$ and/or $E$ is used to denote the exponential part in floating-point numbers. $f,g,h$ are used to represent function in mathematics. $i, j, k, l, m,$ and $n$ are commonly used in mathematics and computer science as indices into other structures and in iterative structures, such as {\tt for} loops and $\Sigma$ summations. In general $o$ is not used becasue it is easily confused with $0$. $p$ and $q$ are almost exclusively used to represent probabilities. $r, s, t, u,$ and $v$ are usually real constant (or vectors). $w, x, y,$ and $z$ are all used for real variables. In addition $x,y,z$ are often used as the variables in a coordinate system. $z$ is also commonly used for a variable complex number.

{\bf VARPTR} \aB  function to return the address of the first byte of data associated with a variable name. {\em address} = VARPTR ({\em variable\_name}) cf. PEEK, POKE, SADD [variable pointer]

{\bf VBeamPos} {\em ():LONG} graphics function to get the vertical beam position at this instant. For the highest priority task the error is ±1 line. [vertical beam position]

{\bf VBLANK} \abbr vertical blank

{\bf VBR} \abbr Vector Base Register

{\bf vector} a line segment.

{\bf Vector Base Register} a register on the 68010, 68020, and 68030 (but not the 68000) that determines the position of the interrupt autovectors.

{\bf verification} (in Intuition) Modes in which the system takes extra precautions to ensure mouse button clicks produce the desired effects. For example, verification for gadget selection involves checking that a user releases the mouse button while still over the gadget.

{\bf VERTB} {\em abbr}. Vertical blank interval interrupt, has software priority 6 and hardware priority 3.

{\bf vertical blanking interval }the time required for the electron beam to move from the end of one scan line to the beginning of the next.

{\bf video display} every thing which appears on the monitor or television screen.

{\bf View} graphics structure for a view. Defined in {\em graphics/view.h}.

{\bf ViewAddress} {\em ():\&View} Intuition function to return the address of the Intuition view structure.

{\bf ViewModes} a flag in Intuition's NewScreen structure used to select different display modes.

{\bf ViewPort} {\sl1\/} a unit of display. {\sl2\/} graphics structure defined in {\em graphics/view.h}.

{\bf ViewPortAddress} {\em (\&Window):\&View} Intuition function to return the address of the ViewPort structure of the specified window.

{\bf voice} field of the mouth\_rb structure which is the narrator\_rb structure. cf. narrator\_rb

{\bf void} C data type that never has a value, typically used to discard the value of a function call.

{\bf volume} field of the narrator\_rb structure which is the volume to speak at (value is passed on to the audio device).

{\bf VP\_HIDE} constant used to specify that a ViewPort is obscurred by another ViewPort. VP\_HIDE = 0x200. [ViewPort hide]

{\bf VSOVERFLOW} a flag set by the system when a sprite is unable to be displayed caused by there being too many sprites on a single scan line. VSOVERFLOW = 0x0800. [virtual sprite overflow]

{\bf VSprite} the most basic structure in the GEL system. VSprites are temporarily assigned to Simple Sprites as required. [virtual sprite]

{\bf VSprite} graphics structure used to define a VSprite. Defined in {\em graphics/gels.h}.

{\bf VSPRITE} a flag which when set indicates that the structure is part of a true VSprite and not a Bob. VSPRITE = 0x0001. [virtual sprite]

{\bf VT} \abbr vertical tab, ANSI control code, $<$VT$>$ = 0xB.

\section {W}



{\bf W} phonetic code for the consonant sound in {\bf w}ag.

{\bf w} ANSI C file mode for write access. [write]

{\bf Wack} a keystroke-interactive run-time debugger.

{\bf wait} {\em (\&ProcID):\&ProcID} \scf  to wait for a child process to complete. Defined in {\em dos.h}. cf. waitm, forkl, forkv

{\bf Wait} {\em (ULONG):ULONG} Exec function to cause a wait for any of a set of signals. The wait could be for no time if the signal has occurred before the wait is reached.

{\bf WaitBlit} {\em ()} graphics procedure to cause a wait until the blitter has finished. [wait blitter]

{\bf WaitBOVP}  {\em (\&ViewPort)} graphics procedure to cause a wait until the vertical beam reaches the bottom of the given viewport. [wait bottom of viewport]

{\bf waiting} a task state, in which the task is waiting for an external event; such tasks become eligible to run only after their external event occurs. cf. running, ready

{\bf waiting queue} the queue of tasks awaiting external events. cf. ready queue

{\bf WaitIO} {\em  (\&IORequest):BYTE} Exec function to wait for the completion of an I/O request.

{\bf waitm} {\em (\&\&ProcID):\&ProcID} \scf  to wait for multiple child processes. Defined in {\em dos.h}. cf. wait, forkl, forkv [wait multiple]

{\bf WaitPort} {\em (¾MsgPort):\&Message} Exec function to wait for a port to be filled.

{\bf WaitTOF} {\em ()} graphics procedure to cause a wait until the top of the next video frame. [wait top of frame]

{\bf wa\_Lock} field of the WBArg structure that is either a lock on a directory or NULL. The value is private to Workbench. [Workbench arguments lock]

{\bf wa\_Name} field of the WBArg structure that is the name of an argument. [Workbench argument name]

{\bf WAVE} \aB  procedure to define the shape of a sound wave for a specified audio channel. WAVE {\em voice}, {\em waveform}.

{\bf waveform} how the amplitude of a wave varies over time.

{\bf WBArg} structure used to hold an argument for a tool started from the Workbench. [Workbench argument]

{\bf WBDEVICE} Workbench object type for a device. WBDEVICE = 6. [Workbench device]

{\bf WBDISK} Workbench object type for the root of a disk. WBDISK = 1. [Workbench disk]

{\bf WB\_DISKMAGIC} constant used to identify DiskObjects. WB\_DISKMAGIC = 0xE310. cf. do\_Magic [Workbench disk magic]

{\bf WB\_DISKVERSION} constant used to specify a DiskObject version. WB\_DISKVERSION = 1. cf. do\_Version [Workbench disk version]

{\bf WBDRAWER} Workbench object type for a directory on a disk. WBDRAWER = 2. [Workbench drawer]

{\bf WBENCHSCREEN} constant used to specify the Workbench screen. WBENCHSCREEN = 0x0001. [Workbench screen]

{\bf WBenchToBack} {\em ():BOOL} an Intuition function that if possible sends the Workbench screen to the back of the display. [Workbench to back]

{\bf WBenchToFront} {\em ():BOOL} an Intuition function that if possible brings the Workbench screen to the front of the display. [Workbench to front]

{\bf WBGARBAGE} Workbench object type for the trashcan directory. WBGARBAGE = 5. [Workbench garbage]

{\bf WBKICK} Workbench object type for a Kickstart disk. WBKICK = 7. [Workbench Kickstart (disk)]

{\bf WBPROJECT} Workbench object type for a data file. WBPROJECT = 4. [Workbench project]

{\bf WBStartup} message structure sent by the Workbench to an icon activated tool just after the tool is started. The message contains the environment and arguments. Defined in {\em workbench/startup.h}. [Workbench start up]

{\bf WBTOOL} Workbench object type for a directly executable program. WBTOOL = 3. [Workbench tool]

{\bf WEND} \aB  statement to end a WHILE loop. cf. WHILE [while end]

{\bf WH} phonetic code for the consonant sound in {\bf wh}en.

{\bf WhichLayer} {\em (\&Layer\_Info, LONG, LONG):\&Layer} Layers function to determine which layer a given point is in.

{\bf WHILE} \aB  statement to initiate a while loop, which executes a series of statements as long as a condition is true. WHILE {\em expr} [{\em statements}] WEND. cf. WEND

{\bf while} C iteration statement, which causes a statement to be repetively executed while some condition is true. Also used as part of a C {\tt do} loop in which case the condition becomes an until condition.

{\bf Width} field of the VSprite structure used to specify the width. For true VSprites this will always be one.

{\bf width} field of the mouth\_rb structure which is the width for the mouth for the phoneme currently been spoken. cf. height

{\bf WIDTH} \aB  procedure to set the printed line width for any output device. WIDTH [{\em device},  $|$  \#{\em filenumber},  $|$  LPRINT] [{\em size}] [,{\em print\_ zone}] cf. LPRINT, PRINT

{\bf window} a rectangular block rendered on a screen, whose area and position can often be varied. Windows can be arranged at various depths and overlap in a variety of ways. Each window provides a virtual terminal.

{\bf Window} an Intuition structure for a window.

{\bf WINDOW} {\sl1\/} \aB  procedure to open a window, close a window or set the current output window. WINDOW {\em id} [,[{\em title}] [,[{\em rectangle}] [,[{\em type}] [,{\em screen}]]]] or WINDOW CLOSE  $|$  OUTPUT {\em id}. {\sl2\/} \aB  function to get information about a window. {\em status} = WINDOW ($N$). If $N$=0 then the window-id of the selected output window is returned. If $N$=1 the id of the current output window is returned. If $N$=2 the width of the current output window is returned. If $N$=3 the height of the current output window is returned. If $N$=4 the {\em x}-coordinate of the pen in the current window is returned. If $N$=5 the {\em y}-coordinate of the pen in the current window is returned. If $N$=6 the maximum legal colour for the current output window is returned. If $N$=7 a pointer to the system Window structure is returned. If $N$=8 a pointer to the RastPort structure for the current output window is returned. cf. SCREEN

{\bf WINDOWCLOSE} constant used to specify that a window is to have the standard close gadget in the upper left. WINDOWCLOSE = 0x0008.

{\bf WINDOWDEPTH} constant used to specify that a window is to have the depth-arrangement gadgets. WINDOWDEPTH = 0x0004.

{\bf WINDOWDRAG} constant used to specify that a window is to have the drag gadget. WINDOWDRAG = 0x0002.

{\bf WindowLimits} {\em (\&Window,SHORT,SHORT, USHORT, USHORT):BOOL} Intuition function to change the size limits of a window.

{\bf window pointer} a more specific name for {\em pointer}.

{\bf WINDOWSIZING} constant used to specify that the size of a window can be adjusted by the user. WINDOWSIZING = 0x0001.

{\bf WindowToBack} {\em (\&Window)} Intuition procedure to move a window to the back of the display. cf. WindowToFront

{\bf WindowToFront} {\em (\&Window)} Intuition procedure to bring a window to the front of the display. cf. WindowToBack

{\bf Workbench disk} a bootable disk inserted at the initial system prompt (the hand in V1.3).

{\bf Workbench object} contains all the information required by the Workbench to use something. At the program level all Workbench objects are DiskObjects. cf. DiskObject, icon

{\bf Workbench screen} a high-resolution four-colour screen. On a NTSC Amiga, the Workbench screen is 640 columns by 200 lines (or 400 lines for interlace mode). The screen is used for running the Workbench application.

{\bf write} {\em (int, \&char, unsigned):unsigned} UNIX C function to write to a level 1 file. Defined in {\em fcntl.h}. cf. read, open

{\bf WRITE} \aB  procedure to write data to the screen. WRITE [{\em expression\_list}]. cf. PRINT

{\bf WRITE\#} \aB  procedure to write data to a sequential file. WRITE\# {\em filenumber}, {\em expression\_list}. cf. OPEN, PRINT\#, WRITE

{\bf WriteChunkBytes} {\em (\&IFFHandle, \&UBYTE, LONG): LONG\/} IFF Parse library function to write data from a buffer into the current chunk. cf. PushChunk, PopChunk, WriteChunkRecords

{\bf WriteChunkRecords} {\em (\&IFFHandle, \&UBYTE, LONG, LONG): LONG\/} IFF Parse library function to write records from a buffer to the current chunk. cf. WriteChunkBytes

{\bf WriteExpansionByte} {\em (APTR, LONG, BYTE):LONG} Expansion function to write a byte nibble by nibble. cf. ReadExpansionByte

{\bf WriteMask} field in the RastPort structure that determines which bitplanes are currently writable. Usually 0xFF (i.e. all planes).

{\bf WritePixel} {\em (\&RastPort,SHORT,SHORT)} graphics procedure to change the pen number of the specified location. cf. ReadPixel

{\bf WritePotgo} potgo.resource command to write to the hardware potgo register.

{\bf .wrp} filename extension for ``warp'' files.

\section {X}



{\bf X} {\sl1\/} field of the VSprite structure used to specify the left edge of a VSprite. {\sl2\/} ANSI C format specifier indicating hexadecimal integer conversion using upper case hexadecimal digits.

{\bf x} ANSI C format specifier indicating hexadecimal integer conversion using lower case hexadecimal digits.

{\bf XAccel} field of the AnimOb structure used to specify an {\em x} acceleration for a GEL. Added for each call to Animate to the velocity. cf. YAccel [{\em x} acceleration]

{\bf xcexit} {\em (long)} \acf  to terminate execution without closing files. Defined in {\em stdlib.h}. cf. exit [no close exit]

{\bf XOR} \aB  exclusive-or operator. [exclusive or]

{\bf XorRectRegion} {\em (\&Region, \&Rectangle):BOOL} graphics function to do a two-dimensional XOR operation of the rectangle with region leaving the result in region. cf. OrRectRegion, AndRectRegion,XorRegionRegion [exclusive-or rectangle region]

{\bf XorRegionRegion} {\em (\&Region, \&Region):BOOL} graphics function to do a two-dimensional XOR operation of two regions. cf. OrRegionRegion, AndRegionRegion, XorRectRegion

{\bf XTrans} field of the AnimComp structure that is the {\em x} offset for a component relative to the registration point. cf. YTrans

{\bf XVel} field of the AnimOb structure used to specify a {\em x} velocity for a GEL. This value is added to the position for each call to Animate. cf. YVel [{\em x} velocity]

\section {Y}



{\bf Y} {\sl1\/} field of the VSprite structure used to specify the top edge of a VSprite. {\sl2\/} Phonetic code for the consonant sound in {\bf y}ellow and b{\bf ea}uty.

{\bf YAccel} field of the AnimOb structure used to specify an {\em y} acceleration for a GEL. Added for each call to Animate to the velocity. cf. XAccel [{\em y} acceleration]

{\bf YTrans} field of the AnimComp structure that is the {\em y} offset for a component relative to the registration point. cf. XTrans

{\bf YVel} field of the AnimOb structure used to specify a {\em y} velocity for a GEL. This value is added to the position for each call to Animate. cf. XVel [{\em y} velocity]

\section {Z}



{\bf Z} phonetic code for the consonant sound in ha{\bf s} and {\bf z}oo.

{\bf .Z} filename extension for files compressed with the UNIX ``compress'' command.

{\bf .zap} filename extension for a compression utility (Disk Zapper ?).

{\bf ZH} phonetic code for the consonant sound in plea{\bf s}ure.

{\bf .zip} filename extension for an archive created with the ``zippy'' program.

{\bf .zom} filename extension for an archive created by ``zoom.''

{\bf .zoo} filename extension for an archive created with the ``zoo'' archiver.

{\bf .zuu} filename extension for a uuencoded zoo file, that is, short form for .zoo.uu
\end{document}
\bye